Verbs Examples

Question 1

1. 하다 (hada)
2. 가다 (gada)
3. 오다 (oda)
4. 먹다 (meokda)
5. 마시다 (masida)
6. 보다 (boda)
7. 듣다 (deutda)
8. 사랑하다 (saranghada)
9. 이다 (ida)
10. 있다 (itda)

Answer 1

Some common verb groups include action verbs (동사, dongsa), descriptive verbs (형용사, hyeongyongsa), auxiliary verbs (보조동사, bojodongsa), and more.
1. 하다 (hada) - to do
2. 가다 (gada) - to go
3. 오다 (oda) - to come
4. 먹다 (meokda) - to eat
5. 마시다 (masida) - to drink
6. 보다 (boda) - to see, to watch
7. 듣다 (deutda) - to hear, to listen
8. 사랑하다 (saranghada) - to love
9. 이다 (ida) - to be
10. 있다 (itda) - to exist, to be (inanimate)

Question 2

11. 생각하다 (saenggakhada)
12. 기다리다 (gidarida)
13. 웃다 (utda)
14. 울다 (ulda)
15. 자다 (jada)
16. 일어나다 (ireonada)
17. 쓰다 (sseuda)
18. 읽다 (ikda)
19. 가르치다 (gareuchida)
20. 배우다 (baeuda)

Answer 2

11. 생각하다 (saenggakhada) - to think
12. 기다리다 (gidarida) - to wait
13. 웃다 (utda) - to laugh
14. 울다 (ulda) - to cry
15. 자다 (jada) - to sleep
16. 일어나다 (ireonada) - to wake up, to get up
17. 쓰다 (sseuda) - to write
18. 읽다 (ikda) - to read
19. 가르치다 (gareuchida) - to teach
20. 배우다 (baeuda) - to learn

Question 3

21. 걷다 (geotda)
22. 달리다 (dallida)
23. 타다 (tada)
24. 뛰다 (twida)
25. 태어나다 (taeeonada)
26. 살다 (salda)
27. 돌아가다 (doragada)
28. 가르다 (gareuda)
29. 만나다 (mannada)
30. 공부하다 (gongbuhada)

Answer 3

21. 걷다 (geotda) - to walk
22. 달리다 (dallida) - to run
23. 타다 (tada) - to ride, to take (a vehicle)
24. 뛰다 (twida) - to jump, to leap
25. 태어나다 (taeeonada) - to be born
26. 살다 (salda) - to live, to reside
27. 돌아가다 (doragada) - to return, to go back
28. 가르다 (gareuda) - to spread, to teach
29. 만나다 (mannada) - to meet
30. 공부하다 (gongbuhada) - to study

Question 4

31. 놀다 (nolda)
32. 일하다 (ilhada)
33. 춤추다 (chumchuda)
34. 먹이다 (meokida)
35. 키우다 (kiuda)
36. 사다 (sada)
37. 파다 (pada)
38. 빌리다 (billida)
39. 주다 (juda)
40. 받다 (batda)

Answer 4

31. 놀다 (nolda) - to play
32. 일하다 (ilhada) - to work
33. 춤추다 (chumchuda) - to dance
34. 먹이다 (meokida) - to feed
35. 키우다 (kiuda) - to raise, to grow
36. 사다 (sada) - to buy
37. 파다 (pada) - to sell
38. 빌리다 (billida) - to borrow
39. 주다 (juda) - to give
40. 받다 (batda) - to receive

Question 5

41. 찾다 (chatda)
42. 잃다 (itda)
43. 빌다 (bilda)
44. 빌리다 (billida)
45. 알다 (alda)
46. 모르다 (moreuda)
47. 고르다 (goreuda)
48. 버리다 (beorida)
49. 넣다 (neotda)
50. 꺼내다 (kkeonaeda)

Answer 5

41. 찾다 (chatda) - to find
42. 잃다 (itda) - to lose
43. 빌다 (bilda) - to borrow
44. 빌리다 (billida) - to lend
45. 알다 (alda) - to know
46. 모르다 (moreuda) - to not know
47. 고르다 (goreuda) - to choose, to pick
48. 버리다 (beorida) - to throw away, to discard
49. 넣다 (neotda) - to put in, to insert
50. 꺼내다 (kkeonaeda) - to take out, to extract

Question 6

51. 거짓말하다 (geojitmalhada)
52. 나가다 (nagada)
53. 들어가다 (deureogada)
54. 나오다 (naoda)
55. 보내다 (bonaeda)
56. 받다 (batda)
57. 만들다 (mandeulda)
58. 소리치다 (sorichida)

.

Answer 6

:

51. 거짓말하다 (geojitmalhada) - to lie
52. 나가다 (nagada) - to go out
53. 들어가다 (deureogada) - to enter
54. 나오다 (naoda) - to come out
55. 보내다 (bonaeda) - to send
56. 받다 (batda) - to receive
57. 만들다 (mandeulda) - to make, to create
58. 소리치다 (sorichida) - to shout, to yell

Question 7

61. 기다리다 (gidarida)
62. 사랑하다 (saranghada)
63. 이해하다 (ihaehada)
64. 설명하다 (seolmyeonghada)
65. 결정하다 (gyeoljeonghada)
66. 표현하다 (pyohyeonhada)
67. 탐색하다 (tamsaekhada)
68. 진행하다 (jinghaenghada)
69. 반복하다 (banbokhada)
70. 달리다 (dallida)

Answer 7

61. 기다리다 (gidarida) - to wait
62. 사랑하다 (saranghada) - to love
63. 이해하다 (ihaehada) - to understand
64. 설명하다 (seolmyeonghada) - to explain
65. 결정하다 (gyeoljeonghada) - to decide
66. 표현하다 (pyohyeonhada) - to express
67. 탐색하다 (tamsaekhada) - to explore
68. 진행하다 (jinghaenghada) - to proceed
69. 반복하다 (banbokhada) - to repeat
70. 달리다 (dallida) - to differ, to be different

Question 8

71. 해보다 (haeboda)
72. 도와주다 (dowajuda)
73. 이루다 (iruda)
74. 말하다 (malhada)
75. 생각하다 (saenggakhada)
76. 듣다 (deutda)
77. 놀라다 (nollada)
78. 기억하다 (gieokhada)
79. 잊다 (itda)
80. 부르다 (bureuda)

Answer 8

71. 해보다 (haeboda) - to try
72. 도와주다 (dowajuda) - to help
73. 이루다 (iruda) - to achieve, to accomplish
74. 말하다 (malhada) - to speak, to say
75. 생각하다 (saenggakhada) - to think, to consider
76. 듣다 (deutda) - to hear, to listen
77. 놀라다 (nollada) - to be surprised
78. 기억하다 (gieokhada) - to remember
79. 잊다 (itda) - to forget
80. 부르다 (bureuda) - to call, to sing

Question 9

81. 탐구하다 (tamguhada)
82. 살피다 (salpida)
83. 분석하다 (bunseokhada)
84. 개선하다 (gaeseonhada)
85. 발전하다 (baljeonhada)
86. 찾아보다 (chajaboda)
87. 취하다 (chwihada)
88. 운영하다 (unyeonghada)
89. 발표하다 (balpyohada)
90. 요구하다 (yoguhada)

Answer 9

81. 탐구하다 (tamguhada) - to research, to investigate
82. 살피다 (salpida) - to survey, to examine
83. 분석하다 (bunseokhada) - to analyze
84. 개선하다 (gaeseonhada) - to improve, to enhance
85. 발전하다 (baljeonhada) - to develop, to advance
86. 찾아보다 (chajaboda) - to look for, to search
87. 취하다 (chwihada) - to take, to adopt
88. 운영하다 (unyeonghada) - to operate, to manage
89. 발표하다 (balpyohada) - to announce, to present
90. 요구하다 (yoguhada) - to demand, to request

Question 10

91. 결정하다 (gyeoljeonghada)
92. 존경하다 (jonkyeonghada)
93. 축하하다 (chukhahada)
94. 불안하다 (buranhada)
95. 걱정하다 (geokjeonghada)
96. 신뢰하다 (sinroehada)
97. 감사하다 (gamsahada)
98. 격려하다 (gyeokryeohada)
99. 충돌하다 (chungdolhada)
100. 탐색하다 (tamseokhada)

Answer 10

91. 결정하다 (gyeoljeonghada) - to decide
92. 존경하다 (jonkyeonghada) - to respect
93. 축하하다 (chukhahada) - to congratulate
94. 불안하다 (buranhada) - to be anxious
95. 걱정하다 (geokjeonghada) - to worry
96. 신뢰하다 (sinroehada) - to trust
97. 감사하다 (gamsahada) - to thank
98. 격려하다 (gyeokryeohada) - to encourage
99. 충돌하다 (chungdolhada) - to collide
100. 탐색하다 (tamseokhada) - to explore

Question 11

101. 실천하다 (silcheonhada)
102. 응답하다 (eungdaphada)
103. 이동하다 (idonghada)
104. 활용하다 (hwalyonghada)
105. 분류하다 (bunryuhada)
106. 변경하다 (byeongyeonghada)
107. 연구하다 (yeonguhada)
108. 확대하다 (hwakdaehada)
109. 확인하다 (hwaginakhada)
110. 반영하다 (banyeonghada)

Answer 11

101. 실천하다 (silcheonhada) - to practice, to implement
102. 응답하다 (eungdaphada) - to respond, to answer
103. 이동하다 (idonghada) - to move, to travel
104. 활용하다 (hwalyonghada) - to utilize, to use
105. 분류하다 (bunryuhada) - to classify, to categorize
106. 변경하다 (byeongyeonghada) - to change, to modify
107. 연구하다 (yeonguhada) - to research, to study
108. 확대하다 (hwakdaehada) - to expand, to enlarge
109. 확인하다 (hwaginakhada) - to confirm, to verify
110. 반영하다 (banyeonghada) - to reflect, to incorporate

Question 12

111. 도와주다 (dowajuda)
112. 맞이하다 (majihada)
113. 동의하다 (donguihada)
114. 이용하다 (iyonghada)
115. 개선하다 (gaeseonhada)
116. 협력하다 (hyeobryeokhada)
117. 확보하다 (hwakbohada)
118. 충족하다 (chungjokhada)
119. 전달하다 (jeondalhada)
120. 노력하다 (noryeokhada)

Answer 12

111. 도와주다 (dowajuda) - to help
112. 맞이하다 (majihada) - to greet, to meet
113. 동의하다 (donguihada) - to agree, to consent
114. 이용하다 (iyonghada) - to use, to utilize
115. 개선하다 (gaeseonhada) - to improve, to enhance
116. 협력하다 (hyeobryeokhada) - to cooperate, to collaborate
117. 확보하다 (hwakbohada) - to secure, to obtain
118. 충족하다 (chungjokhada) - to fulfill, to satisfy
119. 전달하다 (jeondalhada) - to deliver, to convey
120. 노력하다 (noryeokhada) - to strive, to make an effort

Question 13

121. 표현하다 (pyohyeonhada)
122. 소통하다 (sotonghada)
123. 결정하다 (gyeoljeonghada)
124. 이해하다 (ihaehada)
125. 인정하다 (injeonghada)
126. 수행하다 (suhaenghada)
127. 창조하다 (changjohada)
128. 실현하다 (silhyeonhada)
129. 발견하다 (balgyeonhada)
130. 변화하다 (byeonhwahada)

Answer 13

121. 표현하다 (pyohyeonhada) - to express
122. 소통하다 (sotonghada) - to communicate
123. 결정하다 (gyeoljeonghada) - to decide
124. 이해하다 (ihaehada) - to understand
125. 인정하다 (injeonghada) - to acknowledge, to recognize
126. 수행하다 (suhaenghada) - to perform, to execute
127. 창조하다 (changjohada) - to create, to innovate
128. 실현하다 (silhyeonhada) - to realize, to achieve
129. 발견하다 (balgyeonhada) - to discover, to find
130. 변화하다 (byeonhwahada) - to change, to transform

Question 14

131. 진행하다 (jinghaenghada)
132. 즐기다 (jeulgida)
133. 희망하다 (huimanghada)
134. 향상하다 (hyangsanghada)
135. 지원하다 (jiwonhada)
136. 학습하다 (hakseuphada)
137. 관리하다 (gwallihada)
138. 개발하다 (gaebalhada)
139. 주장하다 (jujanghada)
140. 참여하다 (chamyuhada)

Answer 14

131. 진행하다 (jinghaenghada) - to proceed, to advance
132. 즐기다 (jeulgida) - to enjoy
133. 희망하다 (huimanghada) - to hope
134. 향상하다 (hyangsanghada) - to improve, to enhance
135. 지원하다 (jiwonhada) - to support, to assist
136. 학습하다 (hakseuphada) - to study, to learn
137. 관리하다 (gwallihada) - to manage, to oversee
138. 개발하다 (gaebalhada) - to develop
139. 주장하다 (jujanghada) - to argue, to assert
140. 참여하다 (chamyuhada) - to participate

Question 15

Uri eodie gandago?

Answer 15

Uri eodie gandago? - Where are we going?

1. Uri (우리)
   
   • Translation: We or us.
   • Usage: Used to refer to oneself and others together.
2. Eodie (어디에)
   
   • Translation: Where.
   • Usage: Used to ask about a location.
3. Gandago (간다고)
   
   • Translation: Going.
   • Usage: Derived from the verb 가다 (gada), meaning “to go.”

When combined:
- 우리 어디에 간다고? (Uri eodie gandago?)
- Translation: Where are we going?

• 우리 어디에 간다고 했어?
  
  • Romanized: Uri eodie gandago haesseo?
  • Translation: Where did you say we are going?
• 친구들하고 같이 어디에 간다고?
  
  • Romanized: Chingudeulhago gachi eodie gandago?
  • Translation: Where are we going with our friends?

This sentence is commonly used when you want to confirm the destination or when you’re unsure about where the group is headed.

Question 16

Bwasseo aneunde
Bappaseo mot bwasseo.

Boji mothaesseo

Answer 16

Bwasseo aneunde - I didn’t see it.

1. Bwasseo (봤어)
   
   • Translation: Saw (past tense of “see”).
   • Usage: Indicates that the action of seeing has occurred in the past.
2. Aneunde (않는데)
   
   • Translation: Did not (negative form).
   • Usage: Used to negate an action.

When combined:
- 봤어 않는데 (Bwasseo aneunde)
- Translation: This phrase structure is incorrect in Korean.

To correctly say “I didn’t see it,” you would use:
- 못 봤어 (Mot bwasseo)
- Translation: I didn’t see it.

• 못 봤어.
  
  • Romanized: Mot bwasseo.
  • Translation: I didn’t see it.

1. 영화를 못 봤어.
   
   • Romanized: Yeonghwareul mot bwasseo.
   • Translation: I didn’t see the movie.
2. 편지를 못 봤어.
   
   • Romanized: Pyeonjireul mot bwasseo.
   • Translation: I didn’t see the letter.

• 보지 못했어 (Boji mothaesseo)
  
  • Translation: I wasn’t able to see it.

• 나는 그걸 보지 못했어.
  
  • Romanized: Naneun geugeol boji mothaesseo.
  • Translation: I didn’t see that.
    ### Translation:
    Bappeu aneunde - I didn’t see it.

1. Bappeu (바빠)
   
   • Translation: Busy.
   • Usage: Describes a state of being occupied with tasks.
2. Aneunde (않는데)
   
   • Translation: Did not (negative form).
   • Usage: Used to negate an action. Here it means “didn’t.”

When combined in context:
- 바빠서 못 봤어 (Bappaseo mot bwasseo)
- Translation: I was busy, so I didn’t see it.

To correctly express “I didn’t see it because I was busy,” you would use:
- 바빠서 못 봤어.
- Romanized: Bappaseo mot bwasseo.
- Translation: I didn’t see it because I was busy.

Alternatively:
- 바빠서 못 봤는데.
- Romanized: Bappaseo mot bwannneunde.
- Translation: I didn’t see it because I was busy.

1. 바빠서 이메일을 못 봤어.
   
   • Romanized: Bappaseo imeileul mot bwasseo.
   • Translation: I didn’t see the email because I was busy.
2. 바빠서 메시지를 못 봤어.
   
   • Romanized: Bappaseo mesijireul mot bwasseo.
   • Translation: I didn’t see the message because I was busy.

By using bappaseo mot bwasseo, you convey the reason you didn’t see something clearly.

Question 17

Jeo joahaseyo?

I eumsigeul joahaseyo?

Jeoui chingureul joahaseyo?

Answer 17

Jeo joahaseyo? - Do you like me?

1. Jeo (저)
   
   • Translation: Me/I (formal).
   • Usage: Used when referring to oneself in a formal or polite manner.
2. Joahaseyo (좋아하세요?)
   
   • Translation: Like (formal question form).
   • Usage: Asks if someone likes something or someone in a polite manner.

1. 저를 좋아하세요?
   
   • Romanized: Jeoreul joahaseyo?
   • Translation: Do you like me?
2. 이 음식을 좋아하세요?
   
   • Romanized: I eumsigeul joahaseyo?
   • Translation: Do you like this food?
3. 저의 친구를 좋아하세요?
   
   • Romanized: Jeoui chingureul joahaseyo?
   • Translation: Do you like my friend?

• 나 좋아해? (Na joahae?)
  
  • Translation: Do you like me? (informal)

• 너 나 좋아해?
  
  • Romanized: Neo na joahae?
  • Translation: Do you like me? (informal, between friends or close acquaintances)

Question 18

Cheonmaneyo
Byeolmalsseumeullyo

Answer 18

The phrase “don’t mention it” in Korean can be translated as “별말씀을요” (byeolmalsseumeullyo) or “천만에요” (cheonmaneyo). Here’s how to use them and some sample sentences:

1. Deulmareul (들말을) is not a correct term for “don’t mention it.”
2. 별말씀을요 (byeolmalsseumeullyo)
   
   • Translation: Don’t mention it / Not at all (formal and polite).
   • Usage: Used to downplay a thank you or express that what you did was no trouble at all.
3. 천만에요 (cheonmaneyo)
   
   • Translation: You’re welcome / Don’t mention it (polite).
   • Usage: Commonly used in response to thanks.

• 별말씀을요.
  
  • Romanized: Byeolmalsseumeullyo.
  • Translation: Don’t mention it.
• 천만에요.
  
  • Romanized: Cheonmaneyo.
  • Translation: You’re welcome / Don’t mention it.

1. A: 감사합니다. (Gamsahamnida) - Thank you.
   
   • B: 별말씀을요. (Byeolmalsseumeullyo) - Don’t mention it.
2. A: 도와줘서 고마워요. (Dowajwoseo gomawoyo) - Thank you for your help.
   
   • B: 천만에요. (Cheonmaneyo) - You’re welcome.
3. A: 정말 감사합니다. (Jeongmal gamsahamnida) - Thank you very much.
   
   • B: 별말씀을요. (Byeolmalsseumeullyo) - Not at all / Don’t mention it.
4. A: 선물 고마워요. (Seonmul gomawoyo) - Thank you for the gift.
   
   • B: 천만에요. (Cheonmaneyo) - Don’t mention it.

These responses are polite and commonly used in everyday conversations when someone expresses gratitude.

Question 19

Uri isseoyo?
Piryohan mulgeoni uri isseoyo?

Answer 19

“Uri isseoyo?” (우리 있어요?) means “Are we there?” or “Do we have it?” depending on the context. Here are some sample sentences to show how it can be used in different contexts:

1. Inquiring About a Location:
   
   • Context: When asking if the group has reached a destination.
   • Korean: 우리 있어요?
   • Romanized: Uri isseoyo?
   • Translation: Are we there?
2. Checking Availability:
   
   • Context: When asking if something is available or in possession.
   • Korean: 필요한 물건이 우리 있어요?
   • Romanized: Piryohan mulgeoni uri isseoyo?
   • Translation: Do we have the necessary items?
3. Confirming Presence:
   
   • Context: When checking if the group is present in a certain place.
   • Korean: 회의실에 우리 있어요?
   • Romanized: Hoeuisire uri isseoyo?
   • Translation: Are we in the meeting room?

• The context determines the specific meaning of “uri isseoyo?” whether it’s about physical presence, possession, or availability.
• “우리” (uri) means “we” or “us.”
• “있어요” (isseoyo) means “is there” or “have.”

These examples illustrate how to use the phrase in various situations.

Question 20

Chakkaman, beosowoyo

Jjamkkanman, museowo.

Answer 20

The phrase “Chakkaman, beosowoyo” (잠깐만, 불안해요) can be translated as “Wait a moment, I’m scared.” Here’s a breakdown of each part:

1. Chakkaman (잠깐만)
   
   • Translation: Wait a moment / Just a moment
   • Usage: Used to ask someone to wait for a short period of time.
2. Beosowoyo (불안해요)
   
   • Translation: I’m scared / I’m anxious
   • Usage: Indicates a feeling of fear or anxiety.

• 잠깐만, 불안해요.
  
  • Romanized: Chakkaman, beosowoyo.
  • Translation: Wait a moment, I’m scared.

• You can modify the phrase according to the level of formality and politeness required in the situation.
• “잠깐만” (Chakkaman) can also be replaced with “잠시만” (Jamsiman), which has a similar meaning.

In an informal way, you can say:

“잠깐만, 무서워.” (Jjamkkanman, museowo.)

• 잠깐만 (Jjamkkanman): Wait a moment.
• 무서워 (Museowo): I’m scared.

So the full sentence would be:

“잠깐만, 무서워.” (Jjamkkanman, museowo.)

This informal version is suitable for use with friends, family, or people of similar age or status.

Question 21

Manhi juleoyo

Answer 21

“Manhi juleoyo” (많이 줄서) means “It’s getting late.”

Here’s a breakdown of the phrase:

• Manhi (많이): A lot / Much
• Juleoyo (줄서): It’s getting late

So, “Manhi juleoyo” literally translates to “It’s getting very late.”

The spelling is incorrect. The correct spelling is:

“많이 줄어요” (manhi juleoyo)

Thank you for catching that mistake!.

Question 22

Jinjja hwaga na
Nega Jinjja Daebak

Nega Jinjja Daebak apayo

Answer 22

I appreciate your patience. Upon further consideration, the phrase “Nega Jinjja Daebak apayo” doesn’t accurately convey being seriously offended.

A more appropriate phrase to express being seriously offended in Korean is:

“진짜 화가 나.” (Jinjja hwaga na.)

This phrase directly translates to “I’m really angry” or “I’m really offended” depending on the context. It effectively communicates a strong sense of being seriously offended.

You’re correct; I apologize for the oversight. “Nega Jinjja Daebak apayo” doesn’t make sense as “You’re really awesome” because of the inclusion of “apayo,” which means “hurt” or “painful.”

A more accurate translation would be “네가 진짜 대박 아파요” (Nega Jinjja Daebak apayo), which could mean “I’m really in pain because of you” or “You’re really hurting me.”

Thank you for bringing this to my attention.

Question 23

Nongdam, nongdam eoeyo

Neomu yeminhanga bwayo. Nongdam, nongdam eoeyo.

Answer 23

The phrase “Nongdam, nongdam eoeyo” (넝담, 넝담 어에요) translates to “Just kidding, just kidding, it’s a joke.”

Here’s a breakdown of the phrase:

• Nongdam (넝담): Just kidding / Joking
• Eoeyo (어에요): It is / It’s (informal)

So, the speaker is clarifying that their previous statement was just a joke or jest.
Here are some sample sentences using “Nongdam, nongdam eoeyo” (농담, 농담 어에요):

1. 너무 예민한가 봐요. 농담, 농담 어에요. (Neomu yeminhanga bwayo. Nongdam, nongdam eoeyo.)
   
   • You seem too sensitive. Just kidding, it’s a joke.
2. 농담, 농담 어에요! 너에게 화나지 않았어요. (Nongdam, nongdam eoeyo! Neoegae hwanaji anasseoyo.)
   
   • Just kidding, just kidding! I’m not mad at you.
3. 제 친구가 농담을 좋아해요. 농담, 농담 어에요. (Je chinguga nongdameul joahaeyo. Nongdam, nongdam eoeyo.)
   
   • My friend likes jokes. Just kidding, it’s a joke.

These sentences illustrate using “Nongdam, nongdam eoeyo” to clarify that the previous statement was meant as a joke or jest.

Question 24

Jollida
Na neomu jollyeo
I sigane hangsang jollyeoyo.
Jolliji anayo?

Answer 24

“Sleepy” in Korean is 졸리다 (jollida).

Here are a few sample sentences using “졸리다”:

1. 나 너무 졸려. (Na neomu jollyeo.)
   
   • I’m so sleepy.
2. 졸리면 잠깐 쉬어. (Jollimyeon jamkkan swieo.)
   
   • If you’re sleepy, take a short break.
3. 이 시간에 항상 졸려요. (I sigane hangsang jollyeoyo.)
   
   • I’m always sleepy at this time.
4. 졸리지 않아요? (Jolliji anayo?)
   
   • Aren’t you sleepy?

These sentences show different ways to use “졸리다” to express being sleepy.

Question 25

jipjung
Jigeum jipjungi an dwaeyo

Answer 25

“Focus” in Korean can be translated to 집중 (jipjung).

Here are a few sample sentences using “집중” (jipjung):

1. 공부에 집중하세요. (Gongbue jipjunghaseyo.)
   
   • Please focus on your studies.
2. 지금 집중이 안 돼요. (Jigeum jipjungi an dwaeyo.)
   
   • I can’t focus right now.
3. 중요한 일에 집중해야 해요. (Jungyohan ire jipjunghaeya haeyo.)
   
   • You need to focus on important tasks.
4. 집중하면 더 잘할 수 있어요. (Jipjunghamyeon deo jalhal su isseoyo.)
   
   • If you focus, you can do better.

These sentences illustrate how “집중” is used to talk about focusing or concentrating on something.

Question 26

Neomu jeota

Answer 26

“Neomu jeota” (너무 좋다) in Korean translates to “It’s really good” or “I really like it.”

Here are some sample sentences using “neomu jeota” (너무 좋다):

1. 이 음식이 너무 좋다. (I eumsigi neomu jota.)
   
   • This food is really good.
2. 여기 경치가 너무 좋다. (Yeogi gyeongchiga neomu jota.)
   
   • The scenery here is really good.
3. 그 노래가 너무 좋다. (Geu noraega neomu jota.)
   
   • That song is really good.
4. 이 영화가 너무 좋다. (I yeonghwaga neomu jota.)
   
   • This movie is really good.
5. 너랑 함께 있어서 너무 좋다. (Neorang hamkke isseoseo neomu jota.)
   
   • It’s really nice to be with you.

These sentences show how you can use “neomu jeota” to express that something is very good or that you really like it.

Question 27

Baro
Jigeum baro galgeyo.

Geu munjereul baro haegyeolhaeya haeyo

Answer 27

“Baro” (바로) in Korean means “immediately” or “right away.” Here are some sample sentences using “baro” (바로):

1. 지금 바로 갈게요. (Jigeum baro galgeyo.)
   
   • I will go right away.
2. 그녀가 전화하자마자 바로 왔어요. (Geunyeoga jeonhwahajamaja baro wasseoyo.)
   
   • She came immediately after I called.
3. 바로 출발합시다. (Baro chulbalhapsida.)
   
   • Let’s leave immediately.
4. 그 문제를 바로 해결해야 해요. (Geu munjereul baro haegyeolhaeya haeyo.)
   
   • We need to solve that problem right away.
5. 저는 바로 이해했어요. (Jeoneun baro ihaehaesseoyo.)
   
   • I understood immediately.

These examples illustrate how “baro” is used to indicate immediacy or promptness in actions or events.

Question 28

Mullon, gajang keun iyuneun nega nae yeope itgi ttaemuniya

Answer 28

Here is the sentence in Korean with romanized Korean and English translations:

1. 물론, 가장 큰 이유는 네가 내 옆에 있기 때문이야. (Mullon, gajang keun iyuneun nega nae yeope itgi ttaemuniya.)
   
   • Of course, the biggest reason is that you’re next to me.

Question 29

Jeo yojeum haruharu jeongmal haengbokhaeyo

Answer 29

Here is the sentence in Korean with romanized Korean and English translations:

1. 저 요즘 하루하루 정말 행복해요. (Jeo yojeum haruharu jeongmal haengbokhaeyo.)
   
   • Lately, I’m really happy every day.

Question 30

Hajiman jigeumeun ilhaneun geotdo jaemiitgo hoesikdo jaemiisseoyo.)

Answer 30

Here is the sentence in Korean with romanized Korean and English translations:

1. 하지만 지금은 일하는 것도 재미있고 회식도 재미있어요. (Hajiman jigeumeun ilhaneun geotdo jaemiitgo hoesikdo jaemiisseoyo.)
   
   • But now, working is fun and having work dinners is fun.

Question 31

Geureom, jib gugyeonghallaeyo?

Answer 31

Here is the sentence in Korean with romanized Korean and English translations:

1. 그럼, 집 구경할래요? (Geureom, jib gugyeonghallaeyo?)
   
   • Then, would you like a house tour?

Question 32

Geureomyo, algo isseoyo.

Answer 32

Here is the sentence in Korean with romanized Korean and English translations:

1. 그럼요, 알고 있어요. (Geureomyo, algo isseoyo.)
   
   • Of course, I know.

Question 33

Jumare mwo haseyo?
Jumare eodi gaseyo?
Jumare gyehoegi isseuseyo?

Answer 33

The sentence “Jumare Etteon juseyo?” in Korean should be written and translated correctly as follows:

1. 주말에 뭐 하세요? (Jumare mwo haseyo?)
   
   • What are you doing on the weekend?

Here are some sample sentences with this structure in romanized Korean:

1. 주말에 뭐 하세요? (Jumare mwo haseyo?)
   
   • What are you doing on the weekend?
2. 주말에 어디 가세요? (Jumare eodi gaseyo?)
   
   • Where are you going on the weekend?
3. 주말에 계획이 있으세요? (Jumare gyehoegi isseuseyo?)
   
   • Do you have any plans for the weekend?
4. 주말에 친구들을 만나요? (Jumare chingudeureul mannayo?)
   
   • Are you meeting friends on the weekend?
5. 주말에 쉬세요? (Jumare swiseyo?)
   
   • Are you resting on the weekend?

Question 34

Uriga mannan geosi unmyeongilkka-yo?
I iri unmyeongirago saenggakaseyo?
Unmyeongeul mideuseyo?
Uriui unmyeongi eotteoke doelkka-yo?

Answer 34

The correct word for “faith” in this context is “운명” (unmyeong), which means “fate” or “destiny.” The word “eumyeon” (음면) does not exist in this context. So, if you want to ask “Could this be fate?” in Korean, you would say:

• 이것이 운명일까요? (Igeosi unmyeongilkka-yo?)
  
  • Could this be fate?

Here are some sample sentences using the word “운명” (unmyeong) in romanized Korean:

1. 우리가 만난 것이 운명일까요? (Uriga mannan geosi unmyeongilkka-yo?)
   
   • Could it be fate that we met?
2. 이 일이 운명이라고 생각하세요? (I iri unmyeongirago saenggakaseyo?)
   
   • Do you think this is fate?
3. 운명을 믿으세요? (Unmyeongeul mideuseyo?)
   
   • Do you believe in fate?
4. 우리의 운명이 어떻게 될까요? (Uriui unmyeongi eotteoke doelkka-yo?)
   
   • What will our fate be?
5. 그것은 운명이라면 피할 수 없어요. (Geugeos-eun unmyeongiramyeon pihal su eobseoyo.)
   
   • If it’s fate, you can’t avoid it.

Question 35

Maja, gieoknayo
Maja, jeongmal jaemiisseosseo. Gieokna.

Answer 35

Yes, “맞아, 기억나요” (Maja, gieoknayo) translates to “That’s right, I remember” in a polite form. Here are some sample sentences using “기억나요” (gieoknayo) in romanized Korean:

The correct way to say “That’s right, I remember” in Korean is:

• 맞아, 기억나 (Maja, gieokna)

Here are some sample sentences using “기억나” (gieokna) in romanized Korean:

1. 맞아, 그때 일이 기억나. (Maja, geuttae iri gieokna.)
   
   • That’s right, I remember that time.
2. 맞아, 네가 말한 게 기억나. (Maja, nega malhan ge gieokna.)
   
   • That’s right, I remember what you said.
3. 맞아, 그 장소가 기억나. (Maja, geu jangso ga gieokna.)
   
   • That’s right, I remember that place.
4. 맞아, 우리가 거기 갔었지. 기억나. (Maja, uriga geogi gasseotji. Gieokna.)
   
   • That’s right, we went there. I remember.
5. 맞아, 정말 재미있었어. 기억나. (Maja, jeongmal jaemiisseosseo. Gieokna.)
   
   • That’s right, it was really fun. I remember.
6. 맞아, 그때 일이 기억나요. (Maja, geuttae iri gieoknayo.)
   
   • That’s right, I remember that time.
7. 맞아, 네가 말한 게 기억나요. (Maja, nega malhan ge gieoknayo.)
   
   • That’s right, I remember what you said.
8. 맞아, 그 장소가 기억나요. (Maja, geu jangso ga gieoknayo.)
   
   • That’s right, I remember that place.
9. 맞아, 우리가 거기 갔었지. 기억나요. (Maja, uriga geogi gasseotji. Gieoknayo.)
   
   • That’s right, we went there. I remember.
10. 맞아, 정말 재미있었어요. 기억나요. (Maja, jeongmal jaemiisseosseoyo. Gieoknayo.)
    
    • That’s right, it was really fun. I remember.

Question 36

Neomu pigonhago jollyeoyo

Oneureun pigonhago jollyeoyo

Answer 36

“I’m so tired and sleepy” in Korean can be expressed as:

너무 피곤하고 졸려요 (Neomu pigonhago jollyeoyo)

“Today, I feel tired and sleepy” in Korean can be expressed as:

오늘은 피곤하고 졸려요 (Oneureun pigonhago jollyeoyo)

Here are the words broken down:
- 오늘은 (oneureun) - today
- 피곤하고 (pigonhago) - tired (and)
- 졸려요 (jollyeoyo) - sleepy

This sentence is polite and appropriate for most contexts.

Here are the words broken down:
- 너무 (neomu) - so/very
- 피곤하고 (pigonhago) - tired (and)
- 졸려요 (jollyeoyo) - sleepy

This sentence is polite and would be appropriate in most situations.

Question 37

Geokjeong malgo

Answer 37

“Geokjeong malgo” (걱정 말고) can be translated to “don’t worry” in English. Here are some sample sentences in romanized Korean:

1. 나한테 걱정 말고 너 할 일 해. (Nahante geokjeong malgo neo hal il hae.)
   
   • Don’t worry about me and do your own work.
2. 걱정 말고 즐기세요. (Geokjeong malgo jeulgiseyo.)
   
   • Don’t worry and enjoy.
3. 모든 게 잘 될 거니까 걱정 말고 기다려. (Modeun ge jal doel geonikka geokjeong malgo gidaryeo.)
   
   • Everything will be fine, so don’t worry and wait.
4. 걱정 말고 그냥 해 봐. (Geokjeong malgo geunyang hae bwa.)
   
   • Don’t worry and just give it a try.

Question 38

Sasil, naneun geugeoseul mollasseoyo.
Eumsigi yakgan jjayo.
Aigoo Geurae geuna
Geugeose hambeon gabogo sipeoyo.

Answer 38

Here are the meanings and sample sentences for each of the Korean words you listed:

Meaning: Used to indicate the truth or reality of a situation.

Sample Sentences:
1. 사실, 나는 그것을 몰랐어요. (Sasil, naneun geugeoseul mollasseoyo.)
- Actually, I didn’t know that.
2. 사실은, 그는 나의 친구예요. (Sasil-eun, geuneun naui chingu-yeyo.)
- In fact, he is my friend.

Meaning: Refers to doing something once or a single instance of an action.

Sample Sentences:
1. 한번만 도와주세요. (Hambeonman dowajuseyo.)
- Please help me just once.
2. 그곳에 한번 가보고 싶어요. (Geugeose hambeon gabogo sipeoyo.)
- I want to visit that place once.

Meaning: This phrase combines exclamations and agreement, often used to express realization or resignation.

Sample Sentences:
1. 아이고, 그래, 그나 지금 뭐 할 거예요? (Aigoo, geurae, geuna jigeum mwo hal geoyeyo?)
- Oh my, I see, well then, what are you going to do now?
2. 아이고, 그래, 그나 가자. (Aigoo, geurae, geuna gaja.)
- Oh my, I see, well then, let’s go.

Meaning: Used to describe a small amount or slight degree of something.

Sample Sentences:
1. 음식이 약간 짜요. (Eumsigi yakgan jjayo.)
- The food is a little salty.
2. 나는 약간 피곤해요. (Naneun yakgan pigonhaeyo.)
- I am slightly tired.

These translations and sample sentences should help you understand how to use each word in context.

Question 39

Ildan babbuteo meokja
Ildan nagaseo iyagihaja.

Answer 39

The word 일단 (ildan) in Korean can mean “for now” or “first (before anything else).” It is often used to prioritize actions or decisions temporarily. Here are some sample sentences using 일단 in different contexts, translated and romanized:

1. 일단 기다려 주세요. (Ildan gidaryeo juseyo.)
   
   • For now, please wait.
2. 일단 이걸 해결하자. (Ildan igeol haegyeolhaja.)
   
   • Let’s solve this first.
3. 일단 나가서 이야기하자. (Ildan nagaseo iyagihaja.)
   
   • For now, let’s go outside and talk.
4. 일단 밥부터 먹자. (Ildan babbuteo meokja.)
   
   • Let’s eat first (for now).
5. 일단 여기서 멈추자. (Ildan yeogiseo meomchujja.)
   
   • Let’s stop here for now.

These examples show how 일단 is used to indicate a temporary or initial action before considering other options or steps.

Question 40

Jeo gwaenchanayo, naega gamdanghal su isseoyo.

Answer 40

The phrase “Jeo Gwenchana nael manayo” seems a bit unclear. If you intended to say “I’m okay, I can handle it,” the correct translation would be:

저 괜찮아요, 내가 감당할 수 있어요. (Jeo gwaenchanayo, naega gamdanghal su isseoyo.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 저 (jeo) - I (formal/polite)
- 괜찮아요 (gwaenchanayo) - am okay
- 내가 (naega) - I (subject marker)
- 감당할 수 있어요 (gamdanghal su isseoyo) - can handle it

This sentence is polite and can be used in various contexts to assure someone that you are okay and can manage the situation.

Question 41

Naeil mannaseo jeomsim gachi meogeulkkayo?
Naeil mannaseo gachi gongbuhaja.
Naeil mannaseo gyehoeg-eul sewuja.

Answer 41

The phrase 내일 만나서 (naeil mannaseo) means “let’s meet tomorrow” or “meeting tomorrow.” Here are some sample sentences using this phrase, translated and romanized:

1. 내일 만나서 얘기해요. (Naeil mannaseo yaegihaeyo.)
   
   • Let’s meet tomorrow and talk.
2. 내일 만나서 점심 같이 먹을까요? (Naeil mannaseo jeomsim gachi meogeulkkayo?)
   
   • Shall we meet tomorrow and have lunch together?
3. 내일 만나서 같이 공부하자. (Naeil mannaseo gachi gongbuhaja.)
   
   • Let’s meet tomorrow and study together.
4. 내일 만나서 계획을 세우자. (Naeil mannaseo gyehoeg-eul sewuja.)
   
   • Let’s meet tomorrow and make plans.
5. 내일 만나서 그 문제를 해결해요. (Naeil mannaseo geu munje-reul haegyeolhaeyo.)
   
   • Let’s meet tomorrow and solve that problem.

These sentences show different contexts in which you can use “내일 만나서” to indicate plans or activities associated with meeting someone the next day.

Question 42

Apeudago deureosseoyo. Gibuni eottaeyo?

Answer 42

The phrase “I heard you were sick. How are you feeling?” in Korean is:

아프다고 들었어요. 기분이 어때요?
(Apeudago deureosseoyo. Gibuni eottaeyo?)

This phrase is polite and appropriate for asking about someone’s health. Here are the components broken down:

• 아프다고 들었어요 (Apeudago deureosseoyo) – I heard you were sick.
  
  • 아프다 (apeuda) – to be sick/hurt
  • -다고 (dago) – quotation particle indicating indirect speech
  • 들었어요 (deureosseoyo) – heard (polite past tense of 듣다, deudda)
• 기분이 어때요? (Gibuni eottaeyo?) – How are you feeling?
  
  • 기분 (gibun) – feeling
  • 이 (i) – subject marker
  • 어때요? (eottaeyo?) – how is it? (polite form of 어때, eottae)

You can use this phrase to show concern and inquire about someone’s health in a polite manner.

Question 43

Geunyeoreul manhi joahae
Geunyeoreul jinjja joahae
Geunyeoreul eomjeong joahae

Answer 43

Sure, here are the sentences with the context “I like her a lot. I really like her. I like her a ton.” in Korean:

1. 많이 좋아해 (Manhi joahae) – I like her a lot.
2. 진짜 좋아해 (Jinjja joahae) – I really like her.
3. 엄청 좋아해 (Eomjeong joahae) – I like her a ton.

If you want to specify “her” explicitly in Korean, you can add 그녀를 (geunyeoreul):

1. 그녀를 많이 좋아해 (Geunyeoreul manhi joahae) – I like her a lot.
2. 그녀를 진짜 좋아해 (Geunyeoreul jinjja joahae) – I really like her.
3. 그녀를 엄청 좋아해 (Geunyeoreul eomjeong joahae) – I like her a ton.

These expressions are informal. If you need a formal or polite version, you can use 좋아해요 (joahaeyo) instead of 좋아해 (joahae):

1. 그녀를 많이 좋아해요 (Geunyeoreul manhi joahaeyo)
2. 그녀를 진짜 좋아해요 (Geunyeoreul jinjja joahaeyo)
3. 그녀를 엄청 좋아해요 (Geunyeoreul eomjeong joahaeyo)

Here’s the breakdown of the expressions you’ve provided and their meanings in Korean:

1. 많이 좋아해 (Manhi joahae) – I like it a lot.
   
   • 많이 (manhi) – a lot
   • 좋아해 (joahae) – I like (informal form of 좋아하다, joahada)
2. 진짜 좋아해 (Jinjja joahae) – I really like it.
   
   • 진짜 (jinjja) – really
   • 좋아해 (joahae) – I like (informal form of 좋아하다, joahada)
3. 엄청 좋아해 (Eomjeong joahae) – I really, really like it.
   
   • 엄청 (eomjeong) – very, extremely
   • 좋아해 (joahae) – I like (informal form of 좋아하다, joahada)

These phrases are informal and can be used when speaking casually with friends or people you are close to. If you need a more formal or polite version, you can use 좋아해요 (joahaeyo) instead of 좋아해 (joahae):

1. 많이 좋아해요 (Manhi joahaeyo)
2. 진짜 좋아해요 (Jinjja joahaeyo)
3. 엄청 좋아해요 (Eomjeong joahaeyo)

Question 44

Geureonikka, amu maldo haji ma

Answer 44

The sentence “Geureonikka, hajima” translates to “So, don’t do it.” However, if you want to say “So, don’t say anything,” it would be more accurate to use:

그러니까, 아무 말도 하지 마 (Geureonikka, amu maldo haji ma) – So, don’t say anything.

If you need a more polite or formal version, you can use:

그러니까, 아무 말도 하지 마세요 (Geureonikka, amu maldo haji maseyo) – So, don’t say anything (polite/formal).

Question 45

Hal geotago?
Hal geoya?
Hal geoyeyo?
Hal geomnikka?

Answer 45

The phrase “Hal geotago?” translates to “Are you going to do it?” in English. It’s a question asking about someone’s intention or plan to do something.

할 거야? (Hal geoya?) – Informal
할 거예요? (Hal geoyeyo?) – Polite
할 겁니까? (Hal geomnikka?) – Formal

These phrases directly translate to “Are you going to do it?” or “Do you want to do it?”

Question 46

Geokjeong maseyo, jeodo yangsimi isseoyo!”

Answer 46

. Don’t worry, i have a conscience, too! How to say this in Korean
Sure, here is the romanized version of the Korean phrase:

“Geokjeong maseyo, jeodo yangsimi isseoyo!”

Question 47

Ne, kkok geureosipseo

Ne, kkok geureoseyo

Answer 47

“Ne, kkok geureosipseo” is also a correct and slightly more formal way to say “Yes, please make sure you do.” It conveys a similar meaning with a bit more politeness.

So, the full conversation in romanized Korean would be:

Person A: “Ah, ara. Geokjeongmalgo, nado yangsim isseo!”
Person B: “Ne, kkok geureosipseo.”
Sure, the phrase “Yes, please make sure you do” translated to romanized Korean is:

“Ne, kkok geureoseyo.”

So, the full conversation in romanized Korean would be:

Person A: “Ah, ara. Geokjeongmalgo, nado yangsim isseo!”
Person B: “Ne, kkok geureoseyo.”
Ne, kkok geureosipseo

Ne, kkok geureoseyo

Question 48

Geoseul
Geoseun

Answer 48

“Geoseul” (것을) and “Geoseun” (것은) are particles in Korean used to indicate objects and topics respectively. They are derived from “geot” (것), which means “thing” or “fact.”

1. Geoseul (것을): This is the object form, used when “thing” is the direct object of the verb.
   
   • Example: 나는 그것을 좋아해요 (Naneun geugeoseul johahaeyo) - “I like that thing.”
2. Geoseun (것은): This is the topic form, used when “thing” is the topic of the sentence.
   
   • Example: 그것은 사실이에요 (Geugeoseun sasil-ieyo) - “That is a fact.”

These particles help to clarify the grammatical role of “thing” in a sentence.

Question 49

Jeoneun don-i deo piryohabnida

Answer 49

Sure, here is how you can express “I need more money” in Korean, both in Hangul and Romanized Korean:

In Hangul:
저는 돈이 더 필요합니다.

In Romanized Korean:
Jeoneun don-i deo piryohabnida.

This phrase is polite and appropriate for formal situations. If you want to use a more casual version, you can say:

In Hangul:
나는 돈이 더 필요해.

In Romanized Korean:
Naneun don-i deo piryohae.

Question 50

Ireon saramdeuri cham joayo.

Cham

Answer 50

“Ireon saramdeuri” (이런 사람들이) means “these kinds of people” or “people like these” in Korean.

Here’s a breakdown:
- 이런 (ireon): these kinds of, such, like this
- 사람들 (saramdeul): people (with “deul” being a plural marker)
- 이 (i): subject particle (used after a noun to indicate the subject of the sentence)

So, “이런 사람들이” (ireon saramdeuri) can be used when you want to talk about a certain type of people in a subject context.

Example sentence:
- “이런 사람들이 참 좋아요.” (Ireon saramdeuri cham joayo.) – “I really like these kinds of people.”
In the sentence “이런 사람들이 참 좋아요” (Ireon saramdeuri cham joayo), the word “참” (cham) means “really” or “truly.” It is used to emphasize the speaker’s sentiment, indicating that they genuinely or truly like these kinds of people.

So, the full translation is:
- “이런 사람들이 참 좋아요.” (Ireon saramdeuri cham joayo.) – “I really like these kinds of people.”

Here, “참” (cham) adds emphasis to how much the speaker likes these people.

Question 51

iljuire myeot beon
iljuire myeot beon gongbuhaeyo
iljuire myeot beon ilhaeyo

Answer 51

“일주일에 몇 번” (iljuire myeot beon) means “how many times a week” in Korean.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 일주일에 (iljuire): per week (일주일 means “one week” and 에 is a particle indicating time)
- 몇 번 (myeot beon): how many times (몇 means “how many” and 번 means “times”)

If you were asking how to say “how many times a week” in Korean, this is the correct phrase:
- 일주일에 몇 번 (iljuire myeot beon) – “How many times a week?”

Your sentences in Korean are asking how many times a week someone studies or works. Here are the correct forms:

1. 일주일에 몇 번 공부해요? (iljuire myeot beon gongbuhaeyo?) – “How many times a week do you study?”
2. 일주일에 몇 번 일해요? (iljuire myeot beon ilhaeyo?) – “How many times a week do you work?”

These sentences are grammatically correct and clearly ask the frequency of studying or working per week.

Question 52

Yeolsimhi gongbuhaeyo
Yeolsimhi ilhaeyo

Answer 52

The phrase “열심히 있어요” (yeolsimhi isseoyo) seems to have a minor grammatical issue. “열심히” (yeolsimhi) means “diligently” or “hard,” and it is usually used to describe how someone is doing something, like studying or working. “있어요” (isseoyo) means “exists” or “is.”

A correct usage of “열심히” might look like:
- “열심히 공부해요” (yeolsimhi gongbuhaeyo) – “I study hard.”
- “열심히 일해요” (yeolsimhi ilhaeyo) – “I work hard.”

If you are looking to say “I am here diligently” or something similar, it would be unusual. Could you provide more context or clarify the intended meaning? This will help me give a more accurate translation or correction.

Question 53

Jigeum buteo
Jigeum buteo yeolsimhi gongbuhalgeyo.
Jigeum buteo ireul sijakhalkkeoeyo
Achim buteo biga wasseoyo
Achim buteo ilhaesseoyo

Answer 53

“지금부터” (jigeum buteo) means “from now on” or “starting now” in Korean.

Here’s how you might use it in a sentence:

• 지금부터 열심히 공부할게요. (Jigeum buteo yeolsimhi gongbuhalgeyo.) – “I will study hard from now on.”
• 지금부터 일을 시작할 거예요. (Jigeum buteo ireul sijakhalkkeoeyo.) – “I will start working from now on.”

“아침부터” (achim buteo) means “from the morning” or “since morning” in Korean.

Here’s how you might use it in a sentence:

• 아침부터 일했어요. (Achim buteo ilhaesseoyo.) – “I have been working since the morning.”
• 아침부터 비가 왔어요. (Achim buteo biga wasseoyo.) – “It has been raining since the morning.”

This phrase indicates that an action or condition started in the morning and has continued..

Question 54

Jega gajang joahaneun hanguk yeobaeuneun Kim Yoo-jung-ieyo

Answer 54

To say “My favorite Korean actress is Kim Yoo-jung” in Korean, you can use the following sentence:

제가 가장 좋아하는 한국 여배우는 김유정이에요.
(Jega gajang joahaneun hanguk yeobaeuneun Kim Yoo-jung-ieyo.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 제가 (jega): I (formal)
- 가장 좋아하는 (gajang joahaneun): favorite (literally “most liked”)
- 한국 여배우는 (hanguk yeobaeuneun): Korean actress
- 김유정이에요 (Kim Yoo-jung-ieyo): is Kim Yoo-jung

This sentence clearly conveys that Kim Yoo-jung is your favorite Korean actress.

Question 55

Mullon, i noraereul joahaeyo.
Neomu, neomu joayo

Answer 55

“물론 노래” (mullon norae) means “of course, a song” in Korean. However, it seems like there might be a context or phrase you want to use “물론” (mullon) and “노래” (norae) in.

If you meant to say something like “Of course, singing” or “Of course, the song,” here are some examples in sentences:

1. 물론, 노래를 부르죠. (Mullon, noraereul bureujyo.) – “Of course, I sing.”
2. 물론, 이 노래를 좋아해요. (Mullon, i noraereul joahaeyo.) – “Of course, I like this song.”

“너무, 너무 좋아요” (neomu, neomu joayo) means “very, very good” or “I like it very much” in Korean.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 너무 (neomu): very, too much
- 좋아요 (joayo): like, good

So, “너무, 너무 좋아요” (neomu, neomu joayo) expresses a strong feeling of liking or satisfaction. It’s a way to emphasize how much you like something.

Question 56

Oneul haru saramdeul manamyeon jeulgeoul geoyeyo.

Answer 56

“오늘 하루 사람들 만나면” (oneul haru saramdeul manamyeon) means “if (you/I) meet people today” in Korean.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 오늘 (oneul): today
- 하루 (haru): day
- 사람들 (saramdeul): people
- 만나면 (manamyeon): if (you/I) meet

This phrase sets the condition for meeting people today. If you want to complete the sentence, you might say something like:

• 오늘 하루 사람들 만나면 즐거울 거예요. (Oneul haru saramdeul manamyeon jeulgeoul geoyeyo.) – “If I meet people today, it will be enjoyable.”

This sentence completes the thought by adding what you expect to happen if you meet people today.

Question 57

butakdeurimnida.
Jal butakhaeyo

Answer 57

“부탁드립니다” (butakdeurimnida) means “please” or “I ask for your favor” in Korean. It’s a formal and polite way to request something.

Here are a few examples of how you might use it in a sentence:
- 도와주시길 부탁드립니다. (Dowajusigil butakdeurimnida.) – “Please help me.”
- 잘 부탁드립니다. (Jal butakdeurimnida.) – “I look forward to your kind cooperation.”

“부탁해요” (butakhaeyo) is a polite way to say “please” or “I ask” in Korean, but it’s less formal than “부탁드립니다” (butakdeurimnida).

Here are some example sentences using “부탁해요”:
- 도와주세요, 부탁해요. (Dowajuseyo, butakhaeyo.) – “Please help me.”
- 잘 부탁해요. (Jal butakhaeyo.) – “I ask for your favor” or “Please take care of me” (commonly used when someone is starting a new job or joining a new group).

“부탁해요” is suitable for most polite conversations, especially among people who are not in a strictly formal setting.

Question 58

Igeoseun doelkkayo?
I bangbeobeuro hamyeon igeoseun doelkkayo?
I dizaineuro hamyeon igeoseun doelkkayo?
I naljjaro yeyakhamyeon igeoseun doelkkayo?

Answer 58

“이것은 될까요?” (igeoseun doelkkayo?) means “Will this be okay?” or “Will this work?” in Korean.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 이것 (igeot): this
- 은 (eun): topic particle
- 될까요? (doelkkayo?): will it become/be okay?

So, if you want to ask if something will be acceptable or if it will work, you would say:
- 이것은 될까요? (Igeoseun doelkkayo?) – “Will this be okay?”

Sure! Here are some sample sentences using “이것은 될까요?” (igeoseun doelkkayo?):

1. 이 색깔로 하면 이것은 될까요?
   (I saekkkallo hamyeon igeoseun doelkkayo?)
   
   • Will this color be okay?
2. 이 방법으로 하면 이것은 될까요?
   (I bangbeobeuro hamyeon igeoseun doelkkayo?)
   
   • Will this method work?
3. 이 디자인으로 하면 이것은 될까요?
   (I dizaineuro hamyeon igeoseun doelkkayo?)
   
   • Will this design be acceptable?
4. 이 양이면 이것은 될까요?
   (I yangimyeon igeoseun doelkkayo?)
   
   • Will this amount be sufficient?
5. 이 날짜로 예약하면 이것은 될까요?
   (I naljjaro yeyakhamyeon igeoseun doelkkayo?)
   
   • Will this date be okay for the reservation?

These sentences use “이것은 될까요?” to ask if something will be acceptable or if it will work in different contexts.

Question 59

Jeoneun jigeum deureogayo.

Answer 59

The phrase “Dwae ganda” seems to be a mix of two different expressions and doesn’t form a correct sentence in Korean. If you want to say “I’m coming in,” you would say:

들어갑니다 (deureogamnida) - Formal
들어가요 (deureogayo) - Polite

Here’s how you might use them:
- 저는 지금 들어갑니다. (Jeoneun jigeum deureogamnida.) - “I am coming in now.” (Formal)
- 저는 지금 들어가요. (Jeoneun jigeum deureogayo.) - “I am coming in now.” (Polite)

These phrases clearly convey that you are entering or coming into a place.

Question 60

Na, hal mari isseo

Answer 60

To say “I have something to say” in Korean, you can use:

나, 할 말이 있어. (Na, hal mari isseo.) - Casual
저, 할 말이 있어요. (Jeo, hal mari isseoyo.) - Polite

Here are both forms in context:
- 나, 할 말이 있어. (Na, hal mari isseo.) - “I have something to say.” (Casual, typically used with friends or peers)
- 저, 할 말이 있어요. (Jeo, hal mari isseoyo.) - “I have something to say.” (Polite, used in more formal or respectful contexts)

These phrases clearly communicate that you want to say something.

Question 61

Geurange anirago malhaetjana
Geurange malhaetjana

Answer 61

“그런 게 아니라고” (geurange anirago) means “It’s not like that” or “That’s not the case” in Korean. This phrase is used to clarify or deny a misunderstanding.

Here’s an example sentence using it:
- 그런 게 아니라고 말했잖아. (Geurange anirago malhaetjana.) - “I told you it’s not like that.”

This sentence means “I told you it’s not like that” and is often used in a conversation to correct someone’s misconception or misunderstanding.

“Geurange malhaetjana” (그런 게 말했잖아) is a Korean phrase that translates to “I told you so” or “I said it like that” in English. It is often used in casual conversation when someone wants to remind the listener that they had previously mentioned something that is now evident or has come true.

Question 62

Gasijyo
Gaja
Gapsida

Answer 62

“Gasteo” (가쎠) is a Korean slang phrase that combines “가자” (gaja), meaning “let’s go,” and “하자” (haja), meaning “let’s do it.” It is an enthusiastic and casual way of saying “let’s go” or “let’s do it” among friends, often used to express excitement or eagerness.

In a very polite way, “let’s go” in Korean is “갑시다” (gapsida) or “가시죠” (gasijyo). These phrases are used to show respect and politeness, suitable for formal situations or when speaking to someone of higher status or someone you want to show respect to.

• 갑시다 (gapsida): Let’s go (formal)
• 가시죠 (gasijyo): Let’s go (formal and slightly more respectful)

Question 63

Gasijyo
Gaja
Gapsida

Answer 63

“Gasteo” (가쎠) is a Korean slang phrase that combines “가자” (gaja), meaning “let’s go,” and “하자” (haja), meaning “let’s do it.” It is an enthusiastic and casual way of saying “let’s go” or “let’s do it” among friends, often used to express excitement or eagerness.

In a very polite way, “let’s go” in Korean is “갑시다” (gapsida) or “가시죠” (gasijyo). These phrases are used to show respect and politeness, suitable for formal situations or when speaking to someone of higher status or someone you want to show respect to.

• 갑시다 (gapsida): Let’s go (formal)
• 가시죠 (gasijyo): Let’s go (formal and slightly more respectful)

Question 64

Amuraedo geurae chi

Answer 64

“Amuraedo geurae chi” (아무래도 그래 치) can be interpreted as “Of course, I am” or “No matter what, I am.” However, it’s not a very common or standard phrase in Korean.

Here’s a breakdown of the parts:

• 아무래도 (amuraedo): No matter what, anyway
• 그래 (geurae): Yes, that’s right
• 치 (chi): This can be a casual particle used to emphasize the statement, similar to “you know” or “of course.”

So, “Amuraedo geurae chi” conveys a strong affirmation, emphasizing that despite any circumstances, you definitely are.

Question 65

Ne, hal geoeyo

Answer 65

In Korean, “Ne, hal geoeyo” (네, 할 거예요) translates to “Yes, I will” in English. This is a polite way to affirm that you will do something.

• 네 (ne): Yes
• 할 거예요 (hal geoeyo): I will do (it)

This phrase is suitable for polite and respectful conversations.

Question 66

Naega dangsin gyeote isseulgeyo
Nega dangsin gatchi- used in kdrama

Answer 66

“Nega dangsin gatchi” (내가 당신 같이) can be translated as “I will be by your side” in Korean. A more natural and grammatically correct way to express this in Korean would be:

“내가 당신 곁에 있을게요” (Naega dangsin gyeote isseulgeyo)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 내가 (naega): I
- 당신 (dangsin): you (formal)
- 곁에 (gyeote): by your side
- 있을게요 (isseulgeyo): will be

So, “내가 당신 곁에 있을게요” means “I will be by your side” in a polite and reassuring manner.

Question 67

Gabjagi nollaseo
Chinguga gabjagi natanaseo naneun gabjagi nollasseo.
Keun sorireul deudgo gabjagi nollaseo ttwieogasseo.
Gabjagi nollaseo haendeupon-eul tteoreotteuryeosseo.

Answer 67

“Gabjagi nollaseo” (갑자기 놀라서) is a Korean phrase that means “suddenly surprised” or “startled suddenly.” It’s used to describe a situation where someone is taken aback or shocked unexpectedly. Is there a specific context or situation you have in mind where you encountered this phrase?

Sure! Here are a few sample sentences using “gabjagi nollaseo” in Korean romanization:

1. 친구가 갑자기 나타나서 나는 갑자기 놀랐어.
   
   • Chinguga gabjagi natanaseo naneun gabjagi nollasseo.
   • My friend appeared suddenly, and I was startled.
2. 큰 소리를 듣고 갑자기 놀라서 뛰어갔어.
   
   • Keun sorireul deudgo gabjagi nollaseo ttwieogasseo.
   • I heard a loud noise and suddenly ran in surprise.
3. 영화에서 무서운 장면이 나와서 모두가 갑자기 놀랐어.
   
   • Yeonghwaeseo museoun jangmyeoni nawaseo moduga gabjagi nollasseo.
   • A scary scene came up in the movie, and everyone was suddenly startled.
4. 갑자기 놀라서 핸드폰을 떨어뜨렸어.
   
   • Gabjagi nollaseo haendeupon-eul tteoreotteuryeosseo.
   • I was suddenly startled and dropped my phone.
5. 그는 갑자기 놀라서 말을 잃었어.
   
   • Geuneun gabjagi nollaseo mareul ilheosseo.
   • He was suddenly surprised and lost his words.

These sentences illustrate various contexts in which someone might be suddenly surprised or startled.

Question 68

Jeoldae anigo

Geugeon jeoldae anigo

Answer 68

I apologize for the confusion. The correct spelling for “never” in Korean is “절대” (jeoldae), not “철되” (cheolde). So, here is the correct usage:

• 절대 아니고 (jeoldae anigo), which means “never” in the sense of “it’s never that.”

Example sentence:
- 그건 절대 아니고 (geugeon jeoldae anigo) means “It’s never that.”

Thank you for pointing that out, and I hope this clarifies things!

Question 69

Jeoneun geunyang
Jeoneun geunyang wasseoyo.
Jeoneun geunyang pigonhaeyo.
Jeoneun geunyang jaemiisseoseo haeyo.

Answer 69

“Jeoneun geunyang” (저는 그냥) translates to “I just” or “I’m just” in English. It’s used to express something you do or feel without a particular reason or just because.

Here are some example sentences:

1. 저는 그냥 왔어요.
   
   • Jeoneun geunyang wasseoyo.
   • I just came.
2. 저는 그냥 보고 있었어요.
   
   • Jeoneun geunyang bogo isseosseoyo.
   • I was just watching.
3. 저는 그냥 피곤해요.
   
   • Jeoneun geunyang pigonhaeyo.
   • I’m just tired.
4. 저는 그냥 재미있어서 해요.
   
   • Jeoneun geunyang jaemiisseoseo haeyo.
   • I just do it because it’s fun.

These examples illustrate how “jeoneun geunyang” is used to convey a sense of doing something without a specific reason.

Question 70

Geureonga gass-eoyo
Biga ol geot gatayo

Answer 70

Ah, it seems like you’re saying “그런가 갔어요” (geureonga gass-eoyo) which translates to “I guess so” or “I suppose so” in English. It’s used when you are uncertain but leaning towards a certain conclusion or assumption.

“가다” (gada) means “to go” in Korean, and “-가다요” (-gatayo) is a polite way of saying “I think” or “I suppose” in Korean. It’s often used to express an opinion or assumption in a polite manner.

For example:
- 비가 올 것 같아요. (Biga ol geot gatayo.) - I think it’s going to rain.
- 그 사람이 내 친구가 아닐 것 같아요. (Geu saram-i nae chingu ga anil geot gatayo.) - I don’t think that person is my friend.

So, “그런가 갔어요” (geureonga gass-eoyo) would mean something like “I suppose that’s how it went” or “I guess that’s what happened.” It implies a level of uncertainty or speculation about a situation.

For example:
- A: “그 영화 재미있었어요?” (Did you enjoy the movie?)
B: “그런가 갔어요.” (I guess so.)

In this context, person B is uncertain but thinks they probably enjoyed the movie.

Question 71

Mullon honjae baro

Answer 71

The word “혼자” (honja) itself means “alone” or “by oneself” in Korean. It doesn’t directly translate to “right now” or “at this moment.” However, it’s possible that in certain contexts, it could be used to imply doing something alone or immediately.

If you’re looking for a word that means “right now” or “at this moment,” a more appropriate term would be “지금” (jigeum) in Korean.

So, “물론 혼자에 바로” (mullon honjae baro) could be interpreted as “Of course, alone, right away” or “Certainly, by oneself, immediately,” but it depends on the context in which it’s used.

The phrase “물론 혼자에 바로” (mullon honjae baro) seems to be a combination of several Korean words. Here’s the breakdown:

1. “물론” (mullon): This word means “of course” or “certainly” in Korean. It’s used to emphasize agreement or affirmation.
2. “혼자에” (honjae): This could be a typo or a misinterpretation. The correct form would be “혼자” (honja), which means “alone” or “by oneself.”
3. “바로” (baro): This word means “right” or “straight” in Korean. It’s often used to emphasize immediacy or correctness.

So, if we correct the potential typo, the phrase “물론 혼자 바로” (mullon honja baro) would roughly translate to “Of course, alone, right away” or “Certainly, by oneself, immediately” in English. However, without further context, it’s difficult to determine the exact meaning of the phrase. If you could provide more context, I could offer a more accurate interpretation.

Question 72

Annyeong jibe gandago

Answer 72

The phrase “Annyeong jibe gandago” (안녕 집에 간다고) translates to “Goodbye, I’m going home” in English. It’s a polite way to say goodbye when leaving a place.

Question 73

Gabjagi wae ireoke
Wa! Gabjagi wae ireoke, jeo neumo pigonhaeyo

Answer 73

The phrase “Gabjagi wae ireoke” (갑자기 왜 이렇게) translates to “Why all of a sudden like this?” or “Why suddenly like this?” in English. It’s used to express surprise or confusion about a sudden or unexpected situation or behavior.

It seems like you’re expressing surprise or astonishment. The phrase “Wa! Gabjagi wae ireoke, jeo neumo pigonhaeyo” (와! 갑자기 왜 이렇게, 저 너무 피곤해요) translates to “Wow! Why all of a sudden like this, I’m so tired” in English. It indicates that you’re suddenly feeling very tired, and you’re surprised by it.

Question 74

Wae ireohge an-do-neunde

Answer 74

The phrase “Wae yeo aneunde” (왜 여 안은데) seems to contain a typo or a misinterpretation. It’s not clear what you intended to say.

If you meant “왜 이렇게 안되는데” (wae ireohge an-do-neunde), it would translate to “Why isn’t it working like this?” or “Why is it not happening like this?” in English.

Could you please provide more context or clarify the phrase? This will help me understand and assist you better.

Question 75

Joah haneunde

Answer 75

The phrase “좋아 안은데” (joah aneunde) seems to contain a typo or a misunderstanding. It’s not a standard Korean phrase.

If you meant “좋아 하는데” (joah haneunde), it translates to “I like it, but…” in English. This phrase is often used when expressing a preference for something but also indicating a constraint or reservation.

Could you please confirm if this is what you meant, or provide more context or clarify the phrase? This will help me understand and assist you better.

Question 76

Sambon
Nan oneul acim icede 3sigan ban sambon saengsaenghan mul hana masigo sipseubnida.
Sambon jeongdo masimyeon meogneun geosdo doendago saenggaghaneun saramdo issseubnida.

Answer 76

The correct spelling is “Sambon” (삼본) in Korean. It means “three times” or “three bottles.” “Sambeon” would be an incorrect spelling.

Here are some sample sentences using “sambon” (삼본) in Korean romanization:

1. Sambon masimyeon geopumdoeneun ili issseubnida.
   
   • If you drink three bottles, it’s harmful.
2. Nan oneul acim icede 3sigan ban sambon saengsaenghan mul hana masigo sipseubnida.
   
   • I want to drink a fresh glass of water three times this morning.
3. Eolma jeon sambon bogo cunggyeogeul haeboseyo.
   
   • Please review the material three times before the exam.
4. Gajang jal joheun gileun sambonina ganeun geosida.
   
   • The best way is to go three times.
5. Sambon jeongdo masimyeon meogneun geosdo doendago saenggaghaneun saramdo issseubnida.
   
   • Some people think that it’s okay to eat even three times.

Question 77

Ilbeon
Du beon
Sambon

Answer 77

“Ilbeon” (일번) in Korean means “one time” or “once.” Here are some sample sentences in Korean romanization using “ilbeon”:

1. Ilbeonman haebwado eoddeohge moreul geos gatayo.
   
   • Even if you do it just once, it seems like you wouldn’t know how to do it.
2. Ilbeonssig gyeolhonhago sipda.
   
   • I want to get married once in my life.
3. Ilbeonssig haeboja.
   
   • Let’s do it once.
4. Ilbeonman deo cajaboseyo.
   
   • Please try just one more time.
5. Ilbeonman deo gihoereul jweoyo.
   
   • Give me just one more chance.

“Twice” in Korean is “두 번” (du beon). Here are some sample sentences using “두 번” in Korean romanization:

1. 두 번 물어 봤지만 아무 대답도 없었어요.
   
   • Du beon muleo bwatjiman amu daedabdo eobseosseoyo.
   • I asked twice, but there was no response.
2. 오늘은 두 번 운동했어요.
   
   • Oneureun du beon undonghaesseoyo.
   • I exercised twice today.
3. 그 영화를 두 번 봤는데도 재미있어요.
   
   • Geu yeongwareul du beon bwatneundedo jaemiisseoyo.
   • I watched that movie twice, and it’s still enjoyable.
4. 이 문제는 두 번 풀어 보세요.
   
   • I munjeneun du beon pureo boseyo.
   • Please try solving this problem twice.
5. 두 번 이상은 안돼요.
   
   • Du beon isangeun andwaeyo.
   • It’s not allowed more than twice.

Question 78

Jeongmal saeng-gaghaeyo

Answer 78

“정말 생각해요” (Jeongmal saeng-gaghaeyo) translates to “I really think so” or “I really believe so” in English. It’s used to express genuine agreement or affirmation with something that has been said or suggested.

Of course! Here are some sample sentences using “정말 생각해요” (Jeongmal saeng-gaghaeyo) in Korean romanization:

1. Jeongmal saeng-gaghaeyo. Geugeosdo jal doendago saenggaghaneuneyo.
   
   • 정말 생각해요. 그것도 잘 된다고 생각하는군요.
   • I really think so. I believe that would work well too.
2. Jeongmal saeng-gaghaeyo. I geim-eun jinjja jaemiisseoyo.
   
   • 정말 생각해요. 이 게임은 진짜 재미있어요.
   • I really think so. This game is really fun.
3. Jeongmal saeng-gaghaeyo. Geunyang himnaeseo modeun ili doel geosibnida.
   
   • 정말 생각해요. 그냥 힘내서 모든 일이 될 거입니다.
   • I really think so. Just have courage, and everything will work out.
4. Jeongmal saeng-gaghaeyo. Geu saram-eun jinjja joheun chingu-ibnida.
   
   • 정말 생각해요. 그 사람은 진짜 좋은 친구입니다.
   • I really think so. That person is a really good friend.
5. Jeongmal saeng-gaghaeyo. Yeongwonhi hamkke hal su isseul geos gatayo.
   
   • 정말 생각해요. 영원히 함께 할 수 있을 것 같아요.
   • I really think so. I believe we can be together forever.

Question 79

Joah ara
Joah ara. Jinjja gamsahabnida.
Joah ara. Geureom eoddeohge hal su isseulggayo?
Joah ara. Geureohge hago sipeoseo malhaessneunde, mianhaeyo.

Answer 79

“좋아 알아” (Joah ara) translates to “Okay, I know” or “Alright, I understand” in English. It’s a casual response to indicate agreement or acknowledgment of something that has been said.
Certainly! Here are some sample sentences using “좋아 알아” (Joah ara) in Korean romanization:

1. Joah ara. Naega geureohge haneun geol moreugesseoyo.
   
   • 좋아 알아. 내가 그렇게 하는 걸 모르겠어요.
   • Okay, I understand. I didn’t know I was doing that.
2. Joah ara. Geugeos-eul jal haessdaneun geol neomu jal algo isseoyo.
   
   • 좋아 알아. 그것을 잘 했다는 걸 너무 잘 알고 있어요.
   • Alright, I know. I’m very aware that you did it well.
3. Joah ara. Geureohge hago sipeoseo malhaessneunde, mianhaeyo.
   
   • 좋아 알아. 그렇게 하고 싶었어서 말했는데, 미안해요.
   • Okay, I understand. I said it because I wanted to do it like that, sorry.
4. Joah ara. Geureom eoddeohge hal su isseulggayo?
   
   • 좋아 알아. 그럼 어떻게 할 수 있을까요?
   • Alright, I know. Then how can we do it?
5. Joah ara. Jinjja gamsahabnida.
   
   • 좋아 알아. 진짜 감사합니다.
   • Okay, I understand. Thank you very much.

Question 80

Molla sinika
Wae naeil iljeong-i chwiso-dwaesseonneunji asseyo? Ani, molla sinika.

Geu ire daehae amugeotdo moreuneunde, malhaejul su eobseo. Molla sinika.

Answer 80

“Molla sinika” (몰라 시니까) translates to “I don’t know, that’s why” in English. It’s a casual way to explain that you don’t have an answer or information about something.

Sure, here are some sample sentences using “몰라 시니까” (Molla sinika) in Korean romanization:

1. 왜 그런지 모르겠어. 몰라 시니까.
   
   • Wae geureonji moreugesseo. Molla sinika.
   • I don’t know why that is. That’s why.
2. 그 일에 대해 아무것도 모르는데, 말해줄 수 없어. 몰라 시니까.
   
   • Geu ire daehae amugeotdo moreuneunde, malhaejul su eobseo. Molla sinika.
   • I don’t know anything about that matter, so I can’t say. That’s why.
3. 이 문제에 대해 좀 도와줄 수 있어? 아, 미안해요. 몰라 시니까.
   
   • I munje-e daehae jom do-wajul su isseo? Ah, mianhaeyo. Molla sinika.
   • Can you help me with this problem? Oh, I’m sorry. I don’t know, that’s why.
4. 너 이 책 읽어 본 적 있어? 아니, 몰라 시니까.
   
   • Neo i chaek ilgeo bon jeok isseo? Ani, molla sinika.
   • Have you ever read this book? No, I don’t know, that’s why.
5. 왜 내일 일정이 취소되었는지 아세요? 아니, 몰라 시니까.
   
   • Wae naeil iljeong-i chwiso-dwaesseonneunji asseyo? Ani, molla sinika.
   • Do you know why tomorrow’s schedule got canceled? No, I don’t know, that’s why.

Question 81

Igeo bayo

Seontaegji-ga igeo bakkeyeopseoyo

Oneul hal iri igeo bakkeyeopseoyo

Yorireul haebwassneunde jaeryoga igeo bakkeyeopseoyo.

Answer 81

“이거 밖에요” (Igeo bayo) means “This is it” or “This is all there is” in English. It’s used to indicate that what you’re referring to is the only option or the final choice.
Certainly! Here are some sample sentences using “이거 밖에요” (Igeo bayo) in Korean romanization:

1. 요리를 해봤는데 재료가 이거 밖에 없어요.
   
   • Yorireul haebwassneunde jaeryoga igeo bakkeyeopseoyo.
   • I tried cooking, but this is all the ingredients I have.
2. 옷을 사려고 했는데 가게에 이거 밖에 없어요.
   
   • Oseul salyeogo haessneunde gagee igeo bakkeyeopseoyo.
   • I tried to buy clothes, but this is all they have in the store.
3. 오늘 할 일이 이거 밖에 없어요.
   
   • Oneul hal iri igeo bakkeyeopseoyo.
   • This is all I have to do today.
4. 선택지가 이거 밖에 없어요.
   
   • Seontaegji-ga igeo bakkeyeopseoyo.
   • This is the only option.
5. 이 도시에서 볼만한 곳이 이거 밖에 없어요.
   
   • I dosieseo bolmanhan gosi igeo bakkeyeopseoyo.
   • There’s nothing worth seeing in this city except for this.

Question 82

Ani, gwenchana, mwo eoseo?

Answer 82

Got it! Here are the sample sentences with their meanings in Korean romanization:

1. A: “Mianhae, naega silsuhaesseo.” (미안해, 내가 실수했어.)
   B: “Ani, gwenchana, mwo eoseo?” (아니, 괜찮아, 뭐 어거써?)
   
   • A: “I’m sorry, I made a mistake.”
     B: “No, it’s okay, what’s wrong?”
2. A: “Neo gwenchana?” (너 괜찮아?)
   B: “Ani, gwenchana, mwo eoseo?” (아니, 괜찮아, 뭐 어거써?)
   
   • A: “Are you okay?”
     B: “No, it’s okay, what’s wrong?”
3. A: “Neomu seuteuriseu bada.” (너무 스트레스 받아.)
   B: “Ani, gwenchana, mwo eoseo?” (아니, 괜찮아, 뭐 어거써?)
   
   • A: “You’re under too much stress.”
     B: “No, it’s okay, what’s wrong?”
4. A: “Neomu museobjyo?” (너무 무섭죠?)
   B: “Ani, gwenchana, mwo eoseo?” (아니, 괜찮아, 뭐 어거써?)
   
   • A: “Are you very scared?”
     B: “No, it’s okay, what’s wrong?”
5. A: “Naneun neomu mianhae.” (나는 너무 미안해.)
   B: “Ani, gwenchana, mwo eoseo?” (아니, 괜찮아, 뭐 어거써?)
   
   • A: “I’m so sorry.”
     B: “No, it’s okay, what’s wrong?”

Question 83

Ah yeogie isseo geuna
Ah, yeogi isseo. Geureonikka
Ah, yeogi isseo. Geureongeoya

Answer 83

The phrase “Ah yeogie isseo geuna” (아 여기 있어 그나) seems to contain some typos or is missing context to fully make sense in Korean. It might be intended to say something like “Ah, yeogi isseo. Geuna.” (아, 여기 있어. 그나.) which translates to “Ah, here it is. Take it.”

However, “geuna” (그나) doesn’t quite fit standard Korean. A more common phrase would be:

1. “Ah, yeogi isseo. Geureonikka.” (아, 여기 있어. 그러니까.) - “Ah, here it is. So.”
2. “Ah, yeogi isseo. Geureongeoya.” (아, 여기 있어. 그런거야.) - “Ah, here it is. That’s it.”

If you provide more context or correct the phrase, I can give a more accurate translation.

Question 84

Keopi masimyeon gibuni johajil geoya
Keopi masimyeon simjangi ppalli ttwi-e.
Keopi masimyeon ilhagi siwonhae

Answer 84

The phrase “Keopi masimyeon” (커피 마시면) means “If you drink coffee” in English. Here are some sample sentences using “Keopi masimyeon” in Korean romanization:

1. Keopi masimyeon jameul jal mos jaja.
   
   • 커피 마시면 잠을 잘 못 자자.
   • If you drink coffee, you might not sleep well.
2. Keopi masimyeon gibuni johajil geoya.
   
   • 커피 마시면 기분이 좋아질 거야.
   • If you drink coffee, you’ll feel better.
3. Keopi masimyeon simjangi ppalli ttwi-e.
   
   • 커피 마시면 심장이 빨리 뛰어.
   • If you drink coffee, your heart beats faster.
4. Keopi masimyeon eoneu saideu ieyo?
   
   • 커피 마시면 어느 사이즈예요?
   • If you drink coffee, which size do you prefer?
5. Keopi masimyeon ilhagi siwonhae.
   
   • 커피 마시면 일하기 시원해.
   • If you drink coffee, it’s refreshing to work.

Question 85

Jeonmang-eul ap’eurodo mollayo.
Ap’eurodo mollayo, geunyang jeongdo hamyeon dwae.
I gyehoeg-i ap’eurodo mollayo.

Answer 85

The phrase “Appreudu Mollayo” seems to be a mix of Korean and possibly another language, or it might contain some typos. In Korean, “앞으로도 몰라요” (ap’eurodo mollayo) would translate to “I don’t know about the future” or “I don’t know what will happen.”

Here are some sample sentences using “앞으로도 몰라요” (ap’eurodo mollayo) in Korean romanization:

1. Nae il-i ap’eurodo mollayo.
   
   • 내 일이 앞으로도 몰라요.
   • I don’t know what will happen with my work in the future.
2. Ap’eurodo mollayo, geunyang jeongdo hamyeon dwae.
   
   • 앞으로도 몰라요, 그냥 정도 하면 돼.
   • I don’t know about the future, just do your best.
3. I gyehoeg-i ap’eurodo mollayo.
   
   • 이 계획이 앞으로도 몰라요.
   • I don’t know about this plan in the future.
4. Uri gwan-gye-ga ap’eurodo mollayo.
   
   • 우리 관계가 앞으로도 몰라요.
   • I don’t know about our relationship in the future.
5. Jeonmang-eul ap’eurodo mollayo.
   
   • 전망을 앞으로도 몰라요.
   • I don’t know about the outlook in the future.

If this is not what you intended, please provide more context or correct the phrase so I can assist you better.

Question 86

Jeo gaetta gongwon-e geimhago isseoss-eo.
Jeo gaetta seoul tower-eseo
Jeo gaetta hanguk-e sigani johass-eo.

Answer 86

“Jeo gaetta” (저 갔다) in Korean means “I went” or “I have been there.” It is a casual way to talk about a place you have visited.

Here are some sample sentences using “jeo gaetta” in Korean romanization:

1. Jeo gaetta myeongdong-e.
   
   • 저 갔다 명동에.
   • I went to Myeongdong.
2. Jeo gaetta eojjeomyeon mannal su isseul geos gatayo.
   
   • 저 갔다 어쩌면 만날 수 있을 것 같아요.
   • I went, maybe we could meet.
3. Jeo gaetta hanguk-e sigani johass-eo.
   
   • 저 갔다 한국에 시간이 좋았어.
   • I went to Korea, and the time was great.
4. Jeo gaetta seoul tower-eseo.
   
   • 저 갔다 서울 타워에서.
   • I went to Seoul Tower.
5. Jeo gaetta gongwon-e geimhago isseoss-eo.
   
   • 저 갔다 공원에 게임하고 있었어.
   • I went to the park and was playing games.

These sentences show different contexts in which “jeo gaetta” might be used to describe places you have visited or activities you have done.

Question 87

Baro baro
Geugeos-eun baro baro hal su isseoyo.
Jeoneun baro baro galgeyo.

Answer 87

The phrase “baro baro” (바로 바로) in Korean means “right away” or “immediately.” It emphasizes promptness or directness.

Here are some sample sentences using “baro baro” in Korean romanization:

1. I jeonseol-eul baro baro mollass-eo.
   
   • 이 전설을 바로 바로 몰랐어.
   • I didn’t know this legend right away.
2. Jeoneun baro baro galgeyo.
   
   • 저는 바로 바로 갈게요.
   • I will go right away.
3. Geugeos-eun baro baro hal su isseoyo.
   
   • 그것은 바로 바로 할 수 있어요.
   • You can do that immediately.
4. Jeonhwa julgeyo, baro baro.
   
   • 전화 줄게요, 바로 바로.
   • I’ll call you right away.
5. Ilyo-il-eun baro baro dallyeogaeyo.
   
   • 일요일은 바로 바로 달려가요.
   • I run right away on Sundays.

These sentences show different contexts in which “baro baro” can be used to convey the sense of doing something immediately or without delay.

Question 88

Jungeneyo
Geu saram-i ilhaneun jungineyo
I sigan-eun jeomsim jungineyo.

Answer 88

“Jungeneyo” (중이네요) in Korean can mean “It’s in the middle” or “It’s ongoing,” depending on the context. It is often used to describe something that is happening or is situated in the middle of a process or location.

Here are some sample sentences using “jungeneyo” in Korean romanization:

1. I sigan-eun jeomsim jungineyo.
   
   • 이 시간은 점심 중이네요.
   • This time is in the middle of lunchtime.
2. Geu saram-i ilhaneun jungineyo.
   
   • 그 사람이 일하는 중이네요.
   • That person is in the middle of working.
3. Jeo yuhaksaeng-i ilbon-e jaehak jungineyo.
   
   • 저 유학생이 일본에 재학 중이네요.
   • That international student is currently studying in Japan.
4. I jip-eun bosu jungineyo.
   
   • 이 집은 보수 중이네요.
   • This house is under renovation.
5. Jeoneun su-eob jungineyo.
   
   • 저는 수업 중이네요.
   • I am in the middle of a class.

These sentences demonstrate different contexts where “jungeneyo” might be used to indicate something that is in progress or located in the middle of an action or state.

Question 89

Nareul ttara wa
Nareul ttara wa, heundeuliji malgo
Nareul ttara wa, i dosi-reul boyeojulge.
Nareul ttara wa, nae-ga gil-eul allyeo julge.

Answer 89

“Follow me,” you would use “Nareul ttara wa” (나를 따라 와).

Here are some sample sentences using “Nareul ttara wa” in Korean romanization:

1. I gil-eul moreugetdamyeon nareul ttara wa.
   
   • 이 길을 모르겠다면 나를 따라 와.
   • If you don’t know the way, follow me.
2. Nareul ttara wa, nae-ga gil-eul allyeo julge.
   
   • 나를 따라 와, 내가 길을 알려 줄게.
   • Follow me, I’ll show you the way.
3. Nareul ttara wa, i dosi-reul boyeojulge.
   
   • 나를 따라 와, 이 도시를 보여줄게.
   • Follow me, I’ll show you around the city.
4. Nareul ttara wa, uri jib-eul boyeojulge.
   
   • 나를 따라 와, 우리 집을 보여줄게.
   • Follow me, I’ll show you our house.
5. Nareul ttara wa, heundeuliji malgo.
   
   • 나를 따라 와, 흔들리지 말고.
   • Follow me, and don’t waver.

These sentences can be used to guide someone to follow you to a destination.

Question 90

Geureohge anira
Geureohge anira, naega jalmoshaesseo.

Answer 90

“Geureohge anira” (그렇게 아니라) in Korean translates to “Not like that” or “It’s not like that” in English. It is used to correct or clarify a misunderstanding or a mistaken assumption.

Here are some sample sentences using “geureohge anira” in Korean romanization:

1. Geureohge anira, neukkim-i dalla.
   
   • 그렇게 아니라, 느낌이 달라.
   • It’s not like that, the feeling is different.
2. Geureohge anira, jeonghwaghage malhaejwo.
   
   • 그렇게 아니라, 정확하게 말해줘.
   • It’s not like that, please tell me accurately.
3. Geureohge anira, naega saeng-gaghan geon dareo.
   
   • 그렇게 아니라, 내가 생각한 건 달라.
   • It’s not like that, what I thought is different.
4. Geureohge anira, naega jalmoshaesseo.
   
   • 그렇게 아니라, 내가 잘못했어.
   • It’s not like that, I made a mistake.
5. Geureohge anira, ihaehaejwo.
   
   • 그렇게 아니라, 이해해줘.
   • It’s not like that, please understand.

These sentences show different contexts where “geureohge anira” can be used to clarify that something is not the way it was perceived or assumed.

Question 91

Geunyeoneun jinjja nege
Geunyeoneun jinjja nege ppajyeosseoyo, geuleonikka jasin-eul gajyeo.

Answer 91

The phrase “Geunyeoneun jinjja tinika” (그녀는 진짜 티니까) seems to have a typo or a misunderstanding. If you want to say “She’s really into you” in Korean, it would be:

“Geunyeoneun jinjja nege ppajyeosseoyo” (그녀는 진짜 네게 빠졌어요).

Here are some sample sentences using this phrase in Korean romanization:

1. Geunyeoneun jinjja nege ppajyeosseoyo, geuleonikka jasin-eul gajyeo.
   
   • 그녀는 진짜 네게 빠졌어요, 그러니까 자신을 가져.
   • She’s really into you, so be confident.
2. Neodo algo itjanh-a, geunyeoneun jinjja nege ppajyeosseoyo.
   
   • 너도 알고 있잖아, 그녀는 진짜 네게 빠졌어요.
   • You know it too, she’s really into you.
3. Geunyeo-ui chingu-ga malhaess-eo, geunyeoneun jinjja nege ppajyeosseoyo.
   
   • 그녀의 친구가 말했어, 그녀는 진짜 네게 빠졌어요.
   • Her friend said that she’s really into you.
4. Geunyeoneun hangsang neowa hamkke isseul ttae haengboghaeyo, geunyeoneun jinjja nege ppajyeosseoyo.
   
   • 그녀는 항상 너와 함께 있을 때 행복해요, 그녀는 진짜 네게 빠졌어요.
   • She’s always happy when she’s with you, she’s really into you.
5. Geunyeoneun neoui yaegie gwan-sim-eul gajigo isseoyo, geunyeoneun jinjja nege ppajyeosseoyo.
   
   • 그녀는 너의 얘기에 관심을 가지고 있어요, 그녀는 진짜 네게 빠졌어요.
   • She’s interested in what you have to say, she’s really into you.

These sentences help convey the meaning that someone is very much interested or infatuated with another person.

Question 92

Sigan-ui jangso-ga eodie isseoyo?
Uri-ui yaksokji-ga eodie isseoyo?
Dangsin-eun jigeum eodie isseoyo?
Hwajangsil-i eodie isseoyo?

Answer 92

“Eodie isseoyo” (어디에 있어요) in Korean means “Where is it?” or “Where are you?” It’s used to ask about the location of a person or an object.

Here are some sample sentences using “eodie isseoyo” in Korean romanization:

1. Hwajangsil-i eodie isseoyo?
   
   • 화장실이 어디에 있어요?
   • Where is the bathroom?
2. Dangsin-eun jigeum eodie isseoyo?
   
   • 당신은 지금 어디에 있어요?
   • Where are you now?
3. Uri-ui yaksokji-ga eodie isseoyo?
   
   • 우리의 약속지가 어디에 있어요?
   • Where is our meeting place?
4. Nae chaeg-i eodie isseoyo?
   
   • 내 책이 어디에 있어요?
   • Where is my book?
5. Sigan-ui jangso-ga eodie isseoyo?
   
   • 시간의 장소가 어디에 있어요?
   • Where is the time and place?

These sentences show different contexts where “eodie isseoyo” can be used to ask about the location of a person, place, or thing.

Question 93

Eodie seoyo
Yeogiseo cha-reul eodie seoyo?

Answer 93

“Eodie seoyo” (어디에 서요) in Korean means “Where do you stand?” or “Where does it stop?” depending on the context. It is a question asking about the location of standing or stopping.

Here are some sample sentences using “eodie seoyo” in Korean romanization:

1. Beoseu-ga eodie seoyo?
   
   • 버스가 어디에 서요?
   • Where does the bus stop?
2. I chajeongeo-reul eodie seoyo?
   
   • 이 자전거를 어디에 서요?
   • Where should I park this bicycle?
3. Gyeongchaleul bomyeon eodie seoyo?
   
   • 경찰을 보면 어디에 서요?
   • When you see a police officer, where do you stand?
4. Namjachinguleul eodie seoyo?
   
   • 남자친구를 어디에 서요?
   • Where do you meet your boyfriend?
5. Yeogiseo cha-reul eodie seoyo?
   
   • 여기서 차를 어디에 서요?
   • Where do you park the car here?

These sentences demonstrate different contexts where “eodie seoyo” can be used to inquire about the location of standing, stopping, or parking.

Question 94

Jigeum eodie innayo?
Jigeum eodie innayo? Jeo bakk-e inneunde.
Jigeum eodie innayo? Naega deryeoda julgeyo.
Jigeum eodie innayo? Bap meogeoya doeneunde.
Jigeum eodie innayo? Jeo gidaelyeo

Answer 94

“I eodie innayo” (이 어디에 있나요) means “Where is this?” in Korean, but if you want to say “Where are you now?” the correct phrase would be “Jigeum eodie innayo?” (지금 어디에 있나요?).

Here are some sample sentences using “Jigeum eodie innayo?” in Korean romanization:

1. Jigeum eodie innayo? Jeo bakk-e inneunde.
   
   • 지금 어디에 있나요? 저 밖에 있는데.
   • Where are you now? I’m outside.
2. Jigeum eodie innayo? Naega deryeoda julgeyo.
   
   • 지금 어디에 있나요? 내가 데려다 줄게요.
   • Where are you now? I’ll come pick you up.
3. Jigeum eodie innayo? Bap meogeoya doeneunde.
   
   • 지금 어디에 있나요? 밥 먹어야 되는데.
   • Where are you now? We need to eat.
4. Jigeum eodie innayo? Uri gati gal gosi inneunde.
   
   • 지금 어디에 있나요? 우리 같이 갈 곳이 있는데.
   • Where are you now? There’s a place we should go together.
5. Jigeum eodie innayo? Jeo gidaelyeo.
   
   • 지금 어디에 있나요? 저 기다려요.
   • Where are you now? I’m waiting for you.

These sentences show different contexts where “Jigeum eodie innayo?” can be used to ask someone about their current location.

Question 95

Jigeum buteo, areumdaun sarang iyagi-ga sijakdoel geoyeyo.
Jigeum buteo, areumdaun sarang iyagi-ga sijakdoel geoyeyo.

Answer 95

To express “Starting now, the beautiful story of my own love will begin” in Korean, you could say:

“Jigeum buteo, nae sarang-i areumdaun iyagi-ga sijakdoel geoyeyo” (지금부터, 내 사랑의 아름다운 이야기가 시작될 거예요).

Here are the components of the sentence in Korean romanization:

• Jigeum buteo (지금부터) - Starting now
• Nae sarang-i (내 사랑이) - My love
• Areumdaun iyagi-ga (아름다운 이야기가) - Beautiful story
• Sijakdoel geoyeyo (시작될 거예요) - Will begin

Here are some sample sentences using this phrase in Korean romanization:

1. Jigeum buteo, nae sarang-i areumdaun iyagi-ga sijakdoel geoyeyo.
   
   • 지금부터, 내 사랑의 아름다운 이야기가 시작될 거예요.
   • Starting now, the beautiful story of my own love will begin.
2. Jigeum buteo, areumdaun sarang iyagi-ga sijakdoel geoyeyo.
   
   • 지금부터, 아름다운 사랑 이야기가 시작될 거예요.
   • Starting now, a beautiful love story will begin.
3. Jigeum buteo, uriui sarang-i areumdaun iyagi-ga sijakdoel geoyeyo.
   
   • 지금부터, 우리의 사랑이 아름다운 이야기가 시작될 거예요.
   • Starting now, our love’s beautiful story will begin.
4. Jigeum buteo, nae yeongwonhan sarang iyagi-ga sijakdoel geoyeyo.
   
   • 지금부터, 내 영원한 사랑 이야기가 시작될 거예요.
   • Starting now, the eternal story of my love will begin.
5. Jigeum buteo, geu sarang iyagi-ga sijakdoel geoyeyo.
   
   • 지금부터, 그 사랑 이야기가 시작될 거예요.
   • Starting now, that love story will begin.

These sentences reflect the same sentiment and show different ways to express the beginning of a beautiful love story starting now.

Question 96

Uri modu haesseo, geulae?
Naneun geugeoseul haesseo, geulae?

Answer 96

The phrase “Haesseo” (했어) in Korean means “Did (something)” in the past tense. If you want to say “right?” or “isn’t it?” in Korean, you would use “Geulae?” (그래?) or “Geuraeyo?” (그래요?) for a more formal tone.

Here are some examples using “Geulae?” and “Geuraeyo?” in Korean romanization:

1. Naneun geugeoseul haesseo, geulae?
   
   • 나는 그것을 했어, 그래?
   • I did that, right?
2. Naneun ijeul haesseo, geuraeyo?
   
   • 나는 이 일을 했어, 그래요?
   • I did this work, right?
3. Geuneun eoneusae gakkeum haesseo, geulae?
   
   • 그는 어느새 깜짝 했어, 그래?
   • He did it suddenly, right?
4. Geunyeoneun eokkaega saeng-gin geot haesseo, geuraeyo?
   
   • 그녀는 어깨가 생긴 것 했어, 그래요?
   • She did something with her shoulders, right?
5. Uri modu haesseo, geulae?
   
   • 우리 모두 했어, 그래?
   • We all did it, right?

These sentences use “haesseo” (did) combined with “geulae?” or “geuraeyo?” (right?) to ask for confirmation.

Question 97

Geunyeo-ga yeogi eobs-eo, ttaemune nan seulpeoyo.
Waenyanhameon geu eumak-i jeongmal johaseo, naega deudneunda.
Nalssiga johaseo, ttaemune neukkim-i johayo.

Answer 97

The phrase “Waenyanhameon ttaemune” (왜냐하면 때문에) combines “waenyanhameon” (왜냐하면), meaning “because” or “the reason is,” with “ttaemune” (때문에), meaning “because of” or “due to.” While both phrases express causality, they are typically used separately.

Here’s a proper usage example:

1. Waenyanhameon nalssiga johaseo.
   
   • 왜냐하면 날씨가 좋아서.
   • Because the weather is nice.
2. Nalssiga johaseo, ttaemune neukkim-i johayo.
   
   • 날씨가 좋아서, 때문에 느낌이 좋아요.
   • Because of the nice weather, I feel good.

Here are some sample sentences using each phrase correctly in Korean romanization:

1. Waenyanhameon nae chingu-ga yeogi eoseo.
   
   • 왜냐하면 내 친구가 여기 있어서.
   • Because my friend is here.
2. Naega ireul geumanhaess-eo, ttaemune jeonhwaga wass-eo.
   
   • 내가 일을 그만했어, 때문에 전화가 왔어.
   • I stopped working because I got a call.
3. Waenyanhameon jeoneun pigonhaeseo jibe gayo.
   
   • 왜냐하면 저는 피곤해서 집에 가요.
   • Because I’m tired, I’m going home.
4. Geunyeo-ga yeogi eobs-eo, ttaemune nan seulpeoyo.
   
   • 그녀가 여기 없어, 때문에 난 슬퍼요.
   • She’s not here, so I’m sad.
5. Waenyanhameon geu eumak-i jeongmal johaseo, naega deudneunda.
   
   • 왜냐하면 그 음악이 정말 좋아서, 내가 듣는다.
   • Because I really like that music, I listen to it.

When combining them, you would typically start a sentence with “waenyanhameon” and follow it with a reason introduced by “ttaemune.”

For example:
- Waenyanhameon nalssiga johaseo ttaemune, san-e gasseo.
- 왜냐하면 날씨가 좋아서 때문에, 산에 갔어.
- Because the weather was nice, I went to the mountain.

Question 98

Oh eotteokhae, nan neomu seulpeoyo. Chingu-ga yeogi eobs-eoyo.
Oh eotteokhae, nan neomu seulpeoyo. I sesangi naege neomu himdeureoyo.

Answer 98

The phrase “Oh eotteokhae nan neomu seulpeoyo” (오 어떡해 난 너무 슬퍼요) translates to “Oh, what should I do? I’m so sad” in English. It’s an expression of distress and sadness.

Here are some sample sentences using this phrase in Korean romanization:

1. Oh eotteokhae, nan neomu seulpeoyo. Chingu-ga yeogi eobs-eoyo.
   
   • 오 어떡해, 난 너무 슬퍼요. 친구가 여기 없어요.
   • Oh, what should I do? I’m so sad. My friend isn’t here.
2. Oh eotteokhae, nan neomu seulpeoyo. Haengbokhaessdeon naldeul-i saeng-gagna.
   
   • 오 어떡해, 난 너무 슬퍼요. 행복했던 날들이 생각나.
   • Oh, what should I do? I’m so sad. I remember the happy days.
3. Oh eotteokhae, nan neomu seulpeoyo. Geunyeoga nal tteonagasseo.
   
   • 오 어떡해, 난 너무 슬퍼요. 그녀가 날 떠나갔어.
   • Oh, what should I do? I’m so sad. She left me.
4. Oh eotteokhae, nan neomu seulpeoyo. I sesangi naege neomu himdeureoyo.
   
   • 오 어떡해, 난 너무 슬퍼요. 이 세상이 내게 너무 힘들어요.
   • Oh, what should I do? I’m so sad. This world is too hard for me.
5. Oh eotteokhae, nan neomu seulpeoyo. Uriui sarang-i kkeutnass-eoyo.
   
   • 오 어떡해, 난 너무 슬퍼요. 우리의 사랑이 끝났어요.
   • Oh, what should I do? I’m so sad. Our love is over.

These sentences demonstrate different contexts in which someone might express their sadness and distress using “Oh eotteokhae, nan neomu seulpeoyo.”

Question 99

Sarang handago ireoke gobaekhaneunde wae moreugesseo?
Sarang handago ireoke, jigeum-kkaji gidaryeosseo.
Sarang handago ireoke maeil neoui yeop-e isseulge.

Answer 99

The phrase “Sarang handago ireoke” (사랑 한다고 이렇게) can be translated to “Because I love you like this” or “Saying I love you like this” depending on the context.

Here are some sample sentences using “Sarang handago ireoke” in Korean romanization:

1. Sarang handago ireoke neol ana jullae.
   
   • 사랑 한다고 이렇게 널 안아 줄래.
   • Because I love you like this, I’ll hug you.
2. Sarang handago ireoke maeil neoui yeop-e isseulge.
   
   • 사랑 한다고 이렇게 매일 너의 옆에 있을게.
   • Because I love you like this, I’ll be by your side every day.
3. Sarang handago ireoke neol wihan kapeullekkeoya.
   
   • 사랑 한다고 이렇게 널 위한 케이크를 만들었어.
   • Because I love you like this, I made a cake for you.
4. Sarang handago ireoke, jigeum-kkaji gidaryeosseo.
   
   • 사랑 한다고 이렇게, 지금까지 기다렸어.
   • Because I love you like this, I’ve waited until now.
5. Sarang handago ireoke gobaekhaneunde wae moreugesseo?
   
   • 사랑 한다고 이렇게 고백하는데 왜 모르겠어?
   • I’m confessing my love like this, why don’t you understand?

The phrase “Maeil neoui yeop-e isseulge jullae” (매일 너의 옆에 있을게 줄래) combines two parts: “Maeil neoui yeop-e isseulge” (매일 너의 옆에 있을게), meaning “I’ll be by your side every day,” and “jullae” (줄래), which can mean “will you” or “would you” in a request. However, combining these parts can be a bit awkward in Korean.

A more natural way to phrase it would be to use either part separately, depending on what you want to express:

1. Maeil neoui yeop-e isseulge (매일 너의 옆에 있을게)
   
   • I’ll be by your side every day.
2. Maeil neoui yeop-e isseul su itge haejullae? (매일 너의 옆에 있을 수 있게 해줄래?)
   
   • Will you let me be by your side every day?

Here are some sample sentences using the corrected forms in Korean romanization:

1. Maeil neoui yeop-e isseulge, nan neoreul saranghae.
   
   • 매일 너의 옆에 있을게, 난 너를 사랑해.
   • I’ll be by your side every day, I love you.
2. Maeil neoui yeop-e isseulge, geurae doeeji anha?
   
   • 매일 너의 옆에 있을게, 그래도 되지 않아?
   • I’ll be by your side every day, isn’t that okay?
3. Maeil neoui yeop-e isseul su itge haejullae? Naega neomu saranghae.
   
   • 매일 너의 옆에 있을 수 있게 해줄래? 내가 너무 사랑해.
   • Will you let me be by your side every day? I love you so much.
4. Maeil neoui yeop-e isseul su isseulkka? Nae maeum-eul boyeojulge.
   
   • 매일 너의 옆에 있을 수 있을까? 내 마음을 보여줄게.
   • Can I be by your side every day? I’ll show you my heart.
5. Maeil neoui yeop-e isseulge, neowa hamkke halge.
   
   • 매일 너의 옆에 있을게, 너와 함께 할게.
   • I’ll be by your side every day, I’ll be with you.

These sentences illustrate the use of “Maeil neoui yeop-e isseulge” and the appropriate context for “jullae” to make them sound natural in Korean.

Question 100

Haru haru vs Maeil

Answer 100

Yes, that’s correct! Both “maeil” (매일) and “haru haru” (하루하루) can be used to convey the concept of “every day,” but they have slightly different nuances and typical usages.

• Maeil (매일) directly translates to “every day” or “daily.”
• It is used to describe actions or events that happen on a daily basis in a straightforward manner.
• Example: Maeil undonghaeyo (매일 운동해요) - “I exercise every day.”

• Haru haru (하루하루) literally means “day by day.”
• It can emphasize the passage of each individual day, often used in contexts where each day feels significant or noteworthy.
• Example: Haru haru jinaganikka (하루하루 지나가니까) - “As each day passes.”

1. Maeil (매일)
   
   • Standard and direct.
   • Maeil gongbuhaeyo (매일 공부해요) - “I study every day.”
2. Haru haru (하루하루)
   
   • Can imply a sense of time passing or emotional emphasis on each day.
   • Haru haru saranghaeyo (하루하루 사랑해요) - “I love you more each day” or “Day by day, I love you.”

1. Maeil (매일)
   
   • Maeil hangug-eo-reul baewoayo.
     
     • 매일 한국어를 배워요.
     • I learn Korean every day.
   • Maeil achim-e undonghaeyo.
     
     • 매일 아침에 운동해요.
     • I exercise every morning.
2. Haru haru (하루하루)
   
   • Haru haru jichyeoganeun gibun-i inneunde.
     
     • 하루하루 지쳐가는 기분이 있는데.
     • I feel more exhausted day by day.
   • Haru haru bakkweojineun naega isseo.
     
     • 하루하루 바뀌어지는 내가 있어.
     • There’s a me that changes day by day.

So, while both “maeil” and “haru haru” can refer to daily occurrences, “maeil” is more commonly used for regular, routine actions, whereas “haru haru” often adds an emotional or temporal layer, highlighting the significance of each individual day.

Question 101

Isseulge- Itda
Jullae-juda
Maeil neoui yeop-e isseul su itge haejullae?
Bap jullae?

Answer 101

Let’s break down the meanings of “jullae” and “isseulge.”

• Jullae (줄래) is a form of the verb “juda” (주다), which means “to give.” The phrase “jullae” is used to make a polite request or to ask someone if they are willing to do something. It can be translated to “Will you?” or “Would you?” in English.
• Example: Bap jullae? (밥 줄래?) - “Will you give me some food?” or “Can you give me food?”

• Isseulge (있을게) comes from the verb “itda” (있다), which means “to be” or “to exist.” “Isseulge” is the future tense form, meaning “I will be.”
• Example: Neoui yeop-e isseulge (너의 옆에 있을게) - “I will be by your side.”

• Maeil (매일) means “every day.”
• Example: Maeil (매일) - “every day.”

Putting these parts together, the sentence “Maeil neoui yeop-e isseulge” (매일 너의 옆에 있을게) means “I will be by your side every day.”

If you wanted to use “jullae” to make a polite request in this context, it would change the sentence slightly to ask someone to allow you to be by their side every day. For example:

• Maeil neoui yeop-e isseul su itge haejullae? (매일 너의 옆에 있을 수 있게 해줄래?) - “Will you let me be by your side every day?”

1. Maeil neoui yeop-e isseulge.
   
   • 매일 너의 옆에 있을게.
   • I will be by your side every day.
2. Maeil neoui yeop-e isseul su itge haejullae?
   
   • 매일 너의 옆에 있을 수 있게 해줄래?
   • Will you let me be by your side every day?

These sentences illustrate how “jullae” can be used to ask for permission or to make a polite request, and “isseulge” to indicate a future intention to be somewhere or with someone.

Question 102

Manayo Geureohge
Hangug-e manayo geureohge salgo issneun saramdeul-i.

Answer 102

The phrase “Manayo Geureohge” (많아요 그렇게) translates to “There are many like that” or “There are many in that way” in English.

Here’s a breakdown of the components:
- Manayo (많아요): This is the polite form of “많다” (manta), meaning “many” or “a lot.”
- Geureohge (그렇게): This means “like that” or “in that way.”

1. Ireon saeng-gaggi manayo geureohge.
   
   • 이런 생각이 많아요 그렇게.
   • There are many thoughts like that.
2. Jigeum-e nado manayo geureohge.
   
   • 지금 나도 많아요 그렇게.
   • Right now, I also have many like that.
3. Hangug-e manayo geureohge salgo issneun saramdeul-i.
   
   • 한국에 많아요 그렇게 살고 있는 사람들.
   • There are many people living like that in Korea.
4. Uri bakk-e manayo geureohge gippeun haneun iyu.
   
   • 우리 밖에 많아요 그렇게 기쁜 하는 이유.
   • Outside of us, there are many reasons to be happy like that.
5. **Geu iyagi,

Question 103

Geurene eodieseo, urin geugeos-eul chaja bolkkayo?
Geurene eodieseo, geu jeongbo-reul balghil su isseulkka?

Answer 103

The phrase “Geurene eodieseo?” (그러네 어디에서?) can be translated to “Where is it like that?” or “Where does that happen?” in English.

• Geurene (그러네): This is a conversational expression that can be translated to “It’s like that” or “That’s right.” It’s a casual affirmation.
• Eodieseo (어디에서): This means “where” or “at/from where.”

1. Geurene eodieseo, nae chingu-ga malhaesseo?
   
   • 그러네 어디에서, 내 친구가 말했어?
   • Where is it like that, as my friend said?
2. Geurene eodieseo jeongmal geureoke il-eonaeyo?
   
   • 그러네 어디에서 정말 그렇게 일어나요?
   • Where does it really happen like that?
3. Geurene eodieseo, neodo geuleoke saeng-gaghani?
   
   • 그러네 어디에서, 너도 그렇게 생각하니?
   • Where is it like that, do you think so too?
4. Geurene eodieseo, urin geugeos-eul chaja bolkkayo?
   
   • 그러네 어디에서, 우린 그것을 찾아 볼까요?
   • Where is it like that, should we look for it?
5. Geurene eodieseo, geu jeongbo-reul balghil su isseulkka?
   
   • 그러네 어디에서, 그 정보를 밝힐 수 있을까?
   • Where is it like that, where can we find that information?

The phrase “Geurene eodieseo?” (그러네 어디에서?) is close, but the more natural and grammatically correct version would be “Geureonde eodieseo?” (그런데 어디에서?) or “Geureonde eodiseo?” (그런데 어디서?). Here’s why:

• Geureonde (그런데) is a conjunction meaning “but” or “by the way,” often used to introduce a new topic or ask for more information.
• Eodieseo (어디에서) and Eodiseo (어디서) both mean “where,” with “eodieseo” being slightly more formal.

Geureonde eodieseo? (그런데 어디에서?) or Geureonde eodiseo? (그런데 어디서?)

1. Geureonde eodieseo geureon saeng-gag-i naseo?
   
   • 그런데 어디에서 그런 생각이 나서?
   • But where did that thought come from?
2. Geureonde eodieseo neoege geu iyagi-reul deul-eossni?
   
   • 그런데 어디에서 너에게 그 이야기를 들었니?
   • By the way, where did you hear that story?
3. Geureonde eodieseo neomu yeppeun haneul-eul bol su isseo?
   
   • 그런데 어디에서 너무 예쁜 하늘을 볼 수 있어?
   • By the way, where can you see such a beautiful sky?
4. Geureonde eodieseo jalmojji anh-eun ilsang-i il-eonani?
   
   • 그런데 어디에서 잘못지 않은 일상이 일어나니?
   • By the way, where does such a wrong routine happen?
5. Geureonde eodieseo uri hamkke hal gosi iss-eulkka?
   
   • 그런데 어디에서 우리 함께 할 곳이 있을까?
   • By the way, where could there be a place for us to be together?

These sentences provide various contexts in which “Geureonde eodieseo?” can be used to ask about the location or origin of a particular situation or fact.

Question 104

Sasireun eotteongeo gatayo, ige jinjja johji anh-a?
Sasireun eotteongeo gatayo, geu gyeoljeong-i olma gachi issni?
Sasireun eotteongeo gatayo, urin jeongmal jal hago issni?

Answer 104

The phrase “Sasireun eotteongeo gatayo” (사실은 어떤 것 같아요) translates to “Actually, what do you think?” or “Actually, how does it seem to you?” in English.

• Sasireun (사실은): “Actually” or “in fact.”
• Eotteongeo (어떤 것): “What kind of thing” or “how.”
• Gatayo (같아요): “It seems” or “it looks like.”

1. Sasireun eotteongeo gatayo, ige jinjja johji anh-a?
   
   • 사실은 어떤 것 같아요, 이게 진짜 좋지 않아?
   • Actually, what do you think, isn’t this really good?
2. Sasireun eotteongeo gatayo, geu saram-e daehaeseo?
   
   • 사실은 어떤 것 같아요, 그 사람에 대해서?
   • Actually, what do you think about that person?
3. Sasireun eotteongeo gatayo, urin jeongmal jal hago issni?
   
   • 사실은 어떤 것 같아요, 우린 정말 잘 하고 있니?
   • Actually, what do you think, are we really doing well?
4. Sasireun eotteongeo gatayo, geu gyeoljeong-i olma gachi issni?
   
   • 사실은 어떤 것 같아요, 그 결정이 얼마 가치 있니?
   • Actually, what do you think, how valuable is that decision?
5. Sasireun eotteongeo gatayo, i saegeun-e daehaeseo?
   
   • 사실은 어떤 것 같아요, 이 사건에 대해서?
   • Actually, what do you think about this incident?

These sentences demonstrate various contexts in which “Sasireun eotteongeo gatayo” can be used to ask for someone’s honest opinion or impression about a particular topic or situation.

Question 105

Hagin, geuleomyeon wanjeonhi dowajulge.
Hagin, jeo sarami cham chingchan-eul jal haeyo
Hagin, geuge jeongmal johayo

Answer 105

The word “Hagin” (하긴) in Korean is an abbreviation of “하긴 그렇지” (hagin geureoji), which means “Indeed” or “That’s true” in English. It is often used to acknowledge or agree with something that has been said.

1. Hagin, geuge jeongmal johayo.
   
   • 하긴, 그게 정말 좋아요.
   • Indeed, that’s really good.
2. Hagin, jeo sarami cham chingchan-eul jal haeyo.
   
   • 하긴, 저 사람이 참 칭찬을 잘 해요.
   • Indeed, that person gives compliments well.
3. Hagin, uri gajang joh-eun seontaek-ieyo.
   
   • 하긴, 우리 가장 좋은 선택이에요.
   • Indeed, it is our best choice.
4. Hagin, geu iyu-neun maldo andwae.
   
   • 하긴, 그 이유는 말도 안 돼.
   • Indeed, that reason doesn’t make sense.
5. Hagin, geuleomyeon wanjeonhi dowajulge.
   
   • 하긴, 그러면 완전히 도와줄게.
   • Indeed, if that’s the case, I’ll help completely.

These sentences illustrate various ways to use “hagin” to agree or affirm what someone else has said.

Question 106

Jeoneun geunyang chingudeul mannayo.
Jeoneun geunyang saeng-gaghaeyo

Answer 106

The phrase “Jeoneun geunyang” (저는 그냥) can be translated to “I am just” or “I am simply” in English. It’s often used to express a casual or modest statement about oneself.

• Jeoneun (저는): “I” (subject marker).
• Geunyang (그냥): “just” or “simply.”

1. Jeoneun geunyang ilgoneul haeyo.
   
   • 저는 그냥 일을 해요.
   • I am just working.
2. Jeoneun geunyang jilmunhaeyo.
   
   • 저는 그냥 질문해요.
   • I am just asking a question.
3. Jeoneun geunyang jibe isseulgeyo.
   
   • 저는 그냥 집에 있을게요.
   • I am just staying at home.
4. Jeoneun geunyang saeng-gaghaeyo.
   
   • 저는 그냥 생각해요.
   • I am just thinking.
5. Jeoneun geunyang chingudeul mannayo.
   
   • 저는 그냥 친구들 만나요.
   • I am just meeting friends.

These sentences demonstrate various contexts in which “Jeoneun geunyang” can be used to express a simple or modest statement about one’s actions or intentions.

Question 107

Ireon mari-eun neomu aswibnida.
Ireon mari-eul deudgo maeumeul apeuge haejweoyo

Answer 107

“Ireon mari” (이런 말이) translates to “This kind of word” or “Such words” in English. It’s used to refer to a particular statement or remark that has been made or is being discussed.

1. Ireon mari-eun wae haessnayo?
   
   • 이런 말은 왜 했나요?
   • Why did you say such words?
2. Ireon mari-eul deudgo maeumeul apeuge haejweoyo.
   
   • 이런 말을 듣고 마음을 아프게 해주세요.
   • Please don’t say such words that hurt feelings.
3. Ireon mari-reul haji malajuseyo.
   
   • 이런 말을 하지 말아주세요.
   • Please don’t say such words.
4. Ireon mari-eun haji malajuseyo.
   
   • 이런 말은 하지 말아주세요.
   • Please don’t say such words.
5. Ireon mari-eun neomu aswibnida.
   
   • 이런 말은 너무 아쉽니다.
   • Such words are very disappointing.

These sentences demonstrate various contexts in which “Ireon mari” can be used to refer to a specific kind of statement or remark.

Question 108

Jeongmal oraenmani eolmana daehwahae jweoss-eoyo?
Jeongmal oraenmani, neoreul manna bogo sip-eossda.

Answer 108

“Jeongmal oraenmani” (정말 오랜만이) translates to “It’s been a long time” or “Long time no see” in English. It’s used to express that it has been a significant amount of time since the last meeting or encounter.

1. Jeongmal oraenmani, neoreul manna bogo sip-eossda.
   
   • 정말 오랜만이, 너를 만나 보고 싶었다.
   • Long time no see, I’ve missed seeing you.
2. Jeongmal oraenmani bul-eul moshago iss-eoyo.
   
   • 정말 오랜만이 불을 못 켜고 있어요.
   • It’s been a long time since I couldn’t turn on the light.
3. Jeongmal oraenmani eolmana daehwahae jweoss-eoyo?
   
   • 정말 오랜만이 얼마나 대화해 줬어요?
   • It’s been a long time since you’ve had a conversation with me?
4. Jeongmal oraenmani, yeogi waseo pogihaeyo.
   
   • 정말 오랜만이, 여기 와서 포기해요.
   • Long time no see, give up coming here.
5. Jeongmal oraenmani, il-eo jul geos-eul al-assda.
   
   • 정말 오랜만이, 일어 줄 것을 알았다.
   • Long time no see, I knew you would stand up.

These sentences demonstrate various contexts in which “Jeongmal oraenmani” can be used to express that it has been a while since the last encounter or event.

Question 109

Sasil eolmana ganeunji ala?
Sasil eolmana ganeunji ala?
Sasil eolmana himdeul-eo?

Answer 109

“Sasil eolmana” (사실 얼마나) translates to “Actually, how much” or “In fact, to what extent” in English. It’s used to inquire about the extent or degree of something in a factual manner.

1. Sasil eolmana jal-doelkka?
   
   • 사실 얼마나 잘 될까?
   • Actually, how well will it turn out?
2. Sasil eolmana himdeul-eo?
   
   • 사실 얼마나 힘들어?
   • Actually, how difficult is it?
3. Sasil eolmana gileul ganda?
   
   • 사실 얼마나 길을 간다?
   • Actually, how far is the distance?
4. Sasil eolmana ganeunji ala?
   
   • 사실 얼마나 가는지 알아?
   • Actually, do you know how far it is?
5. Sasil eolmana gagosipeo?
   
   • 사실 얼마나 가고 싶어?
   • Actually, how much do you want to go?

These sentences demonstrate various contexts in which “Sasil eolmana” can be used to inquire about the extent, degree, or quantity of something.

Question 110

Geureonikka gwenchana yeo

Geureonikka gwenchana yeo, jigeum-eun dangsin-i sonswibge neom-eo iss-eum.

Answer 110

The phrase “Geureonikka gwenchana yeo” (그런이까 괜찮아요) translates to “Because of that, it’s okay” or “So it’s okay” in English. It’s used to reassure someone or to express that something is acceptable or fine in light of a particular situation or reason.

1. Geureonikka gwenchana yeo, apeun ileun modu jichyeoss-eo.
   
   • 그런이까 괜찮아요, 아프는 일은 모두 지쳤어.
   • So it’s okay, everyone is tired of painful things.
2. Geureonikka gwenchana yeo, dasi yeojeonhi sal-ayo.
   
   • 그런이까 괜찮아요, 다시 여전히 살아요.
   • Because of that, it’s okay, I’m still alive as usual.
3. Geureonikka gwenchana yeo, yeonghwaeseo yong-eul naeeo boni hwamyeon-eun soge mag ga.
   
   • 그런이까 괜찮아요, 영화에서 용을 내어 보니 화면은 소게 막 가.
   • So it’s okay, when I brought out courage in the movie, the screen just went dark.
4. Geureonikka gwenchana yeo, geu sajineun dangsin-ege jugeum-eul olryeoss-eo.
   
   • 그런이까 괜찮아요, 그 사진은 당신에게 죄음을 올렸어.
   • So it’s okay, that picture accused you.
5. Geureonikka gwenchana yeo, jigeum-eun dangsin-i sonswibge neom-eo iss-eum.
   
   • 그런이까 괜찮아요, 지금은 당신이 손쉽게 넘어 있음.
   • So it’s okay, now you can easily cross over.

These sentences demonstrate various contexts in which “Geureonikka gwenchana yeo” can be used to reassure or express acceptance or forgiveness based on a particular reason or situation.

Question 111

Sawol-eseo nalssi-ga jeil joayo
Sawol-ui kkot-eun jeil areumdaun geos gat-a

Answer 111

“Sawol” (사월) means “April” in Korean. It is one of the twelve months in the Korean calendar.

1. Sawol-eun bom-ida.
   
   • 사월은 봄이다.
   • April is in the spring.
2. Sawol 5-il-e nae saeng-il-iya.
   
   • 사월 5일에 내 생일이야.
   • My birthday is on April 5th.
3. Sawol-eseo nalssi-ga jeil joayo.
   
   • 사월에서 날씨가 제일 좋아요.
   • The weather is the best in April.
4. Sawol-e jeonhwa-reul hal geos-i manh-a.
   
   • 사월에 전화할 것이 많아.
   • There are many calls to make in April.
5. Sawol-ui kkot-eun jeil areumdaun geos gat-a.
   
   • 사월의 꽃은 제일 아름다운 것 같아.
   • The flowers in April seem to be the most beautiful.

These sentences demonstrate various contexts in which “Sawol” can be used to talk about events, characteristics, or activities related to the month of April.

Question 112

Geureoni
Geureoni urin geuleohge han beon hae bwayo

Geureoni ireoke hae

Answer 112

The term “Geureuliga” (그를리가) seems to be a combination that is not standard in Korean. However, if you meant “Geureoni” (그러니), it translates to “Therefore” or “So” in English.

1. Geureoni ireoke hae.
   
   • 그러니 이렇게 해.
   • So do it this way.
2. Geureoni geuge jeil joh-a.
   
   • 그러니 그게 제일 좋아.
   • Therefore, that is the best.
3. Geureoni gyesokhae jwo.
   
   • 그러니 계속해 줘.
   • So please continue.
4. Geureoni neodo kkok wass-eoya hae.
   
   • 그러니 너도 꼭 왔어야 해.
   • Therefore, you must have come too.
5. Geureoni urin geuleohge han beon hae bwayo.
   
   • 그러니 우린 그렇게 한 번 해봐요.
   • So let’s try it that way once.

If “Geureuliga” is indeed what you intended, it might be a misspelling or a non-standard usage, and it would be helpful to have more context to provide an accurate translation or usage.

Question 113

Jib-e deureo-oseyo
Hwanyeonghaeyo, deureo-oseyo
Chupjyo? Ppalli deureo-oseyo

Answer 113

The phrase “Come in” in Korean can be translated as “들어오세요” (deureo-oseyo).

1. Jib-e deureo-oseyo.
   
   • 집에 들어오세요.
   • Come into the house.
2. Hwanyeonghaeyo, deureo-oseyo.
   
   • 환영해요, 들어오세요.
   • Welcome, come in.
3. Chingudeul, ileohge deureo-oseyo.
   
   • 친구들, 이렇게 들어오세요.
   • Friends, come in like this.
4. Chupjyo? Ppalli deureo-oseyo.
   
   • 춥죠? 빨리 들어오세요.
   • It’s cold, right? Come in quickly.
5. Deureo-oseyo, jamsi gidarilkkayo?
   
   • 들어오세요, 잠시 기다릴까요?
   • Come in, shall we wait for a moment?

These sentences demonstrate various contexts in which “deureo-oseyo” can be used to invite someone to enter.

Question 114

Urineun jumare Hyusig-eul chwihabnida

Urineun jumare gajok-gwa hamkke hyusig-eul chwihabnida.

Urineun jumare jibeseo hyusig-eul chwihabnida.

Answer 114

“우리는 주말에 휴식을 취합니다” translates to “We rest on the weekend.” Here, “취합니다” (chwihabnida) comes from the verb “취하다” (chwihada), which in this context means “to take” or “to enjoy” rest or relaxation.

Sure, here are some sample sentences in Korean with romanization that use “우리는 주말에 휴식을 취합니다” (Urineun jumare hyusig-eul chwihabnida):

1. 우리는 주말에 집에서 휴식을 취합니다.
   
   • Urineun jumare jibeseo hyusig-eul chwihabnida.
   • We rest at home on the weekend.
2. 우리는 주말에 공원에서 휴식을 취합니다.
   
   • Urineun jumare gongwon-eseo hyusig-eul chwihabnida.
   • We rest in the park on the weekend.
3. 우리는 주말에 가족과 함께 휴식을 취합니다.
   
   • Urineun jumare gajok-gwa hamkke hyusig-eul chwihabnida.
   • We rest with our family on the weekend.
4. 우리는 주말에 친구들과 휴식을 취합니다.
   
   • Urineun jumare chingudeul-gwa hyusig-eul chwihabnida.
   • We rest with friends on the weekend.
5. 우리는 주말에 여행을 가서 휴식을 취합니다.
   
   • Urineun jumare yeohaeng-eul gaseo hyusig-eul chwihabnida.
   • We travel and rest on the weekend.

These sentences show different ways you might use “우리는 주말에 휴식을 취합니다” in various contexts.

Question 115

Urineun jumare Hyusig-eul chwihabnida

Urineun jumare gajok-gwa hamkke hyusig-eul chwihabnida.

Urineun jumare jibeseo hyusig-eul chwihabnida.

Answer 115

“우리는 주말에 휴식을 취합니다” translates to “We rest on the weekend.” Here, “취합니다” (chwihabnida) comes from the verb “취하다” (chwihada), which in this context means “to take” or “to enjoy” rest or relaxation.

Sure, here are some sample sentences in Korean with romanization that use “우리는 주말에 휴식을 취합니다” (Urineun jumare hyusig-eul chwihabnida):

1. 우리는 주말에 집에서 휴식을 취합니다.
   
   • Urineun jumare jibeseo hyusig-eul chwihabnida.
   • We rest at home on the weekend.
2. 우리는 주말에 공원에서 휴식을 취합니다.
   
   • Urineun jumare gongwon-eseo hyusig-eul chwihabnida.
   • We rest in the park on the weekend.
3. 우리는 주말에 가족과 함께 휴식을 취합니다.
   
   • Urineun jumare gajok-gwa hamkke hyusig-eul chwihabnida.
   • We rest with our family on the weekend.
4. 우리는 주말에 친구들과 휴식을 취합니다.
   
   • Urineun jumare chingudeul-gwa hyusig-eul chwihabnida.
   • We rest with friends on the weekend.
5. 우리는 주말에 여행을 가서 휴식을 취합니다.
   
   • Urineun jumare yeohaeng-eul gaseo hyusig-eul chwihabnida.
   • We travel and rest on the weekend.

These sentences show different ways you might use “우리는 주말에 휴식을 취합니다” in various contexts.

Question 116

Daeyeohada
Jeoneun baereul daeyeohago sipseubnida

Jeoneun i yeonghwareul bogo sipseubnida.

Answer 116

The verb “대여하다” (daeyeohada) means “to rent” or “to lease” in Korean. Here are some sample sentences using “대여하다” in different contexts:

1. 저는 차를 대여하고 싶습니다.
   
   • Jeoneun chareul daeyeohago sipseubnida.
   • I want to rent a car.
2. 그녀는 주말에 자전거를 대여했습니다.
   
   • Geunyeoneun jumale jajeongeoreul daeyeohaetseumnida.
   • She rented a bicycle on the weekend.
3. 우리는 캠핑 장비를 대여할 수 있습니다.
   
   • Urineun kaemping jangbireul daeyeohal su itsseumnida.
   • We can rent camping equipment.
4. 도서관에서 책을 대여할 수 있습니다.
   
   • Doseogwan-eseo chaekeul daeyeohal su itsseumnida.
   • You can borrow books from the library.
5. 그는 여행을 위해 카메라를 대여했습니다.
   
   • Geuneun yeohaengeul wihae kamera-reul daeyeohaetseumnida.
   • He rented a camera for the trip.

“저는 배를 대여하고 싶습니다” translates to “I want to rent a boat.” Here are some sample sentences using this phrase in Korean with romanization:

1. 저는 이번 주말에 배를 대여하고 싶습니다.
   
   • Jeoneun ibeon jumale baereul daeyeohago sipseubnida.
   • I want to rent a boat this weekend.
2. 저는 여름 휴가 때 배를 대여하고 싶습니다.
   
   • Jeoneun yeoreum hyuga ttae baereul daeyeohago sipseubnida.
   • I want to rent a boat during the summer vacation.
3. 저는 친구들과 함께 배를 대여하고 싶습니다.
   
   • Jeoneun chingudeulgwa hamkke baereul daeyeohago sipseubnida.
   • I want to rent a boat with my friends.
4. 저는 강에서 배를 대여하고 싶습니다.
   
   • Jeoneun gang-eseo baereul daeyeohago sipseubnida.
   • I want to rent a boat on the river.
5. 저는 바다에서 배를 대여하고 싶습니다.
   
   • Jeoneun bada-eseo baereul daeyeohago sipseubnida.
   • I want to rent a boat at the sea.

These sentences illustrate different contexts in which you might use “저는 배를 대여하고 싶습니다” (Jeoneun baereul daeyeohago sipseubnida).

The phrase “싶습니다” (sipseubnida) is used in Korean to express a desire or wish, meaning “I want to” or “I would like to.” Here are some sample sentences that demonstrate its usage in various contexts, along with their romanizations:

1. 저는 한국어를 배우고 싶습니다.
   
   • Jeoneun hangugeo-reul baeugo sipseubnida.
   • I want to learn Korean.
2. 저는 커피를 마시고 싶습니다.
   
   • Jeoneun keopireul masigo sipseubnida.
   • I want to drink coffee.
3. 저는 여행을 가고 싶습니다.
   
   • Jeoneun yeohaengeul gago sipseubnida.
   • I want to go on a trip.
4. 저는 새로운 친구를 사귀고 싶습니다.
   
   • Jeoneun saeroun chingureul sagwigo sipseubnida.
   • I want to make new friends.
5. 저는 이 영화를 보고 싶습니다.
   
   • Jeoneun i yeonghwareul bogo sipseubnida.
   • I want to watch this movie.

These sentences illustrate different ways “싶습니다” (sipseubnida) is used to express desires or wishes in polite and formal contexts.

Question 117

Jeoneun Jejudo-e gago sipeoyo.

Jeoneun hanguge dasi gago sipeoyo.

Answer 117

It looks like “Gagos payo” might be a transliteration of “가고 싶어요” (gago sipeoyo), which means “I want to go” in Korean. Here are some sample sentences using “가고 싶어요” in various contexts, with their romanizations:

1. 저는 제주도에 가고 싶어요.
   
   • Jeoneun Jejudo-e gago sipeoyo.
   • I want to go to Jeju Island.
2. 저는 내일 파티에 가고 싶어요.
   
   • Jeoneun naeil pati-e gago sipeoyo.
   • I want to go to the party tomorrow.
3. 저는 한국에 다시 가고 싶어요.
   
   • Jeoneun hanguge dasi gago sipeoyo.
   • I want to go to Korea again.
4. 저는 그 공연에 가고 싶어요.
   
   • Jeoneun geu gongyeone gago sipeoyo.
   • I want to go to that performance.
5. 저는 산에 가고 싶어요.
   
   • Jeoneun sane gago sipeoyo.
   • I want to go to the mountains.

These sentences show how “가고 싶어요” (gago sipeoyo) can be used to express the desire to go somewhere in a polite and conversational way.

Question 118

Bangapseumnida
Dowadeurilkkayo?

Bangapseumnida. Jeoneun Kim Min-suimnida.
Dowadeurilkkayo? Piryohan ge itseumyeon malsseumhaseyo.

Answer 118

Certainly! Here are the phrases you’re referring to with their correct Korean versions, romanizations, and explanations:

1. Nice to see you.
   
   • Korean: 반갑습니다.
   • Romanization: Bangapseumnida.
   • Explanation: This is a polite way to say “Nice to see you” or “Nice to meet you.”
2. Can I help you?
   
   • Korean: 도와드릴까요?
   • Romanization: Dowadeurilkkayo?
   • Explanation: This is a polite way to ask “Can I help you?”

Here’s how you can use these phrases in sentences:

1. 반갑습니다. 저는 김민수입니다.
   
   • Bangapseumnida. Jeoneun Kim Min-suimnida.
   • Nice to see you. I am Min-su Kim.
2. 도와드릴까요? 필요한 게 있으면 말씀하세요.
   
   • Dowadeurilkkayo? Piryohan ge itseumyeon malsseumhaseyo.
   • Can I help you? Please let me know if you need anything.

These sentences are commonly used in polite conversation and formal settings.

Question 119

Pyeonjireul sseugo itsseumnida.

Mojareul sseugo itseoyo.

Jigeum i keompyuteoreul sseugo itseoyo.

Answer 119

“쓰고” (sseugo) is the informal polite form of “쓰다” (sseuda), which means “to write,” “to use,” or “to wear” (in the context of wearing hats or glasses). Here are some example sentences using “쓰고” in various contexts:

1. To write (쓰다 - sseuda)
   
   • 편지를 쓰고 있습니다.
   • Pyeonjireul sseugo itsseumnida.
   • I am writing a letter.
2. To use (쓰다 - sseuda)
   
   • 이 펜을 쓰고 싶어요.
   • I peneul sseugo sipeoyo.
   • I want to use this pen.
3. To wear (쓰다 - sseuda)
   
   • 모자를 쓰고 있어요.
   • Mojareul sseugo itseoyo.
   • I am wearing a hat.
4. To write (future tense)
   
   • 내일 일기를 쓰고 싶어요.
   • Naeil ilgireul sseugo sipeoyo.
   • I want to write a diary entry tomorrow.
5. To use (present continuous)
   
   • 지금 이 컴퓨터를 쓰고 있어요.
   • Jigeum i keompyuteoreul sseugo itseoyo.
   • I am using this computer now.

These sentences illustrate the different ways “쓰고” (sseugo) can be used depending on the context.

Question 120

Eotteohke doen geoya?

Bangi wae ireoke jijeobunhae? Eotteohke doen geoya?

Nae jeonhwagiga gojangnasseo. Eotteohke doen geoya?

Answer 120

The phrase “What the heck happened?” can be translated into Korean as “어떻게 된 거야?” (eotteohke doen geoya?). Here are the details:

• Korean: 어떻게 된 거야?
• Romanization: Eotteohke doen geoya?
• Explanation: This phrase is used to ask in an informal or casual manner, “What happened?” or “What the heck happened?”

Here are some example sentences using this phrase:

1. When you see a messy room:
   
   • 방이 왜 이렇게 지저분해? 어떻게 된 거야?
   • Bangi wae ireoke jijeobunhae? Eotteohke doen geoya?
   • Why is the room so messy? What the heck happened?
2. When you find your phone broken:
   
   • 내 전화기가 고장났어. 어떻게 된 거야?
   • Nae jeonhwagiga gojangnasseo. Eotteohke doen geoya?
   • My phone is broken. What the heck happened?
3. When you see an unexpected situation:
   
   • 여기서 무슨 일이 있었어? 어떻게 된 거야?
   • Yeogiseo museun iri isseosseo? Eotteohke doen geoya?
   • What happened here? What the heck happened?

These examples illustrate how to use “어떻게 된 거야?” (eotteohke doen geoya?) in different contexts to express surprise or confusion about a situation.

Question 121

Chajabwa

Geugeoseul chajabwa

Answer 121

If you’re looking for a phrase meaning “find it” in Korean, you could use “찾아봐” (chajabwa). Here’s how you would use it in a sentence:

• “그것을 찾아봐.” (Geugeoseul chajabwa.)
  
  • “Find it.”

If you have a different context or phrase in mind, please provide more information, and I’ll do my best to assist you!

Question 122

Uri damya?

Answer 122

The phrase “우리 다냐?” (Uri damya?) translates to “Are we strangers?” in English. It can be used to inquire whether two people are unfamiliar with each other or to express surprise at feeling disconnected from someone you expected to know.

Question 123

Josimhaseyo, gwaenchanaoyo?
Gwaenchana haja

Answer 123

The phrase “그냥 하자” (Geunyang haja) translates to “Let’s just do it” or “Let’s just go ahead” in English. It’s often used to encourage action or to suggest proceeding without overthinking or hesitating. It doesn’t directly mean “be mindful,” but it can imply a sense of decisiveness or determination. If you’re looking specifically for the phrase “be mindful, okay?” in Korean, it would be closer to “조심하세요, 괜찮아요?” (Josimhaseyo, gwaenchanaoyo?), which means “Be careful, okay?” or “Be mindful, okay?”

The phrase “괜찮 하자” (Gwaenchan haja) is not a complete sentence in Korean. “괜찮” (Gwaenchan) means “okay” or “fine,” and “하자” (haja) means “let’s do it.”

If you want to say “Let’s be okay” or “Let’s be fine,” you can say “괜찮아 지자” (Gwaenchana jija) or “괜찮아 지자요” (Gwaenchana jijayo) for a more polite form.

If you’re referring to “괜찮아” (Gwaenchana), which means “It’s okay” or “I’m okay,” then “괜찮아 하자” (Gwaenchana haja) would mean “Let’s do okay” or “Let’s be okay.”

Could you please clarify your intended meaning?

Question 124

Geugeo joayo. Neoga jedaero haesseo

Answer 124

To express “That’s great” and “You did right” in Korean, you can use the following phrases:

1. That’s great: “그거 좋아요” (Geugeo joayo)
2. You did right: “너가 제대로 했어” (Neoga jedaero haesseo)

So, the complete sentences would be:

• That’s great: “그거 좋아요.” (Geugeo joayo.)
• You did right: “너가 제대로 했어.” (Neoga jedaero haesseo.)

These sentences convey positive affirmations in Korean.

Question 125

Jal joahaene. Jal haesseo

Answer 125

Jal joahaene. Jal haesseo- that’s great. You did right.
Yes, both “잘 좋아해네” (Jal joahaene) and “잘 좋아했네” (Jal joahae-ne) are spelled correctly in Korean. They consist of the words “잘” (jal) meaning “well” or “good,” “좋아해” (joahae) meaning “like” (in the present tense), and “좋아했네” (joahae-ne) meaning “liked” or “did like” (in the past tense). The particle “-네” (-ne) at the end is used to express a realization or observation.

The phrases you provided, “잘 좋아네” (Jal joahne) and “잘 좋아 했어” (Jal joah haesseo), don’t have clear meanings in Korean. It seems like they might be a combination of different words or misspelled.

If you’re trying to say “Well done” or “Good job” in Korean, you can use the following phrases:

1. Well done: “잘 했어” (Jal haesseo)
2. Good job: “잘 했어요” (Jal haesseoyo)

These phrases are commonly used to praise someone for doing something well. If you have a different meaning in mind or if you need further assistance, please let me know!

Question 126

Anirago

Answer 126

The phrase “아니라고” (Anirago) means “it’s not like that” or “it’s not that way” in Korean. It’s commonly used to correct a misunderstanding or to clarify a situation.

Question 127

Neujji ma
Neujji maseyo
Neujji ma Arraso

Answer 127

If you’re trying to say “Don’t be late,” you can use the phrase “늦지 마세요” (Neutji maseyo) or “늦지 마” (Neujji ma), which means “Don’t be late” in a polite or casual manner, respectively.
The phrase “Neujji” (늦지) is a bit unclear on its own. It can be part of a sentence meaning “not late” or “don’t be late.”

Here are some examples using “Neujji”:

1. 늦지 마.
   
   • Romanization: Neujji ma.
   • Translation: Don’t be late.
2. 너무 늦지 않았어.
   
   • Romanization: Neomu neujji anasseo.
   • Translation: It’s not too late.
3. 늦지 않게 도착해.
   
   • Romanization: Neujji anke dochakhae.
   • Translation: Arrive on time.

The phrase “Neujji ma Arraso” translates to “Don’t be late, got it?” in English. Here is the correct Romanized version:

Romanized: Neujji ma, arasseo?

Korean: 늦지 마, 알았어?

This way, it maintains the meaning of reminding someone not to be late and confirming their understanding.

Question 128

Honja
Naneun honja yeonghwareul boreo gass-eoyo.

Hyeonjae
Hyeonjae sanghwang

Answer 128

The word “혼자” (honja) in Korean means “alone” or “by oneself.” It can be used to describe doing something without anyone else’s company. For example:

• “나는 혼자 영화를 보러 갔어요.” (Naneun honja yeonghwareul boreo gass-eoyo.) - “I went to see a movie alone.”

If you have a specific context or usage in mind for “혼자” (honjae), feel free to provide more details, and I can offer further assistance!

The terms you provided are:

1. 현재 (Hyeonjae): This means “present” or “current” in Korean. It refers to the current time or state of something. For example, “현재 상황” (Hyeonjae sanghwang) means “current situation.”
2. 혼자 (Honja): As mentioned earlier, this means “alone” or “by oneself” in Korean. It describes doing something without anyone else’s company.

Question 129

Inkigayo mudaega jeongmal meosisseosseoyo

Inkigayo-e naega joahaneun gasuga nawatseoyo.

Answer 129

Certainly! Here are some sample sentences using “인기가요” (Inkigayo) in Korean, along with their romanizations and English translations:

1. 나는 매주 일요일에 인기가요를 봐요.
   
   • Romanization: Naneun maeju ilyoire Inkigayoreul bwayo.
   • Translation: I watch Inkigayo every Sunday.
2. 인기가요에서 새로운 노래를 들었어요.
   
   • Romanization: Inkigayoeseo saeroun noraereul deureosseoyo.
   • Translation: I heard a new song on Inkigayo.
3. 인기가요에 내가 좋아하는 가수가 나왔어요.
   
   • Romanization: Inkigayo-e naega joahaneun gasuga nawatseoyo.
   • Translation: My favorite singer appeared on Inkigayo.
4. 인기가요 무대가 정말 멋있었어요.
   
   • Romanization: Inkigayo mudaega jeongmal meosisseosseoyo.
   • Translation: The stage on Inkigayo was really amazing.
5. 다음 주 인기가요에 어떤 가수가 출연할까요?
   
   • Romanization: Daeum ju Inkigayo-e eotteon gasuga chulyeonhalkkayo?
   • Translation: Which singer will appear on Inkigayo next week?

These sentences provide different contexts in which you might talk about “인기가요” (Inkigayo).

Question 130

Jeo gaetta olgeyo.
Jeo gaettaga dasi wasseoyo.

Answer 130

The phrase “저 갔다” (Jeo gaetta) means “I went” in Korean. It is an informal way to state that you went somewhere or that you have left. Here are some example sentences using this phrase, along with their romanizations and English translations:

1. 저 갔다가 다시 왔어요.
   
   • Romanization: Jeo gaettaga dasi wasseoyo.
   • Translation: I went and then came back.
2. 저 갔다 올게요.
   
   • Romanization: Jeo gaetta olgeyo.
   • Translation: I’ll go and come back.
3. 어디 갔었어?
   
   • Romanization: Eodi gasseosseo?
   • Translation: Where did you go?
4. 저 갔다가 친구를 만났어요.
   
   • Romanization: Jeo gaettaga chingureul mannasseoyo.
   • Translation: I went and met a friend.

These sentences demonstrate various ways to use “저 갔다” (Jeo gaetta) to describe going somewhere in different contexts.

Question 131

Jota
I eumsik masi jota.
Oneul nalssiga jota.

Answer 131

“좋다” (jota), it means “to be good” or “to like” in Korean. Here are some sample sentences using “좋다” (jota), with their romanizations and English translations:

1. 이 영화 정말 좋다.
   
   • Romanization: I yeonghwa jeongmal jota.
   • Translation: This movie is really good.
2. 오늘 날씨가 좋다.
   
   • Romanization: Oneul nalssiga jota.
   • Translation: The weather is good today.
3. 음악이 정말 좋다.
   
   • Romanization: Eumagi jeongmal jota.
   • Translation: The music is really good.
4. 여기는 정말 좋다.
   
   • Romanization: Yeogineun jeongmal jota.
   • Translation: This place is really good.
5. 이 음식 맛이 좋다.
   
   • Romanization: I eumsik masi jota.
   • Translation: This food tastes good.

These sentences show how “좋다” (jota) can be used to describe something positively. If you had a different word or context in mind, please provide more details.

Question 132

Najunge bwayo

Geugeoseun najunge iyagihaeyo.

Najunge dasi mannayo.
Najunge dowajulgeyo.

Answer 132

The Korean word “나중에” (najunge) means “later” in English. It’s used to indicate a later time or moment in the future. Here are some sample sentences using “나중에,” along with their romanizations and English translations:

1. 나중에 봐요.
   
   • Romanization: Najunge bwayo.
   • Translation: See you later.
2. 나중에 전화할게요.
   
   • Romanization: Najunge jeonhwahalgeyo.
   • Translation: I’ll call you later.
3. 그것은 나중에 이야기해요.
   
   • Romanization: Geugeoseun najunge iyagihaeyo.
   • Translation: Let’s talk about that later.
4. 나중에 다시 만나요.
   
   • Romanization: Najunge dasi mannayo.
   • Translation: Let’s meet again later.
5. 나중에 도와줄게요.
   
   • Romanization: Najunge dowajulgeyo.
   • Translation: I’ll help you later.

These sentences illustrate different ways to use “나중에” (najunge) in various contexts.

Question 133

ildan isseoyo
Ildan gidariseyo
Ildan yeogi isseoyo.

Answer 133

The phrase “일단 있어요” (ildan isseoyo) can be broken down as follows:

• 일단 (ildan): “first” or “for now”
• 있어요 (isseoyo): “there is” or “to have” in a polite form

Together, “일단 있어요” (ildan isseoyo) can be interpreted as “It’s there for now” or “We have it for now.” Here are some example sentences using this phrase, along with their romanizations and English translations:

1. 필요한 게 일단 있어요.
   
   • Romanization: Piryohan ge ildan isseoyo.
   • Translation: We have what we need for now.
2. 일단 여기 있어요.
   
   • Romanization: Ildan yeogi isseoyo.
   • Translation: Stay here for now.
3. 일단 기다리세요.
   
   • Romanization: Ildan gidariseyo.
   • Translation: Wait for now.

These sentences show how “일단 있어요” (ildan isseoyo) can be used in different contexts to convey the idea of having something or staying in a state temporarily.

Question 134

Algesseo, baro galge
Ne, algesseo.

Answer 134

The phrase “알겠어” (algesseo) means “I understand” or “Got it” in Korean. It is an informal way of acknowledging or indicating that you have understood something. Here are some sample sentences using “알겠어,” along with their romanizations and English translations:

1. 네, 알겠어.
   
   • Romanization: Ne, algesseo.
   • Translation: Yes, I understand.
2. 지금 당장 해야 해. 알겠어?
   
   • Romanization: Jigeum dangjang haeya hae. Algesseo?
   • Translation: You need to do it right now. Got it?
3. 알겠어, 바로 갈게.
   
   • Romanization: Algesseo, baro galge.
   • Translation: Got it, I’ll go right away.
4. 설명을 잘 해줘서 알겠어.
   
   • Romanization: Seolmyeongeul jal haejwoseo algesseo.
   • Translation: I understand because you explained it well.
5. 알겠어, 더 이상 말하지 않을게.
   
   • Romanization: Algesseo, deo isang malhaji aneulge.
   • Translation: Got it, I won’t say anything more.

These sentences illustrate different contexts in which “알겠어” (algesseo) can be used to express understanding or acknowledgment.

Question 135

Eotteosipnikka?
Mwo hago sipni?
Ibeon jumare mwo hago sipni?

Answer 135

“어떻게 싶니까?” (Eotteosipnikka?), it translates to “What do you want to do?” in English.

Certainly! Here are some sample sentences using “어떻게 싶니까?” (Eotteosipnikka?) along with their romanizations and English translations:

1. 뭐 하고 싶니?
   
   • Romanization: Mwo hago sipni?
   • Translation: What do you want to do?
2. 오늘 저녁에 뭐 먹고 싶니?
   
   • Romanization: Oneul jeonyeoge mwo meokgo sipni?
   • Translation: What do you want to eat for dinner tonight?
3. 주말에 어떻게 보내고 싶니?
   
   • Romanization: Jumare eotteohge bonaego sipni?
   • Translation: How do you want to spend the weekend?
4. 방학 때 어떻게 시간을 보내고 싶니?
   
   • Romanization: Banghak ttae eotteohge siganeul bonaego sipni?
   • Translation: How do you want to spend your vacation?
5. 이번 주말에 뭐 하고 싶니?
   
   • Romanization: Ibeon jumare mwo hago sipni?
   • Translation: What do you want to do this weekend?

These sentences demonstrate different ways to use “어떻게 싶니까?” (Eotteosipnikka?) to ask about someone’s preferences or desires.

Question 136

Eotteon eumsigeul ijanayo?

Chingudeulgwa hamkke eotteon eumsigeul ijanayo? Junggug eumsigeul meogeulkkayo?

Answer 136

The phrase “어떤 음식을 이자나요?” (Eotteon eumsigeul ijanayo?) translates to “What kind of food are you talking about?” in English.

Here are some sample sentences using this phrase, along with their romanizations and English translations:

1. 어떤 음식을 이자나요?
   
   • Romanization: Eotteon eumsigeul ijanayo?
   • Translation: What kind of food are you talking about?
2. 오늘 저녁에 어떤 음식을 이자나요? 피자를 먹을까요?
   
   • Romanization: Oneul jeonyeoge eotteon eumsigeul ijanayo? Pijareul meogeulkkayo?
   • Translation: What kind of food are we talking about for dinner tonight? Shall we eat pizza?
3. 이 레스토랑에서 어떤 음식을 이자나요?
   
   • Romanization: I reseutorangeseo eotteon eumsigeul ijanayo?
   • Translation: What kind of food are we talking about at this restaurant?
4. 친구들과 함께 어떤 음식을 이자나요? 중국음식을 먹을까요?
   
   • Romanization: Chingudeulgwa hamkke eotteon eumsigeul ijanayo? Junggug eumsigeul meogeulkkayo?
   • Translation: What kind of food are we talking about with friends? Shall we eat Chinese food?

This phrase is used to inquire about the specific type or category of food being discussed.

Question 137

Honja eottae
Jibeseo honja jinaeneun ge eottae?

Answer 137

The phrase “혼자 어때” (Honja eottae) translates to “How is it alone?” or “How is it by yourself?” in English. It’s commonly used to ask how someone is doing or feeling when they are alone. Here are some example sentences using this phrase:

1. 너 혼자 어때?
   
   • Romanization: Neo honja eottae?
   • Translation: How are you doing alone?
2. 여행을 혼자 가면 어때?
   
   • Romanization: Yeohaengeul honja gamyeon eottae?
   • Translation: How is it to travel alone?
3. 밥 혼자 먹으면 어때?
   
   • Romanization: Bap honja meogeumyeon eottae?
   • Translation: How is it to eat alone?
4. 집에서 혼자 지내는 게 어때?
   
   • Romanization: Jibeseo honja jinaeneun ge eottae?
   • Translation: How is it to stay alone at home?
5. 시간을 혼자 보내면 어때?
   
   • Romanization: Siganeul honja bonaemyeon eottae?
   • Translation: How is it to spend time alone?

These sentences show how “혼자 어때” (Honja eottae) can be used to inquire about someone’s experience or feelings when they are alone.

Question 138

Uri sigani sojunghae
Uri sigani eolmana namasseo?

Answer 138

The phrase “우리 시간이” (Uri sigani) translates to “our time” in English. It can refer to time shared or spent together by a group or individuals. Here are some example sentences using “우리 시간이” (Uri sigani):

1. 우리 시간이 소중해.
   
   • Romanization: Uri sigani sojunghae.
   • Translation: Our time is precious.
2. 이 순간이 우리 시간이야.
   
   • Romanization: I sungani uri siganiya.
   • Translation: This moment is our time.
3. 우리 시간이 얼마나 남았어?
   
   • Romanization: Uri sigani eolmana namasseo?
   • Translation: How much time do we have left?
4. 우리 시간이 너무 짧아.
   
   • Romanization: Uri sigani neomu jjalbwa.
   • Translation: Our time is too short.
5. 우리 시간이 어떻게 보낼까?
   
   • Romanization: Uri sigani eotteohge bonaelkka?
   • Translation: How shall we spend our time?

These sentences illustrate various contexts in which “우리 시간이” (Uri sigani) can be used to refer to shared time or moments.

Question 139

Na geokjeongmayeo

Na geokjeongmayeo. Da jal doel geoyeyo.

Answer 139

The phrase “나 걱정마요” (Na geokjeongmayeo) translates to “Don’t worry about me” in English. It’s a reassurance that someone doesn’t need to be concerned about the speaker. Here are some example sentences using this phrase:

1. 나 걱정마요. 다 잘 될 거예요.
   
   • Romanization: Na geokjeongmayeo. Da jal doel geoyeyo.
   • Translation: Don’t worry about me. Everything will be fine.
2. 너무 걱정하지마. 나 걱정마요.
   
   • Romanization: Neomu geokjeonghajima. Na geokjeongmayeo.
   • Translation: Don’t worry too much. Don’t worry about me.
3. 네가 너무 걱정하니까 나도 걱정마요.
   
   • Romanization: Nega neomu geokjeonghanikka nado geokjeongmayeo.
   • Translation: Since you worry too much, don’t worry about me either.
4. 너무 바쁜데 나 걱정마요.
   
   • Romanization: Neomu bappeunde na geokjeongmayeo.
   • Translation: You’re too busy, but don’t worry about me.
5. 나 걱정마요. 내가 잘 할 거예요.
   
   • Romanization: Na geokjeongmayeo. Naega jal hal geoyeyo.
   • Translation: Don’t worry about me. I’ll do well.

These sentences show different contexts in which “나 걱정마요” (Na geokjeongmayeo) can be used to reassure someone not to worry about the speaker.

Question 140

Gyeongsang dialect differs from the standard Seoul dialect:

Answer 140

Sure! Here are more examples of how the Gyeongsang dialect differs from the standard Seoul dialect:

1. How are you?
   
   • Standard Korean (Seoul dialect):
     
     • “잘 지내?” (Jal jinae?)
   • Gyeongsang dialect:
     
     • “잘 지내나?” (Jal jinaena?)
2. Where are you going?
   
   • Standard Korean (Seoul dialect):
     
     • “어디 가?” (Eodi ga?)
   • Gyeongsang dialect:
     
     • “어데 가노?” (Eode gano?)
3. It’s delicious.
   
   • Standard Korean (Seoul dialect):
     
     • “맛있어요.” (Mashisseoyo.)
   • Gyeongsang dialect:
     
     • “맛있다.” (Mashitta.)
4. I don’t know.
   
   • Standard Korean (Seoul dialect):
     
     • “몰라.” (Molla.)
   • Gyeongsang dialect:
     
     • “모른다.” (Morunda.)
5. What did you say?
   
   • Standard Korean (Seoul dialect):
     
     • “뭐라고?” (Mworago?)
   • Gyeongsang dialect:
     
     • “뭐라카노?” (Mworakano?)
6. Let’s go together.
   
   • Standard Korean (Seoul dialect):
     
     • “같이 가자.” (Gachi gaja.)
   • Gyeongsang dialect:
     
     • “같이 가자.” (Gachi gaja.) – Note that this phrase is actually the same, but the intonation would differ.

These examples highlight differences in vocabulary and sentence endings. The Gyeongsang dialect often uses different verb endings and sometimes entirely different words, giving it a distinct sound and feel compared to the Seoul dialect.

Question 141

Museun il isseo?
“Gapjagi wae geureoke seodureuneun geoya? Museun il isseo?
Oneul haru jongil mari eomne. Museun il isseo?”

Answer 141

• 무슨 일 있어? (Museun il isseo?)

This phrase translates directly to “Is something going on?” or “Is there something happening?” It’s a casual way to inquire if something is happening or if there is an issue. For a more polite version, you could say:

• 무슨 일 있어요? (Museun il isseoyo?)

Sure! Here are some example sentences using “무슨 일 있어?” (Museun il isseo?) in various contexts:

1. Friend seems upset:
   
   • 친구: “너 요즘 왜 이렇게 기분이 안 좋아 보여? 무슨 일 있어?”
     (Chingu: “Neo yojeum wae ireoke gibuni an joa boyeo? Museun il isseo?”)
     Friend: “Why do you seem so down these days? Is something going on?”
2. Noticing someone acting differently:
   
   • “오늘 하루 종일 말이 없네. 무슨 일 있어?”
     (“Oneul haru jongil mari eomne. Museun il isseo?”)
     “You’ve been quiet all day. Is something going on?”
3. Curiosity about a sudden change:
   
   • “갑자기 왜 그렇게 서두르는 거야? 무슨 일 있어?”
     (“Gapjagi wae geureoke seodureuneun geoya? Museun il isseo?”)
     “Why are you in such a hurry all of a sudden? Is something going on?”
4. Concern for a colleague:
   
   • “회의 중에 계속 딴 생각하는 것 같던데. 무슨 일 있어?”
     (“Hoeui junge gyesok ttan saenggakaneun geot gateonde. Museun il isseo?”)
     “You seemed distracted during the meeting. Is something going on?”
5. Family member seems preoccupied:
   
   • “엄마, 요즘 많이 피곤해 보여. 무슨 일 있어?”
     (“Eomma, yojeum mani pigonhae boyeo. Museun il isseo?”)
     “Mom, you look very tired these days. Is something going on?”

These examples show different situations where you might use “무슨 일 있어?” to express concern or curiosity about what might be happening with someone.

Question 142

Honja itseunikka jaemieopseo

Answer 142

• 혼자 있으니까 재미없어. (Honja itseunikka jaemieopseo.)

Here’s a breakdown of the sentence:
- 혼자 (honja): alone
- 있으니까 (itseunikka): because I am / since I am
- 재미없어 (jaemieopseo): it’s not fun / it’s boring

So, “혼자 있으니까 재미없어.” translates to “It’s not fun being alone.”

Question 143

Igeo mwo ji?

Answer 143

The phrase “이거 뭐지” (Igeo mwo ji) is a casual way to ask “What is this?” in Korean. Here’s a breakdown of the phrase:

• 이거 (igeo): this
• 뭐 (mwo): what
• 지 (ji): a sentence-ending particle that adds a nuance of curiosity or contemplation

So, “이거 뭐지” can be translated as “What is this?” or “What’s this?” in a casual and somewhat pondering manner.

In a more formal or polite context, you would say:
- 이게 뭐예요? (Ige mwoyeyo?)

This is the polite form of asking “What is this?”

Question 144

Nae olguri ppalgaejyeosseo
Nae olguri gieokna?
Nae olguri isanghae?

Answer 144

The phrase “내 얼굴이” (Nae olguri) translates to “my face” in Korean, with “내” (nae) meaning “my” and “얼굴이” (olguri) meaning “face” (with the subject marker “이” added).

Here are some example sentences using “내 얼굴이” (Nae olguri):

1. 내 얼굴이 이상해?
   
   • (Nae olguri isanghae?)
   • “Is there something strange about my face?”
2. 내 얼굴이 빨개졌어.
   
   • (Nae olguri ppalgaejyeosseo.)
   • “My face turned red.”
3. 내 얼굴이 화면에 나오고 있어.
   
   • (Nae olguri hwamyeone naogo isseo.)
   • “My face is showing on the screen.”
4. 내 얼굴이 기억나?
   
   • (Nae olguri gieokna?)
   • “Do you remember my face?”

These examples show how “내 얼굴이” (Nae olguri) can be used in different contexts.

Question 145

Dalmi, uri daeum-e gaja. Daeum-e gal su isseo.

Answer 145

Certainly! Here is the Romanized version of the corrected Korean sentence:

Korean:
- 달미, 우리 다음에 가자. 다음에 갈 수 있어.

Romanized:
- Dalmi, uri daeum-e gaja. Daeum-e gal su isseo.

So, “Dalmi, let’s go next time. We can go next time.” in Romanized Korean is: Dalmi, uri daeum-e gaja. Daeum-e gal su isseo.

1. Korean:
   
   • 달미, 우리 다음에 가자.
   • 다음에 갈 수 있어.
2. English:
   
   • Dalmi, let’s go next time.
   • We can go next time.

Here’s a breakdown of the Korean phrases:

• 달미 (Dalmi): This seems to be a name, so it stays the same.
• 우리 (uri): we/us
• 다음에 (da-eum-e): next time
• 가자 (gaja): let’s go
• 갈 수 있어 (gal su isseo): can go

So, “Dalmi, 우리 다음에 가자. 다음에 갈 수 있어.” means “Dalmi, let’s go next time. We can go next time.”

Question 146

Arasseo, Siganeul gajyeo

Answer 146

okay, Take your time” in Korean: Arasseo, Siganeul gajyeo

1. “Arasseo” - “아라서”
2. “Take your time” - “Siganeul gajyeo”

Question 147

Oneul cheoreom ireoke- hanggeon nunmuri nage saehayan geu eolmamyeon, geu mankeum dalkomhan
naldeuleul mannal su isseoyo.

Answer 147

Here’s the Romanized version of the Korean translation:
Once the salty days that made you cry pass, you get to have a sweet day like this, too.

“Oneul cheoreom ireoke- hanggeon nunmuri nage saehayan geu eolmamyeon, geu mankeum dalkomhan naldeuleul mannal su isseoyo.”

Please note that Romanization may vary slightly depending on the romanization system used, but this version should be clear enough for pronunciation.

Question 148

Oh! Eotteokkaji!

Oh! Eotteokkaji. Gapjagi neumo deulda hago pigonhaeyo

Answer 148

Correct! “Oh! Eotteokkaji” can be translated to “Oh, what should I do?” or “Oh, what do I do?” in English. It’s an expression of surprise, frustration, or concern, often used when facing a difficult or unexpected situation.

Your sentence “Oh! Eotteokkaji. Gapjagi neumo deulda hago pigonhaeyo” is already correct in Korean. Here’s the Romanized version:

“Oh! Eotteokkaji. Gapjagi neumo deulda hago pigonhaeyo.”

It translates to: “Oh! What should I do? Suddenly, I’m feeling dizzy and tired.”

Question 149

Oh! Eotteokkaji. Gapjagi oneul bappeun geotda.

Answer 149

Here’s the Romanized version of your sentence: “Oh! Eotteokkaji. Gapjagi oneul bappeun geotda.”

And in English, it means: “Oh! What should I do? It’s suddenly busy today.”

Question 150

Deureowa gasseoyo
Deureoosipshio

Answer 150

The phrase “Deureowa gasseoyo” means “Come in” in English.

“Deureowa gasseoyo” is a polite way to say “Come in” in Korean. It’s respectful and appropriate for formal or polite settings. If you want to make it even more formal and polite, you can say “들어오십시오 (Deureoosipshio)” instead.

Question 151

Gaseyo
Gayo
Gaja

Answer 151

In a formal setting, you would typically use “가세요 (gaseyo)” to say “Let’s go.” This form is more polite and respectful.
“가자 (gaja)” to mean “Let’s go” in a casual setting. If you want to make it more polite, you can say “가요 (gayo)” or “가세요 (gaseyo).”

Question 152

Oh, hwaryeohiki

Oh, ireohge hwaryeohada

Answer 152

Yes, “Oh, hwaryeohiki” could be used as a shorter, informal version of “Oh, it’s fascinating” in Korean.
The Romanized translation for “Oh, it’s fascinating” in Korean is:

“Oh, ireohge hwaryeohada.”

Question 153

Seolma vs. Heoksi
Heoksi na bokkweon samyeonseo bokkweon dangcheomdoel jul mollatneunde.

Seolma nega yeogie oge doel jul mollasseo.

Answer 153

“Seolma” and “Heoksi” both convey the idea of “by chance” or “unexpectedly” in Korean, but they are used in slightly different contexts:

• “Seolma” (설마): This is used to express doubt, disbelief, or surprise about a situation that happened unexpectedly or by chance. It can also be used to inquire if something happened by chance or if someone did something accidentally.
• “Heoksi” (헉시): This is used to express surprise or disbelief at an unexpected or surprising outcome. It can also be used to emphasize the unexpectedness of a situation or to convey a sense of astonishment.

Sure! Here are sample sentences to illustrate how “Seolma” and “Heoksi” can differ:

1. Seolma (설마):
   
   • Situation: Your friend unexpectedly arrives at your house when you weren’t expecting them.
   • Sentence: “설마 네가 여기에 오게 될 줄 몰랐어.” (Seolma nega yeogie oge doel jul mollasseo.)
   • Translation: “I didn’t expect you to come here.”
2. Heoksi (헉시):
   
   • Situation: You find out that you won the lottery after buying a ticket on a whim.
   • Sentence: “헉시 나 복권 사면서 복권 당첨될 줄 몰랐는데.” (Heoksi na bokkweon samyeonseo bokkweon dangcheomdoel jul mollatneunde.)
   • Translation: “I can’t believe I won the lottery after buying a ticket on a whim.”

In these examples, “Seolma” is used to express doubt or surprise about something unexpected happening, while “Heoksi” is used to express astonishment or disbelief at an unexpected outcome.

Question 154

Deureowa juseyo

Answer 154

The phrase “Deureowa juseyo” indeed means “Please come this way” in Korean.

Question 155

Ara, geokjeong malgo nega gasa ilba

Answer 155

The phrase “Ara, geokjeong malgo nega gasa ilba” translates to “Okay, don’t worry about me, and get to work” in English.
I apologize for the confusion. The correct translation of “Ara, geokjeong malgo nega gasa ilba” is:

“Okay, don’t worry, and just do your work.”

Question 156

Geunyeo-ga Etteosimmika?

Answer 156

The phrase “Geunyeo-ga Etteosimmika?” translates to “How do you know her, exactly?” in English. It’s a question asking for specific details or circumstances regarding someone’s acquaintance with a particular person.

Question 157

Jinjja-ro geu saram-i joa?
Jinjja-ro nugue daehae gamjeong-i itnayo?

Answer 157

The phrase “Jinjjaro sarami geureonga?” doesn’t accurately translate to “Does she really have feelings for someone?” Here is the correct translation and romanization:

Korean: 진짜로 그 사람이 좋아?
Romanization: Jinjja-ro geu saram-i joa?

This means “Does she really like that person?”

The phrase “Does she really have feelings for someone?” translated to Romanized Korean is:

Jinjja-ro nugue daehae gamjeong-i itnayo?

Question 158

Mwoya? Wae gapjagi gaseumi dugeungeoryeo?

Answer 158

The phrase “Mwoya wae Gapjagi Jinjja Geoya?” doesn’t accurately convey “What? Why is my heart racing out of the blue?” Here is the correct translation and romanization:

Korean: 뭐야? 왜 갑자기 가슴이 두근거려?
Romanization: Mwoya? Wae gapjagi gaseumi dugeungeoryeo?

This translates to “What? Why is my heart racing out of the blue?” in English.

Question 159

Geurae ichana
Saenggakhaebwa

Answer 159

“Geurae ichana” (그래 있잖아) can be better translated as “Yeah, you know” or “Well, you see.”

For “think about it,” you would indeed use “생각해봐” (Saenggakhaebwa) in a casual context, or “생각해보세요” (Saenggakhaeboseyo) in a polite context.

Question 160

Ireowa
Ya, jom ireowa
Ireowa, jungyohangeoya.
Ppalli ireowa

Answer 160

Yes, “Ireowa” (이리와) is a casual way to say “Come here” in Korean.

In a more polite or formal context, you would say:

Sure! Here are some sample sentences using “Ireowa” (이리와) in Korean Romanized:

1. Hurry up and come here.
   
   • Romanized: Ppalli ireowa.
   • Korean: 빨리 이리와.
2. Come here and look at this.
   
   • Romanized: Ireowa bwa.
   • Korean: 이리와 봐.
3. I have something to show you, come here.
   
   • Romanized: Bwayo jul geosi isseo, ireowa.
   • Korean: 보여줄 것이 있어, 이리와.
4. Come here, it’s important.
   
   • Romanized: Ireowa, jungyohangeoya.
   • Korean: 이리와, 중요해요.
5. Hey, come here for a second.
   
   • Romanized: Ya, jom ireowa.
   • Korean: 야, 좀 이리와.

These sentences demonstrate how “Ireowa” can be used in various contexts.

• Korean: 이리 오세요.
• Romanization: Iri oseyo.

This makes it more respectful when addressing someone.

Question 161

Na banggeum ireona sseo.

Answer 161

Korean: 나 방금 일어났어.
Romanization: Na banggeum ireona sseo.

This translates to “I just woke up” in English.

Question 162

Tto boja

Answer 162

Korean: 또 보자
Romanization: Tto boja

This translates to “see you again” in English.

Question 163

Mianhae, uri Gapjagi gajigo

Deo ppalli ga

Answer 163

Your sentence “Mianhae, uri Gapjagi gajigo” is correct and translates to “Sorry, we came by unannounced” in English.

The word “Tsulban” is not a Korean word. If you mean “step on it” as in urging someone to accelerate or drive faster, you would say:

Korean: 빨리 가 (ppalli ga) or 더 빨리 가 (deo ppalli ga)

This translates to “Go faster” or “Go faster” in English.

Question 164

Geunyang geuraeseo
Geunyang geugeoya

Answer 164

“Just because” or “Just that,” the complete phrase would be:

Korean: 그냥 그래서
Romanization: Geunyang geuraeseo

This translates to “Just because” in English.

If you want to say “Just that” or “Just those things,” you can say:

Korean: 그냥 그거야
Romanization: Geunyang geugeoya

This translates to “It’s just that” in English.

Question 165

Geunyang geuraeseo
Geunyang geugeoya

Answer 165

“Just because” or “Just that,” the complete phrase would be:

Korean: 그냥 그래서
Romanization: Geunyang geuraeseo

This translates to “Just because” in English.

If you want to say “Just that” or “Just those things,” you can say:

Korean: 그냥 그거야
Romanization: Geunyang geugeoya

This translates to “It’s just that” in English.

Question 166

Oneureun eotteosimnikka?

Answer 166

The phrase “Oneureun eotteosimikka?” (오늘은 어떠십니까?) is a polite way to ask “How was your day today?” in Korean. Here’s the Romanized and Korean versions:

Romanized: Oneureun eotteosimnikka?
Korean: 오늘은 어떠십니까?

This phrase is formal and respectful, suitable for use in polite conversation.

Question 167

Iri isseo?
Iljeong isseo?
Hal il isseo?
Yaksok isseo?

Answer 167

“Iljeong” (일정) actually means “schedule” or “plans” in Korean. So, when asking “일정 있어?” (Iljeong isseo?), you’re asking “Do you have any plans?” or “Do you have anything scheduled?” rather than specifically referring to work.
I apologize for the mistake in my previous response. “Sugeon” (수건) actually means “towel” in Korean.

To ask “Do you have any plans?” casually, you should use:

Korean: 수건 있어?
Romanization: Sugeon isseo?

Korean: 할 일 있어?
Romanization: Hal il isseo?

This translates correctly to “Do you have any plans?” or “Do you have something to do?” in a casual manner.

If you want to ask specifically about work, you can use:

Korean: 일이 있어?
Romanization: Iri isseo?

This translates to “Do you have work?” or “Do you have anything to do for work?” in a casual context.
To say “Do you have any plans?” in a casual manner in Korean, you can use:

Korean: 일정 있어?
Romanization: Iljeong isseo?

Or, for a more common and conversational tone:

Korean: 약속 있어?
Romanization: Yaksok isseo?

Both phrases are appropriate for casual conversation.

Question 168

Iri isseo?
Iljeong isseo?
Hal il isseo?
Yaksok isseo?

Answer 168

“Iljeong” (일정) actually means “schedule” or “plans” in Korean. So, when asking “일정 있어?” (Iljeong isseo?), you’re asking “Do you have any plans?” or “Do you have anything scheduled?” rather than specifically referring to work.
I apologize for the mistake in my previous response. “Sugeon” (수건) actually means “towel” in Korean.

To ask “Do you have any plans?” casually, you should use:

Korean: 수건 있어?
Romanization: Sugeon isseo?

Korean: 할 일 있어?
Romanization: Hal il isseo?

This translates correctly to “Do you have any plans?” or “Do you have something to do?” in a casual manner.

If you want to ask specifically about work, you can use:

Korean: 일이 있어?
Romanization: Iri isseo?

This translates to “Do you have work?” or “Do you have anything to do for work?” in a casual context.
To say “Do you have any plans?” in a casual manner in Korean, you can use:

Korean: 일정 있어?
Romanization: Iljeong isseo?

Or, for a more common and conversational tone:

Korean: 약속 있어?
Romanization: Yaksok isseo?

Both phrases are appropriate for casual conversation.

Question 169

Iri isseo?
Iljeong isseo?
Hal il isseo?
Yaksok isseo?

Answer 169

“Iljeong” (일정) actually means “schedule” or “plans” in Korean. So, when asking “일정 있어?” (Iljeong isseo?), you’re asking “Do you have any plans?” or “Do you have anything scheduled?” rather than specifically referring to work.
I apologize for the mistake in my previous response. “Sugeon” (수건) actually means “towel” in Korean.

To ask “Do you have any plans?” casually, you should use:

Korean: 수건 있어?
Romanization: Sugeon isseo?

Korean: 할 일 있어?
Romanization: Hal il isseo?

This translates correctly to “Do you have any plans?” or “Do you have something to do?” in a casual manner.

If you want to ask specifically about work, you can use:

Korean: 일이 있어?
Romanization: Iri isseo?

This translates to “Do you have work?” or “Do you have anything to do for work?” in a casual context.
To say “Do you have any plans?” in a casual manner in Korean, you can use:

Korean: 일정 있어?
Romanization: Iljeong isseo?

Or, for a more common and conversational tone:

Korean: 약속 있어?
Romanization: Yaksok isseo?

Both phrases are appropriate for casual conversation.

Question 170

Na-ba
Joah naba
Yeoja chingu-ga gipeun saeng-gag-eul han ga naba
Jeo jib-e nuga sal-go it-neun ga naba.

Answer 170

“Na-ba” (나 봐) in Korean is often used to express conjecture or assumption. It combines “나” (a casual form of “보다,” which means “to see” or “to look”) with the ending “봐,” which gives it the meaning of “I guess” or “It seems like.”

So in “joah naba” (좋아 나봐), “joah” means “like” or “good,” and “naba” means “I guess” or “it seems like.” The whole phrase translates to “I guess you like it” or “It seems like you like it.”

“Joah naba” (좋아 나봐) can be translated as “I guess (you) like it” or “It seems (you) like it.” If you have any other phrases or sentences you need translated, feel free to ask!

Sure, here are some example sentences using “na-ba” (나 봐) in Korean romanized form:

1. Neomu piga oneun geol bo니, oneul chulgeul an haneun ga naba.
   
   • It looks like you won’t go out today because it’s raining so much.
2. Geu sarami nae il-eul jal moreu-neun ga naba.
   
   • It seems like that person doesn’t know my work well.
3. Him-i deul-eojin geol bo니, ssog-eul ga naba.
   
   • It looks like you’re getting stronger.
4. Yeoja chingu-ga gipeun saeng-gag-eul han ga naba.
   
   • It seems like my girlfriend is deep in thought.
5. Jeo jib-e nuga sal-go it-neun ga naba.
   
   • It looks like someone lives in that house.

These examples show how “na-ba” is used to make assumptions or guesses based on observations.

Question 171

Jal jinae, Joahaneun chingu-iga do it-eo

Answer 171

Here are the corrected translations for your sentences in Korean romanized form:

1. Jal jinae. - That’s great.
2. Joahaneun chingu-iga do it-eo. - There’s someone who likes her, too.

Please let me know if you need any further assistance or more examples!

Question 172

Oneul sigan isseo?
Jamsi bol su isseo?
Jamsi bol su isseulka?

Answer 172

Here are the correct translations in Korean romanized form:

1. Oneul sigan isseo? - Are you free this evening?
2. Jamsi bol su isseo? - Can I see you for a moment?

The corrected translation for “Can I see you for a moment?” in Korean romanized form is:

Jamsi bol su isseulka? - Can I see you for a moment?

If you have more sentences or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

Question 173

Nugu-yeosseoyo?
Nugu-inji yeojeo do doelkka?

Answer 173

The correct translation for “May I ask who that was?” in Korean romanized form is:

Nugu-yeosseoyo? - Who was that?

Nugu-inji yeojeo do doelkka? - May I ask who that was?

These translations should help you convey your question accurately. If you need further assistance, please let me know!

Question 174

Galgga?
Geuraeyo.
Geureohge haja
Geureohge haopsida

Answer 174

Here are the correct translations for the phrases you provided:

Galgga? - Shall we?

Geuraeyo. - Let’s do it. / Sure, let’s.

In a very formal and historical context like the Joseon era, the equivalent of “Geuraeyo” (Let’s do it / Sure, let’s) would be:

Geureohge haja. - Let us do so.

Geureohge haopsida. - Let us do so (very formal).

In the highly formal language of the Joseon era, respect and politeness were emphasized, so “Geureohge haopsida” would be appropriate for formal or respectful communication.

Question 175

Gkum
Nae kkumi han beoneun hangug-eul yeohaenghago boda

Answer 175

The word “dream” in Korean romanized form is:

Gkum (꿈)

The phrase “It’s my dream to travel Korea someday” in Korean romanized form is:”내 꿈이 한 번은 한국을 여행하고 보다” in Korean romanized form is:

Nae kkumi han beoneun hangug-eul yeohaenghago boda.

Nae ggumyeo 한번은 hangug- odoeeo boda.

This translates to “내 꿈이 한 번은 한국을 여행하고 보다” in Hangul.

If you have any other questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

Question 176

Ne, dangsin-eul dan haru il geos-ida

Ne, dangsin-eul ilhgeos-ida

Answer 176

The phrase “Yes, of course I will” in Korean romanized form is:

Ne, dangsin-eul dan haru il geos-ida.

The phrase “Yes, of course I will” in Korean romanized form is:

Ne, dangsin-eul ilhgeos-ida.
Both sentences are similar in meaning but have slightly different structures. Here’s the breakdown:

1. 네, 당신을 단 하루 일 것이다.
   
   • Romanization: Ne, dangsin-eul dan haru il geos-ida.
   • Translation: Yes, I will spend just one day with you.
2. 네, 당신을 일 것이다.
   
   • Romanization: Ne, dangsin-eul ilhgeos-ida.
   • Translation: Yes, I will spend time with you.

In both sentences:
- 네 (Ne): Yes
- 당신을 (Dangsin-eul): You (object form)
- 일 것이다 (il geos-ida): Will spend time

However, the first sentence includes 단 하루 (dan haru) meaning “just one day,” while the second sentence doesn’t specify a duration, so it could mean spending time without specifying how long.

Question 177

Seolma il bureo an isseumnikka
Dangyeonhi, dangsineun geureohgehaji
anh-assseubnida

Answer 177

The phrase “설마 일 부러 안 있음니까?” (Seolma il bureo an isseumnikka?) translates to “Surely you didn’t do that?” or “You didn’t really do that, did you?” in English.

This phrase is expressing disbelief or surprise about a particular action.

The response “Of course, you did not.” can be translated to “당연히, 당신은 그렇게하지 않았습니다.” (Dangyeonhi, dangsineun geureohgehaji anh-assseubnida) in Korean. This response emphasizes disbelief or reassurance that the action in question did not occur.

Question 178

Ige mwoeyo?

Answer 178

The phrase “이게 뭐에요?” (Ige mwoeyo?) translates to “What is this?” in English. It’s a common expression used to inquire about something you don’t understand or recognize.

For example, if someone shows you an object or presents something unfamiliar, you might ask “이게 뭐에요?” to find out what it is.

Question 179

Jeoneun oneul jeongmal geomopta

Answer 179

The translation “Jeoneun oneul jeongmal geomopta - thank you so much for today” has a minor error. “Thanks you” should be “thank you” for correct English grammar. Here’s the corrected translation:

“Jeoneun oneul jeongmal geomopta - thank you so much for today.”

This translation accurately conveys gratitude in Korean and English.

Question 180

Geunyeoga manhi apa

Answer 180

The phrase “그녀가 많이 아파” (Geunyeoga manhi apa) translates to “she’s very ill” in English. It indicates that someone is experiencing a significant amount of pain or discomfort due to illness.

Question 181

Gwenchana geoya?

Answer 181

The phrase “괜찮아 거야?” (Gwenchana geoya?) translates to “Are you okay?” or “Is everything alright?” in English. It’s a common expression used to check on someone’s well-being or to see if they are feeling fine.
The phrase “괜찮아” (gwenchana) on its own also means “Are you okay?” or “Is everything alright?” in English. Both “괜찮아” (gwenchana) and “괜찮아 거야?” (gwenchana geoya?) convey concern for someone’s well-being and can be used interchangeably in many contexts.

However, “괜찮아 거야?” (gwenchana geoya?) adds a slight emphasis on assurance or confirmation. The addition of “거야?” (geoya?) at the end seeks confirmation from the listener, implying something like “Are you sure you’re okay?” or “You’re okay, right?” This slight nuance can vary depending on the tone and context of the conversation.

Question 182

Sarang handago

Answer 182

The phrase “사랑한다고” (Sarang handago) translates to “because I love you” or “because I said I love you” in English. It’s often used to express the reason behind someone’s actions or decisions, emphasizing the importance of love as a motivation.

Question 183

Jeongmal? An neunde
Geu yeoja-reul johahae?Jeongmal? An neunde

Answer 183

“Jeongmal? An neunde” (정말? 안 는데) roughly translates to “Really? I don’t think so” or “Really? I don’t” in English. It’s a casual Korean expression often used in conversation to express disbelief or disagreement with what someone has just said.

Sure! Here are some sample sentences using “Jeongmal? An neunde” in Korean romanization:

1. A: “Geu yeoja-reul johahae?”
   B: “Jeongmal? An neunde.”
   
   • A: “Do you like that girl?”
   • B: “Really? I don’t.”
2. A: “Neol joahae-handa-go malhaesseo.”
   B: “Jeongmal? An neunde.”
   
   • A: “They said they like you.”
   • B: “Really? I don’t (feel the same).”
3. A: “I yeonghwa jaemiit-dago haesseo.”
   B: “Jeongmal? An neunde.”
   
   • A: “They said this movie is fun.”
   • B: “Really? I don’t think so.”
4. A: “Neo geunyeo-reul mannado gwenchanha.”
   B: “Jeongmal? An neunde.”
   
   • A: “It’s okay if you meet her.”
   • B: “Really? I don’t think so.”

These examples show how “Jeongmal? An neunde” can be used to express doubt or a differing opinion in various contexts.

Question 184

Museun,
Mwo
Mwola
Museun eumsigeul joahaeyo?
Museun irieyo?
Mworangoyo?
Mwo meogeullaeyo?
Mwo haeyo?
Geuge mwoyeyo?

Answer 184

“Mwo” (뭐) and “mwola” (뭐라) are standard and commonly used in Korean, and they have different meanings and usages compared to “museun.” Here’s an explanation of each:

• Meaning: “What”
• Usage: It is a general question word used to ask about something directly. It is often used by itself or in combination with other verbs.
• Examples:
  
  • 뭐 해요? (Mwo haeyo?) – What are you doing?
  • 그게 뭐예요? (Geuge mwoyeyo?) – What is that?
  • 뭐 먹을래요? (Mwo meogeullaeyo?) – What do you want to eat?

• Meaning: “What (did you say),” “what (kind of)”
• Usage: It is often used to ask for clarification or to express confusion or disbelief about what someone said. It can also be used in expressions to convey an action or state.
• Examples:
  
  • 뭐라고요? (Mworangoyo?) – What did you say?
  • 뭐라고 말했어요? (Mwora-go malhaesseoyo?) – What did you say?
  • 그 사람 뭐라 했어요? (Geu saram mwora haesseoyo?) – What did that person say?

• Mwo (뭐): Used for general questions about “what.”
• Mwola (뭐라): Used to ask what someone said or to express confusion or disbelief.

“Museun” (무슨) and “mwoseun” (뭐슨) both mean “what” in Korean, but they are used in slightly different contexts and are not interchangeable. Here’s a breakdown of their uses:

• Meaning: “What kind of,” “which,” or “what”
• Usage: It is used to ask about the type or nature of something. It’s often followed by a noun.
• Examples:
  
  • 무슨 일이에요? (Museun irieyo?) – What kind of work is it? / What’s going on?
  • 무슨 책을 읽고 있어요? (Museun chaegeul ilgo isseoyo?) – What kind of book are you reading?
  • 무슨 음식을 좋아해요? (Museun eumsigeul joahaeyo?) – What kind of food do you like?

• Meaning: This form is actually not standard and is rarely used in modern Korean. It is a non-standard or dialectal variation of “museun.” In standard Korean, you should use “museun” instead.
• Usage: It’s better to stick with “museun” for clarity and correctness.

In summary, you should use “museun” when asking about the type or nature of something, and avoid using “mwoseun” since it is non-standard.

Question 185

Wae ireoke mani geurium geolkka-yo?

Answer 185

The phrase “Wae ireoke” (왜 이렇게) can be translated to “Why is it like this” or “Why so” in English. To say “Why do I miss this so much?” in Korean, you can use the following phrase:

왜 이렇게 많이 그리운 걸까요? (Wae ireoke mani geurium geolkka-yo?)

Breaking it down:
- 왜 (wae): why
- 이렇게 (ireoke): like this, so
- 많이 (mani): much, a lot
- 그리운 (geuriun): missing, longing for
- 걸까요? (geolkka-yo?): is it (a polite ending for asking a question)

So, “왜 이렇게 많이 그리운 걸까요?” conveys the sentiment of wondering why you miss something so much.

Question 186

Oraeganmane bogo sipeoyo
Neoreul mani bogo sipeo.
Neomu bogo sipeo.

Answer 186

Another common way to express missing someone in Korean is by using the verb “보고 싶다” (bogo sipda), which literally means “to want to see.” Here are some examples of how you can use it:

1. 너무 보고 싶어. (Neomu bogo sipeo.)
   
   • I miss you so much.
2. 보고 싶어요. (Bogo sipeoyo.)
   
   • I miss you. (polite)
3. 너를 많이 보고 싶어. (Neoreul mani bogo sipeo.)
   
   • I miss you a lot.
4. 당신이 그리워요. (Dangshini geuriwoyo.)
   
   • I miss you. (more emotional or poetic)
5. 오래간만에 보고 싶어요. (Oraeganmane bogo sipeoyo.)
   
   • I haven’t seen you in a long time and I miss you.

These phrases are commonly used in Korean to convey the feeling of missing someone.

Question 187

Geokjeong gajima
Modeun ge jal doel geoya. Geokjeong gajima.
Geokjeong hajima. Naega dowajulge.

Answer 187

“Geokjeong majima” and “Geokjeong gajima” both relate to the concept of worrying, but they are slightly different in meaning and usage.

• Meaning: “Don’t have worries” or “Don’t worry”
• Usage: This phrase is used to reassure someone and tell them not to worry about something.
• Example:
  
  • “모든 게 잘 될 거야. 걱정 가지마.” (Modeun ge jal doel geoya. Geokjeong gajima.)
    
    • “Everything will be fine. Don’t worry.”

• Meaning: “Don’t worry”
• Usage: This is the more standard and commonly used phrase to tell someone not to worry.
• Example:
  
  • “걱정 하지마. 내가 도와줄게.” (Geokjeong hajima. Naega dowajulge.)
    
    • “Don’t worry. I’ll help you.”

• Geokjeong gajima: Less common, means “Don’t have worries”
• Geokjeong hajima: More common, means “Don’t worry”

It seems like you might have meant to use “Geokjeong hajima” instead of “Geokjeong majima,” as “majima” is not correct in this context. The correct phrase to use for “Don’t worry” would be “Geokjeong hajima.”

Question 188

Gumda or Jujeoanda
Geu aineun jujeoange doendamyeon eotteokhaji?
Jeoneun oneul achimeul geotteunhi meokji mot-haeseo baega gopeuge gumeotsseumnida

Answer 188

The word “keungi” (켱기) does not exist in Korean, and it does not mean “starve” or anything else. It seems like there might be a misunderstanding or confusion with the term.

The correct term for “starve” in Korean is “주저않다 (jujeoanda)” or “굶다 (gumda).” Here’s how they are used:

1. 주저않다 (jujeoanda): It means “to starve” or “to be famished.” It’s often used in more formal or literary contexts.
   
   • Example: “그 아이는 주저않게 된다면 어떡하지?” (Geu aineun jujeoange doendamyeon eotteokhaji?) - “What should we do if the child starves?”
2. 굶다 (gumda): It means “to starve” or “to go hungry.” It’s a more common and colloquial term.
   
   • Example: “저는 오늘 아침을 거뜬히 먹지 못해서 배가 고프게 굶었습니다.” (Jeoneun oneul achimeul geotteunhi meokji mot-haeseo baega gopeuge gumeotsseumnida.) - “I skipped breakfast today, so I’m starving.”

If you have any other term in mind, please provide more context, and I’ll be happy to assist you further.

Question 189

Daeume mannayo, geureom yeoreobun annyeong. Yeoreobun, annyeonghi gyeseyo

Answer 189

Here’s the translation of your sentences into Korean:

1. 다음에 만나요, 그럼 여러분 안녕. (Daeume mannayo, geureom yeoreobun annyeong.)
   
   • This translates to “See you next time, then everyone goodbye.”
2. 여러분, 안녕히 계세요. (Yeoreobun, annyeonghi gyeseyo.)
   
   • This translates to “Ladies and gentlemen, goodbye.”

So, putting them together:

다음에 만나요, 그럼 여러분 안녕. 여러분, 안녕히 계세요. (Daeume mannayo, geureom yeoreobun annyeong. Yeoreobun, annyeonghi gyeseyo.)

This translates to “See you next time, then everyone goodbye. Ladies and gentlemen, goodbye.”

Question 190

Oh! Joahae-de

Answer 190

1. “Oh! Joahae-de” (오! 좋아해-데):
   
   • “Oh!” (오!): An interjection expressing surprise or excitement.
   • “Joahae-de” (좋아해-데): A casual expression meaning “like” or “love,” with “-데” (-de) added for a more casual tone.
2. “Oh! It’s good”:
   
   • “Oh!” (Oh!): An interjection expressing surprise or excitement.
   • “It’s good”: An expression indicating approval or satisfaction with something.

So, your statement translates to “Oh! I like it - oh! It’s good” in English. It’s a cheerful expression of liking or enjoying something. If you have any other questions or need further clarification, feel free to ask!

Question 191

Geu-ga geojitmal-eul haetdago saeng-gakhae?
Geureol riga eobs-eoyo

Answer 191

I see, you’re looking for a shorter version of “Of course not” in Korean. In that case, you can simply say “그럴 리가” (Geureol riga).

• 그럴 (Geureol): That (referring to the situation)
• 리가 (Riga): Possibility

So, “그럴 리가” (Geureol riga) directly translates to “There’s no possibility of that happening” or “That’s not possible.”

This phrase is commonly used to express disbelief or to deny a suggestion in a more concise way. If you have any other questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

1. A: “Geu-ga geojitmal-eul haetdago saeng-gakhae?”
   B: “Geureol riga eobs-eoyo.”
   
   • A: “Do you think he lied?”
   • B: “Of course not.”
2. A: “Nega geu il-eul haenael su iss-eulkka?”
   B: “Geureol riga eobs-eo.”
   
   • A: “Do you think you can handle that task?”
   • B: “Of course not.”
3. A: “Geuleon silsuleul hal li-ga eobs-eo.”
   B: “Geureol riga eobs-eoyo.”
   
   • A: “There’s no way you’d make such a mistake.”
   • B: “Of course not.”
4. A: “Jeo saram-i naleul silh-eohal li-ga iss-eulkka?”
   B: “Geureol riga eobs-eo.”
   
   • A: “Do you think that person would dislike me?”
   • B: “Of course not.”

Question 192

Geureol riga eobs-eo

Answer 192

I see, you’re looking for a shorter version of “Of course not” in Korean. In that case, you can simply say “그럴 리가” (Geureol riga).

• 그럴 (Geureol): That (referring to the situation)
• 리가 (Riga): Possibility

So, “그럴 리가” (Geureol riga) directly translates to “There’s no possibility of that happening” or “That’s not possible.”

Of course, here are the sample sentences in Korean romanization:

1. A: “Geu-ga geojitmal-eul haetdago saeng-gakhae?”
   B: “Geureol riga eobs-eoyo.”
   
   • A: “Do you think he lied?”
   • B: “Of course not.”
2. A: “Nega geu il-eul haenael su iss-eulkka?”
   B: “Geureol riga eobs-eo.”
   
   • A: “Do you think you can handle that task?”
   • B: “Of course not.”
3. A: “Geuleon silsuleul hal li-ga eobs-eo.”
   B: “Geureol riga eobs-eoyo.”
   
   • A: “There’s no way you’d make such a mistake.”
   • B: “Of course not.”
4. A: “Jeo saram-i naleul silh-eohal li-ga iss-eulkka?”
   B: “Geureol riga eobs-eo.”
   
   • A: “Do you think that person would dislike me?”
   • B: “Of course not.”

These sentences use Korean romanization to represent the sounds of the Korean language using the English alphabet.

Question 193

Geuttae ileonan ileun ajigdo gieokna

Geuttae naneun ajik hagsaengieotda.

Answer 193

The word “그때” (geuttae) in Korean translates to “back then” or “at that time” in English. It’s used to refer to a specific point in the past. Here are a few sample sentences using “그때” in Korean romanization:

1. 그때 나는 아직 학생이었다. (Geuttae naneun ajik hagsaengieotda.)
   
   • Back then, I was still a student.
2. 그때 우리는 서로를 정말 사랑했어. (Geuttae urineun seororeul jeongmal saranghaesseo.)
   
   • Back then, we really loved each other.
3. 그때 그 곳은 너무 아름다웠어. (Geuttae geu goseun neomu areumdaweosseo.)
   
   • Back then, that place was so beautiful.
4. 그때 일어난 일은 아직도 기억나. (Geuttae ileonan ileun ajigdo gieokna.)
   
   • I still remember what happened back then.

These sentences demonstrate how “그때” is used to refer to a specific time or period in the past.

Question 194

Mwoseunirya jeongmallo?

Answer 194

So the corrected version is: “뭐슨이랴 정말로?” (Mwoseunirya jeongmallo?).

“What in the world are you talking about?” or “What on earth are you talking about?” in English.

Here’s the breakdown:

• 뭐슨 (Mwoseun): A non-standard or dialectal variation of “무슨” (museun), meaning “what kind of.”
• 이랴 (irya): A sentence ending particle expressing disbelief or emphasis.
• 정말로 (jeongmallo): “Really” or “truly.”

So, when someone says “Mwoseunirya jeongmallo?” they are expressing surprise, confusion, or disbelief about what has been said.

Question 195

Ireoke han beon haebwatneunde, eottaeyo?

Ireoke han beonman haebwayo.

Answer 195

The phrase “이렇게 한 번” (Ireoke han beon) translates to “just like this once” or “this way, one time” in English. It’s used to suggest doing something in a particular way or manner just one time.

Here are a few examples of how you could use it:

1. 이렇게 한 번만 해봐요. (Ireoke han beonman haebwayo.)
   
   • Let’s try it just this way once.
2. 이렇게 한 번 해봤는데, 어때요? (Ireoke han beon haebwatneunde, eottaeyo?)
   
   • I tried it this way once, how was it?
3. 이렇게 한 번만 봐 주세요. (Ireoke han beonman bwa juseyo.)
   
   • Please just look at it this way once.

It’s a versatile phrase that can be used in various contexts to suggest trying something or experiencing something in a particular way just one time.

Question 196

Algesseo iddaba

Answer 196

The phrase “알겠어 이따바” (Algesseo iddaba) translates to “Got it, see you later” or “Okay, I’ll see you later” in English.

Here’s the breakdown:

• 알겠어 (Algesseo): “Got it” or “Understood.” It’s a casual way of acknowledging understanding.
• 이따바 (Iddaba): A shortened form of “이따 봐” (idda bwa), which means “see you later.”

So, “알겠어 이따바” (Algesseo iddaba) is a casual way of saying you understand and will see the person later.

Question 197

Eotteongo
I du os jungeseo eotteongeul gollaya halkkayo?

Answer 197

The word “eotteongo” (어떤거) in Korean translates to “which one” in English. It’s used when you’re asking about a choice or selection between options.

For example:

• 이 두 옷 중에서 어떤거를 골라야 할까요? (I du os jungeseo eotteongeul gollaya halkkayo?)
  
  • Which one of these two clothes should I choose?
• 이 책과 저 책 중에서 어떤거를 읽을까요? (I chaekgwa jeo chaek jungeseo eotteongeul ilgulkkayo?)
  
  • Which one of these books should I read?

If you have multiple options and you want to ask someone to choose one, you can use “eotteongo” to inquire about their preference.

Question 198

Salda
Oraeorae geonganghage saseyo
Sayonghabnida
Keompyuteoreul jaju sayonghamnida
Sada
Sae oseul sago sipeoyo.

Answer 198

The Korean words “살다” (salda) and “사용합니다” (sayonghamnida) have different meanings and usages. Here’s an explanation for each:

• Meaning: To live
• Usage: This verb is used to describe the act of living or residing somewhere.
• Example Sentences:
  
  • 저는 서울에 살아요. (Jeoneun Seoule salayo.)
    
    • I live in Seoul.
  • 오래오래 건강하게 사세요. (Oraeorae geonganghage saseyo.)
    
    • Live long and healthy.

• Meaning: To use
• Usage: This verb is used to describe the act of using something.
• Example Sentences:
  
  • 이 펜을 사용합니다. (I peneul sayonghamnida.)
    
    • I use this pen.
  • 컴퓨터를 자주 사용합니다. (Keompyuteoreul jaju sayonghamnida.)
    
    • I often use the computer.

The verb “to buy” in Korean is 사다 (sada). Here are some example sentences using “사다” in Korean romanization:

1. 책을 사다. (Chaekeul sada.)
   
   • To buy a book.
2. 나는 과일을 샀어. (Naneun gwail-eul sasseo.)
   
   • I bought fruit.
3. 새 옷을 사고 싶어요. (Sae oseul sago sipeoyo.)
   
   • I want to buy new clothes.
4. 그는 자동차를 살 거예요. (Geuneun jadongchareul sal geoyeyo.)
   
   • He will buy a car.

Question 199

Sugohasyeotseumnida

I peurojekteueseo sugohasyeotseumnida.

Naeldo sugo haseyo.

Answer 199

The word “수고” (sugu) in Korean is often used to express appreciation for someone’s hard work or effort. It can be translated to “well done,” “good job,” or “thank you for your hard work.” Here are some common ways to use it in Korean, along with their romanizations and meanings:

1. 수고했어요 (sugohaesseoyo)
   
   • Good job / You did well.
2. 수고하셨습니다 (sugohasyeotseumnida)
   
   • Thank you for your hard work (more formal).
3. 수고하세요 (sugo haseyo)
   
   • Please keep up the good work / Take care (often used as a polite goodbye).

1. 오늘 수고했어요. (Oneul sugohaesseoyo.)
   
   • You did well today.
2. 이 프로젝트에서 수고하셨습니다. (I peurojekteueseo sugohasyeotseumnida.)
   
   • Thank you for your hard work on this project.
3. 내일도 수고하세요. (Naeldo sugo haseyo.)
   
   • Please keep up the good work tomorrow.

These phrases are commonly used in Korean to show appreciation and respect for someone’s efforts.

Question 200

Seonsu

Geuneun hullyunghan chukgu seonsuyeyo.
Naneun suyeong seonsuga doego sipeoyo.

Answer 200

The word “선수” (seonsu) in Korean translates to “athlete” or “player” in English. It is used to refer to someone who participates in sports or other competitive activities. Here are some example sentences using “선수” in Korean romanization:

1. 그는 훌륭한 축구 선수예요. (Geuneun hullyunghan chukgu seonsuyeyo.)
   
   • He is an excellent soccer player.
2. 올림픽에 참가한 선수들. (Ollimpige chamgahan seonsudeul.)
   
   • Athletes participating in the Olympics.
3. 나는 수영 선수가 되고 싶어요. (Naneun suyeong seonsuga doego sipeoyo.)
   
   • I want to become a swimming athlete.
4. 그 선수는 많은 메달을 땄어요. (Geu seonsuneun maneun medal-eul ttasseoyo.)
   
   • That athlete has won many medals.

These sentences demonstrate the use of “선수” (seonsu) in different contexts referring to various types of athletes or players.

Question 201

Yaksokeul jikida
Naeil yaksogi isseoyo.

Answer 201

The word “약속” (yaksok) in Korean translates to “promise” or “appointment” in English. It is commonly used to refer to an agreement between people or a scheduled meeting. Here are some example sentences using “약속” in Korean romanization:

1. 약속을 지키다. (Yaksokeul jikida.)
   
   • To keep a promise.
2. 약속을 어기다. (Yaksokeul eogida.)
   
   • To break a promise.
3. 내일 약속이 있어요. (Naeil yaksogi isseoyo.)
   
   • I have an appointment tomorrow.
4. 그는 항상 약속을 지켜요. (Geuneun hangsang yaksokeul jikyeoyo.)
   
   • He always keeps his promises.
5. 우리 내일 약속 있어? (Uri naeil yaksok isseo?)
   
   • Do we have an appointment tomorrow?

These sentences illustrate how “약속” (yaksok) can be used to refer to promises or appointments in different contexts.
Yes, there are other words in Korean that can be used to convey similar meanings to “약속” (yaksok). Here are a few:

1. 맹세 (maengse)
   
   • Meaning: Oath, vow
   • Example: 나는 그녀에게 영원한 사랑을 맹세했어요. (Naneun geunyeoege yeongwonhan sarangeul maengsehaesseoyo.)
     
     • I vowed eternal love to her.
2. 서약 (seoyak)
   
   • Meaning: Pledge, vow (often used in formal or legal contexts)
   • Example: 우리는 서로에게 충성을 서약했어요. (Urineun seoro-ege chungseongeul seoyakhaesseoyo.)
     
     • We pledged loyalty to each other.
3. 약정 (yakjeong)
   
   • Meaning: Agreement, contract
   • Example: 그들은 1년 약정을 맺었어요. (Geudeureun ilnyeon yakjeongeul maejyeosseoyo.)
     
     • They made a one-year agreement.
4. 계약 (gyeyak)
   
   • Meaning: Contract
   • Example: 그들은 계약을 체결했어요. (Geudeureun gyeyageul chegyeolhaesseoyo.)
     
     • They signed a contract.

While “약속” (yaksok) is the most commonly used term for informal promises and appointments, these alternatives can be used depending on the context, especially when a more formal or specific term is needed.
For a promise to stay together no matter what, you can use the phrase “함께 하겠다고 약속하다” (hamkke hagetdago yaksokhada) which translates to “promise to stay together.” However, for more emotional or solemn expressions, you can use other phrases:

1. 영원히 함께하겠다고 약속하다 (yeongwonhi hamkke hagetdago yaksokhada)
   
   • Promise to be together forever.
   • Example: 우리는 영원히 함께하겠다고 약속했어요. (Urineun yeongwonhi hamkke hagetdago yaksokhaesseoyo.)
     
     • We promised to be together forever.
2. 어떤 일이 있어도 함께하겠다고 맹세하다 (eotteon iri isseodo hamkke hagetdago maengsehada)
   
   • Vow to stay together no matter what happens.
   • Example: 우리는 어떤 일이 있어도 함께하겠다고 맹세했어요. (Urineun eotteon iri isseodo hamkke hagetdago maengsehaseoyo.)
     
     • We vowed to stay together no matter what happens.
3. 끝까지 함께하겠다고 서약하다 (kkeutkkaji hamkke hagetdago seoyakhada)
   
   • Pledge to stay together until the end.
   • Example: 우리는 끝까지 함께하겠다고 서약했어요. (Urineun kkeutkkaji hamkke hagetdago seoyakhaesseoyo.)
     
     • We pledged to stay together until the end.

These phrases are more profound and can be used to convey a deep promise or vow to stay together regardless of circumstances.

Question 202

Yeojeonhi
Geuneun yeojeonhi yeogi isseoyo.

Answer 202

“여전히” (yeojeonhi), it means “still” or “as always.” Here are a few sentences with “여전히” in Korean romanization:

1. 그는 여전히 여기 있어요. (Geuneun yeojeonhi yeogi isseoyo.)
   
   • He is still here.
2. 나는 여전히 그를 사랑해요. (Naneun yeojeonhi geureul saranghaeyo.)
   
   • I still love him.
3. 그 가게는 여전히 붐벼요. (Geu gagaeneun yeojeonhi bumbyeoyo.)
   
   • That store is still crowded.

If “여점에” is what you meant, could you please provide more context or clarify? It might be a specific term or phrase I’m not familiar with, or it could be a typo.

Question 203

Naeil kkaji mannayo, annyeong

Answer 203

The phrase “내일 까지 만나요, 안녕” (Naeil kkaji mannayo, annyeong) translates to “See you until tomorrow, goodbye” in English. Here’s a detailed breakdown:

• 내일 (naeil): tomorrow
• 까지 (kkaji): until
• 만나요 (mannayo): let’s meet / see you
• 안녕 (annyeong): goodbye / hi (informal)

Putting it all together, the phrase can be translated more naturally as “See you tomorrow, goodbye.”

If you need further assistance with Korean phrases or have more questions, feel free to ask!

Question 204

Jigeum baro

Answer 204

“지금 바로” (jigeum baro) translates to “right now” or “immediately” in English. It indicates urgency or immediacy.

• 지금 (jigeum): now
• 바로 (baro): immediately, right away

1. 지금 바로 시작합시다. (Jigeum baro sijakhapsida.)
   
   • Let’s start right now.
2. 지금 바로 가야 해요. (Jigeum baro gaya haeyo.)
   
   • We need to go right now.
3. 지금 바로 전화해 주세요. (Jigeum baro jeonhwa haejuseyo.)
   
   • Please call me right away.

If you have a specific context or meaning for “삼보” (sambo), please provide more details, and I’ll be happy to assist further!

Question 205

Sambuhoega naeil yeollyeoyo
Sambuhoe
Igeon sambu yori-imnida
Geu yeonghwaneun sambujak-ieyo

Answer 205

“삼부” (sambu) in Korean typically means “three departments” or “three divisions,” but it can also be used in specific contexts to refer to something more particular. Without additional context, here are the general meanings and uses of “삼부”:

1. 삼부작 (sambujak):
   
   • Meaning: Trilogy
   • Example: 그 영화는 삼부작이에요. (Geu yeonghwaneun sambujak-ieyo.)
     
     • That movie is a trilogy.
2. 삼부회 (sambuhoe):
   
   • Meaning: A specific type of meeting or association, depending on context.
   • Example: 삼부회가 내일 열려요. (Sambuhoega naeil yeollyeoyo.)
     
     • The “Sambu” meeting is held tomorrow.
3. 삼부 요리 (sambu yori):
   
   • Meaning: A specific dish with three main ingredients.
   • Example: 이건 삼부 요리입니다. (Igeon sambu yori-imnida.)
     
     • This is a dish made with three main ingredients.

1. 지금 바로 오세요. (Jigeum baro oseyo.)
   
   • Please come right now.
2. 지금 바로 시작해요. (Jigeum baro sijakaeyo.)
   
   • Let’s start right now.
3. 지금 바로 할게요. (Jigeum baro halgeyo.)
   
   • I will do it right now.

If “삼부” (sambu) is intended to mean something specific, could you please provide more context? This would help in providing a more accurate translation or usage example.

Question 206

Eoje kkaji iri manasseoyo.
Eoje kkaji biga naeryeosseoyo.
Eoje buteo geu ireul hago isseoyo.
Eoje buteo apasseoyo.
Eoje buteo biga naerigo isseoyo.

Answer 206

“어제까지” (eoje kkaji) in Korean means “until yesterday.” This phrase is used to indicate a period that ended yesterday.

Here are some example sentences using “어제까지” (eoje kkaji) in Korean romanization:

1. 어제까지 숙제를 끝냈어요. (Eoje kkaji sukjereul kkeutnaesseoyo.)
   
   • I finished the homework by yesterday.
2. 어제까지 비가 내렸어요. (Eoje kkaji biga naeryeosseoyo.)
   
   • It rained until yesterday.
3. 어제까지 일이 많았어요. (Eoje kkaji iri manasseoyo.)
   
   • I had a lot of work until yesterday.
4. 어제까지 그 책을 읽었어요. (Eoje kkaji geu chaekeul ilgeosseoyo.)
   
   • I read that book until yesterday.

“어제부터” (eoje buteo) in Korean means “since yesterday” or “from yesterday.” This phrase is used to indicate that something started yesterday and is continuing.

Here are some example sentences using “어제부터” (eoje buteo) in Korean romanization:

1. 어제부터 비가 내리고 있어요. (Eoje buteo biga naerigo isseoyo.)
   
   • It has been raining since yesterday.
2. 어제부터 아팠어요. (Eoje buteo apasseoyo.)
   
   • I have been sick since yesterday.
3. 어제부터 새로운 책을 읽기 시작했어요. (Eoje buteo saeroun chaekeul ilgi sijakhaesseoyo.)
   
   • I started reading a new book since yesterday.
4. 어제부터 그 일을 하고 있어요. (Eoje buteo geu ireul hago isseoyo.)
   
   • I have been working on that task since yesterday.

These sentences show how “어제부터” (eoje buteo) can be used to indicate that an action or state began yesterday and continues to the present.

Question 207

Nega i eumsigeul joahamyeon nado joeunikka gachi meokja

Neoga gago sipdamyeon nado joeunikka gachi gaja

Answer 207

“나도 좋으니까” (nado joeunikka) in Korean means “because I also like (it)” or “since I like (it) too.” This phrase is used to express agreement or mutual enjoyment of something.

Here are some example sentences using “나도 좋으니까” (nado joeunikka) in Korean romanization:

1. 너가 가고 싶다면 나도 좋으니까 같이 가자. (Neoga gago sipdamyeon nado joeunikka gachi gaja.)
   
   • If you want to go, I like it too, so let’s go together.
2. 네가 이 영화를 보고 싶다면 나도 좋으니까 보러 가자. (Nega i yeonghwareul bogo sipdamyeon nado joeunikka boreo gaja.)
   
   • If you want to watch this movie, I like it too, so let’s go watch it.
3. 네가 이 음식을 좋아하면 나도 좋으니까 같이 먹자. (Nega i eumsigeul joahamyeon nado joeunikka gachi meokja.)
   
   • If you like this food, I like it too, so let’s eat together.
4. 너도 춤추는 걸 좋아하니까 나도 좋으니까 같이 춤추자. (Neodo chumchuneun geol joahanikka nado joeunikka gachi chumchuja.)
   
   • Since you like dancing, and I like it too, let’s dance together.

These sentences illustrate how “나도 좋으니까” (nado joeunikka) can be used to express shared interest or enjoyment in a positive and agreeable manner.

Question 208

Honja jeo kape-e gayo.
Honja jeo gayo

Answer 208

The phrase “혼자 저 가요” (honja jeo gayo) in Korean means “I’m going there alone.”

Here’s the breakdown:
- 혼자 (honja): alone
- 저 (jeo): there
- 가요 (gayo): go (present tense, polite form)

1. 혼자 저 가요. (Honja jeo gayo.)
   
   • I’m going there alone.
2. 혼자 저 영화관에 가요. (Honja jeo yeonghwagwane gayo.)
   
   • I’m going to that movie theater alone.
3. 혼자 저 카페에 가요. (Honja jeo kape-e gayo.)
   
   • I’m going to that café alone.

These sentences show how you can use “혼자 저 가요” (honja jeo gayo) to indicate that you are going somewhere alone.

Question 209

Yeoksi, nega majasseo.
Eumsigeun yeoksi masisseoyo.
Yeoksi neoneun daedanhae.

Answer 209

The word “역시” (yeoksi) in Korean translates to “as expected,” “as I thought,” or “also” in English. It is used to express that something happened as anticipated or to add emphasis to a statement.

Here are some example sentences using “역시” (yeoksi) in Korean romanization:

1. 역시 그는 훌륭해요. (Yeoksi geuneun hullyunghaeyo.)
   
   • As expected, he is excellent.
2. 역시 너는 대단해. (Yeoksi neoneun daedanhae.)
   
   • As I thought, you are amazing.
3. 그녀는 역시 친절해요. (Geunyeoneun yeoksi chinjeolhaeyo.)
   
   • She is also kind.
4. 이 음식은 역시 맛있어요. (I eumsigeun yeoksi masisseoyo.)
   
   • This food is delicious, as expected.
5. 역시, 네가 맞았어. (Yeoksi, nega majasseo.)
   
   • You were right, as expected.

These sentences demonstrate how “역시” (yeoksi) can be used to express that something aligns with expectations or to emphasize agreement.

Question 210

Geuttae geunyang pogihaesseoyo.
Geuttae geunyang jibe isseosseoyo.

Answer 210

“그때 그냥” (geuttae geunyang) in Korean means “just at that time” or “just then.” This phrase can be used to describe an action or state that happened simply or without special reason at a specific time in the past.

Here are some example sentences using “그때 그냥” (geuttae geunyang) in Korean romanization:

1. 그때 그냥 집에 있었어요. (Geuttae geunyang jibe isseosseoyo.)
   
   • I was just at home at that time.
2. 그때 그냥 포기했어요. (Geuttae geunyang pogihaesseoyo.)
   
   • I just gave up then.
3. 그때 그냥 울었어요. (Geuttae geunyang ureosseoyo.)
   
   • I just cried at that time.
4. 그때 그냥 기다렸어요. (Geuttae geunyang gidaryeosseoyo.)
   
   • I just waited then.
5. 그때 그냥 그렇게 했어요. (Geuttae geunyang geureoke haesseoyo.)
   
   • I just did it like that at that time.

These sentences illustrate how “그때 그냥” (geuttae geunyang) can be used to describe actions or states that occurred simply or naturally at a specific moment in the past.

Question 211

Jeoneun yaksogeul iljuire han beon kkok undonghaeyo.

Answer 211

The phrase “약속을 일주일에 한 번 운동해요” (yaksogeul iljuire han beon undonghaeyo) translates to “I promise to exercise once a week” in English.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 약속을 (yaksogeul): promise (object form)
- 일주일에 (iljuire): in a week
- 한 번 (han beon): once
- 운동해요 (undonghaeyo): exercise (present tense, polite form)

1. 약속을 일주일에 한 번 운동해요. (Yaksogeul iljuire han beon undonghaeyo.)
   
   • I promise to exercise once a week.
2. 저는 약속을 일주일에 한 번 꼭 운동해요. (Jeoneun yaksogeul iljuire han beon kkok undonghaeyo.)
   
   • I promise to exercise once a week for sure.
3. 그는 약속을 지키기 위해 일주일에 한 번 운동해요. (Geuneun yaksogeul jikigi wihae iljuire han beon undonghaeyo.)
   
   • He exercises once a week to keep his promise.

These sentences show how you can use “약속을 일주일에 한 번 운동해요” (yaksogeul iljuire han beon undonghaeyo) to express a commitment to exercising once a week.

Question 212

Neomu chuunikka deureowa gaja
Biga onikka deureowa gaja.

Answer 212

The phrase “들어와 가자” (deureowa gaja) translates to “Let’s go in” in English. Here’s the breakdown:

• 들어와 (deureowa): come in
• 가자 (gaja): let’s go

1. 우리 들어와 가자. (Uri deureowa gaja.)
   
   • Let’s go in.
2. 비가 오니까 들어와 가자. (Biga onikka deureowa gaja.)
   
   • Since it’s raining, let’s go in.
3. 너무 추우니까 들어와 가자. (Neomu chuunikka deureowa gaja.)
   
   • It’s too cold, so let’s go in.

These sentences show how “들어와 가자” (deureowa gaja) can be used to suggest going inside.

Question 213

Neoreul jinjja silheo naba
Geunyeoga jinjja silheo naba.

Answer 213

The phrase “진짜 싫어 나봐” (jinjja silheo naba) translates to “I guess she really hates me” in English. Here is a breakdown and explanation:

• 진짜 (jinjja): really
• 싫어 (silheo): hate, dislike
• 나봐 (naba): it seems like, I guess

1. 그녀가 진짜 싫어 나봐. (Geunyeoga jinjja silheo naba.)
   
   • I guess she really hates me.
2. 너를 진짜 싫어 나봐. (Neoreul jinjja silheo naba.)
   
   • I guess she really hates you.
3. 그 사람이 나를 진짜 싫어 나봐. (Geu sarami nareul jinjja silheo naba.)
   
   • I guess that person really hates me.

These sentences demonstrate how to express the idea that someone seems to really dislike or hate you.

Question 214

Geu yeonghwa jinjja jaemisseo, hanbeon ga bwa.
Saranghae, ije gabwaya hae.

Answer 214

The term “가 봐” (ga bwa) in Korean is a casual way of saying “try going” or “go and see.” Here are some example sentences using “가 봐” (ga bwa):

1. 여기 한번 가 봐. (Yeogi hanbeon ga bwa.)
   
   • Try going here once.
2. 이 식당에 가 봐. (I sikdange ga bwa.)
   
   • Go and check out this restaurant.
3. 너무 걱정하지 말고 가 봐. (Neomu geokjeonghaji malgo ga bwa.)
   
   • Don’t worry too much and just go.
4. 주말에 그 산에 가 봐. (Jumare geu sane ga bwa.)
   
   • Try going to that mountain on the weekend.
5. 그 영화 진짜 재밌어, 한번 가 봐. (Geu yeonghwa jinjja jaemisseo, hanbeon ga bwa.)
   
   • That movie is really interesting, try going to see it.

These sentences illustrate how “가 봐” (ga bwa) can be used in different contexts to suggest trying to go somewhere or to experience something.
- 사랑해 (saranghae): I love you
- 가봐 (gabwa): literally means “try going” or “go and see”

If you intended to express “I love you, I’m leaving” or something similar, you might say:

• 사랑해, 나 가볼게. (Saranghae, na gabolge.)
  
  • I love you, I’ll be going now.

1. 사랑해, 나 가볼게. (Saranghae, na gabolge.)
   
   • I love you, I’ll be going now.
2. 사랑해, 이제 가봐야 해. (Saranghae, ije gabwaya hae.)
   
   • I love you, I have to go now.

These sentences use “사랑해” (saranghae) to express love and “가볼게” (gabolge) or “가봐야 해” (gabwaya hae) to indicate leaving or having to go.

Question 215

Aigoo! Jeongmal jinjjaro sigani ireoke ppalli gasseo?
Aigoo! Jeongmal jinjjaro igeol da haesseo?

Answer 215

The phrases “아이고! 정말 진짜로” (aigoo! jeongmal jinjaro) in Korean express strong emotion, often surprise, frustration, or disbelief. Here’s the breakdown and how they might be used together:

• 아이고! (aigoo!): Oh my! / Oh dear!
• 정말 (jeongmal): really / truly
• 진짜로 (jinjjaro): really / truly (adds emphasis)

1. 아이고! 정말 진짜로 이렇게 될 줄은 몰랐어. (Aigoo! Jeongmal jinjjaro ireoke doel juneun mollasseo.)
   
   • Oh my! I really didn’t know it would turn out like this.
2. 아이고! 정말 진짜로 시간이 이렇게 빨리 갔어? (Aigoo! Jeongmal jinjjaro sigani ireoke ppalli gasseo?)
   
   • Oh dear! Did time really go by this fast?
3. 아이고! 정말 진짜로 너희들 싸웠어? (Aigoo! Jeongmal jinjjaro neohuideul ssawosseo?)
   
   • Oh my! Did you guys really fight?
4. 아이고! 정말 진짜로 이걸 다 했어? (Aigoo! Jeongmal jinjjaro igeol da haesseo?)
   
   • Oh my! Did you really do all of this?

These sentences show how “아이고!” (aigoo!), “정말” (jeongmal), and “진짜로” (jinjjaro) can be combined to express strong emotions and emphasize the sincerity or surprise of the speaker.

Question 216

Naneun geunyang aniya, nareul ohaehaji ma
Naneun geunyang aniya, geureon ireul hal su eobseo
Naneun geunyang aniya, geuge nae seonggyeogi aniya

Answer 216

The phrase “나는 그냥 아니야” (naneun geunyang aniya) in Korean translates to “I’m just not” or “It’s just not me” in English. It can be used to express that something simply isn’t the case for you or doesn’t apply to you.

Here are some example sentences using “나는 그냥 아니야” (naneun geunyang aniya) in Korean romanization:

1. 나는 그냥 아니야, 다른 사람에게 물어봐. (Naneun geunyang aniya, dareun saramege mureobwa.)
   
   • It’s just not me, ask someone else.
2. 나는 그냥 아니야, 나를 오해하지 마. (Naneun geunyang aniya, nareul ohaehaji ma.)
   
   • It’s just not me, don’t misunderstand me.
3. 나는 그냥 아니야, 그런 일을 할 수 없어. (Naneun geunyang aniya, geureon ireul hal su eobseo.)
   
   • It’s just not me, I can’t do such a thing.
4. 나는 그냥 아니야, 그게 내 성격이 아니야. (Naneun geunyang aniya, geuge nae seonggyeogi aniya.)
   
   • It’s just not me, that’s not my personality.

These sentences illustrate how “나는 그냥 아니야” (naneun geunyang aniya) can be used to express that something doesn’t align with your character or situation.

Question 217

Ibeon jumare undonghaneun ge jokesseoyo. Jeoneun bappa

Answer 217

The phrase “이번 주말에 운동하세요” (ibeon jumare undonghaseyo) translates to “Exercise this weekend” in English. It is a polite suggestion or instruction to exercise during the upcoming weekend.

Here’s a breakdown of the phrase:
- 이번 (ibeon): this
- 주말에 (jumare): weekend
- 운동하세요 (undonghaseyo): please exercise (polite form)

1. 이번 주말에 운동하세요. (Ibeon jumare undonghaseyo.)
   
   • Please exercise this weekend.
2. 이번 주말에 운동할 계획이 있어요? (Ibeon jumare undonghal gyehoegi isseoyo?)
   
   • Do you have plans to exercise this weekend?
3. 이번 주말에 운동을 많이 하세요. (Ibeon jumare undongeul mani haseyo.)
   
   • Exercise a lot this weekend.
4. 이번 주말에 운동하는 게 좋겠어요. (Ibeon jumare undonghaneun ge jokesseoyo.)
   
   • It would be good to exercise this weekend.

These sentences show how you can use “이번 주말에 운동하세요” (ibeon jumare undonghaseyo) to politely suggest or inquire about exercising during the weekend.

Question 218

Jeonyeogeun eonje mogoyo?
Urineun eonje mogoyo?

Answer 218

The phrase “언제 먹어요?” (eonje mogoyo?) translates to “When do you eat?” or “When are you going to eat?” in English.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 언제 (eonje): when
- 먹어요 (mogoyo): eat (polite form)

1. 언제 먹어요? (Eonje mogoyo?)
   
   • When do you eat?
2. 우리는 언제 먹어요? (Urineun eonje mogoyo?)
   
   • When are we going to eat?
3. 점심은 언제 먹어요? (Jeomsimeun eonje mogoyo?)
   
   • When do you eat lunch?
4. 저녁은 언제 먹어요? (Jeonyeogeun eonje mogoyo?)
   
   • When do you eat dinner?

These sentences show how you can use “언제 먹어요?” (eonje mogoyo?) to ask about the timing of meals in a polite manner.

Question 219

Eumagi yeppeun gwaenchanheunde gasaga jogeum isanghaeyo.

I dijaini yeppeun gwaenchanheunde nae seutail-eun aniya.
(I deureseuga yeppeun gwaenchanheunde jogeum bissayo.

Answer 219

The phrase “예쁜 괜찮은데” (yeppeun gwaenchanheunde) translates to “It’s pretty and okay” or “It’s pretty and fine” in English. It can be used to express that something is both pretty and acceptable or satisfactory.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 예쁜 (yeppeun): pretty
- 괜찮은데 (gwaenchanheunde): okay / fine / acceptable (with a nuance of “but” or “though”)

1. 이 드레스가 예쁜 괜찮은데 조금 비싸요. (I deureseuga yeppeun gwaenchanheunde jogeum bissayo.)
   
   • This dress is pretty and fine, but a bit expensive.
2. 이 디자인이 예쁜 괜찮은데 내 스타일은 아니야. (I dijaini yeppeun gwaenchanheunde nae seutail-eun aniya.)
   
   • This design is pretty and fine, but it’s not my style.
3. 사진이 예쁜 괜찮은데 화질이 조금 아쉬워요. (Sajini yeppeun gwaenchanheunde hwajiri jogeum aswowo.)
   
   • The picture is pretty and fine, but the quality is a bit lacking.
4. 음악이 예쁜 괜찮은데 가사가 조금 이상해요. (Eumagi yeppeun gwaenchanheunde gasaga jogeum isanghaeyo.)
   
   • The music is pretty and fine, but the lyrics are a bit strange.

These sentences show how you can use “예쁜 괜찮은데” (yeppeun gwaenchanheunde) to express that something is both pretty and acceptable, often with a slight nuance of an additional condition or contrast.

Question 220

Deonjyeo
Sseuregireul bakke deonjyeo.
Gongeul naege deonjyeo!

Answer 220

The phrase “던져” (deonjyeo) in Korean translates to “throw it” in English. This is an imperative form used to tell someone to throw something.

1. 공을 나에게 던져! (Gongeul naege deonjyeo!)
   
   • Throw the ball to me!
2. 쓰레기를 밖에 던져. (Sseuregireul bakke deonjyeo.)
   
   • Throw the trash outside.
3. 책을 여기로 던져. (Chaekeul yeogiro deonjyeo.)
   
   • Throw the book over here.
4. 나한테 키를 던져. (Nahante kireul deonjyeo.)
   
   • Throw me the keys.

These sentences show how “던져” (deonjyeo) can be used to instruct someone to throw various items in different contexts.

Question 221

Mianhae, najunge bappa.
Oneul ohu-e najunge bappa.

Answer 221

The phrase “나중에 바빠” (najunge bappa) translates to “I’m busy later” or “I’ll be busy later” in English. It is used to indicate that you will be occupied at a later time.

1. 미안해, 나중에 바빠. (Mianhae, najunge bappa.)
   
   • Sorry, I’m busy later.
2. 오늘 오후에 나중에 바빠. (Oneul ohu-e najunge bappa.)
   
   • I’m busy later this afternoon.
3. 내일 저녁에 나중에 바빠. (Naeil jeonyeoge najunge bappa.)
   
   • I’m busy later tomorrow evening.
4. 주말에 나중에 바빠. (Jumare najunge bappa.)
   
   • I’m busy later on the weekend.

These sentences demonstrate how to use “나중에 바빠” (najunge bappa) to express that you have commitments or plans later.

Question 222

Dwaesseo, singyeong sseuji ma.
Dwaesseo, naega halge.
Dwaesseo, geunyang neomeogaja.

Answer 222

The phrase “됐어” (dwaesseo) in Korean can be translated to “Forget it” or “Never mind” in English. It is an informal and somewhat dismissive way of telling someone to disregard what was previously mentioned.

1. 됐어, 신경 쓰지 마. (Dwaesseo, singyeong sseuji ma.)
   
   • Forget it, don’t worry about it.
2. 됐어, 내가 할게. (Dwaesseo, naega halge.)
   
   • Forget it, I’ll do it.
3. 됐어, 그냥 넘어가자. (Dwaesseo, geunyang neomeogaja.)
   
   • Forget it, let’s just move on.
4. 됐어, 이제 그만 얘기하자. (Dwaesseo, ije geuman yaegihaja.)
   
   • Forget it, let’s stop talking about it.

These sentences illustrate how “됐어” (dwaesseo) can be used to tell someone to disregard something or to stop focusing on a particular issue.

Question 223

Jigeum buteo saeroun peurojekteureul hal geoyeyo.

Jigeum buteo undongeul sijakaeyo.

Jigeum buteo yeolsimhi gongbuhal geoya.

Answer 223

The phrase “지금부터” (jigeum buteo) in Korean translates to “starting now” or “from now on” in English. It indicates the beginning of an action or state from the current moment forward.

1. 지금부터 열심히 공부할 거야. (Jigeum buteo yeolsimhi gongbuhal geoya.)
   
   • I will study hard starting now.
2. 지금부터 운동을 시작해요. (Jigeum buteo undongeul sijakaeyo.)
   
   • Start exercising from now on.
3. 지금부터 새로운 프로젝트를 할 거예요. (Jigeum buteo saeroun peurojekteureul hal geoyeyo.)
   
   • We will start a new project from now.
4. 지금부터 규칙을 지켜야 해요. (Jigeum buteo gyuchikeul jikyeoya haeyo.)
   
   • You must follow the rules starting now.

These sentences show how “지금부터” (jigeum buteo) can be used to indicate the beginning of an action or a new phase starting from the current moment.

Question 224

Hagin, yojeum bappasseunikka-yo.
Hagin, geureoke saenggakhal sudo itjyo.

Answer 224

The phrase “하긴” (hagin) in Korean can be translated to “I guess” or “indeed.” It is often used to acknowledge or concede a point, showing that you understand or agree with what has been said.

1. 하긴, 그럴 수도 있겠네요. (Hagin, geureol sudo itgenneyo.)
   
   • I guess that could be the case.
2. 하긴, 당신 말이 맞아요. (Hagin, dangsin mari majayo.)
   
   • Indeed, you are right.
3. 하긴, 그렇게 생각할 수도 있죠. (Hagin, geureoke saenggakhal sudo itjyo.)
   
   • I guess you could think that way.
4. 하긴, 요즘 바빴으니까요. (Hagin, yojeum bappasseunikka-yo.)
   
   • I guess, since I’ve been busy lately.

These sentences illustrate how “하긴” (hagin) can be used to acknowledge a point or show agreement in various contexts.

Question 225

Bikyora-go!
Gireul bikyora-go!
Jeori bikyora-go!

Answer 225

The phrase “Move, I said!” in Korean can be expressed as “비켜라고!” (bikyora-go!). This command form is used to tell someone to move out of the way, with “라고” (ra-go) adding emphasis to the command, indicating that it’s being repeated or stressed.

1. 비켜라고! (Bikyora-go!)
   
   • Move, I said!
2. 길을 비켜라고! (Gireul bikyora-go!)
   
   • Get out of the way, I said!
3. 저리 비켜라고! (Jeori bikyora-go!)
   
   • Move over there, I said!

These sentences show how “비켜라고!” (bikyora-go!) can be used to emphatically tell someone to move.

Question 226

Geureom wae geunde?
Iri jal doego itdamyeonseo, geureom wae geunde?

Answer 226

The phrase “그러면 왜 그런데?” (geureom wae geunde?) translates to “Then why is it?” or “Then why are you like that?” in English. It is used to question the reason or cause for someone’s behavior or situation.

1. 그러면 왜 그런데? (Geureom wae geunde?)
   
   • Then why is it?
2. 너는 그럴 줄 알았어, 그러면 왜 그런데? (Neoneun geureol jul arasseo, geureom wae geunde?)
   
   • I thought you would be like that, then why is it?
3. 일이 잘 되고 있다면서, 그러면 왜 그런데? (Iri jal doego itdamyeonseo, geureom wae geunde?)
   
   • You said things were going well, then why is it?
4. 기분이 좋아 보였는데, 그러면 왜 그런데? (Gibuni joa boyeotneunde, geureom wae geunde?)
   
   • You seemed to be in a good mood, then why is it?

These sentences illustrate how “그러면 왜 그런데?” (geureom wae geunde?) can be used to question the reason or cause behind a certain situation or behavior.

Question 227

Neo uni?
Neo jeongmal uni?

Answer 227

The phrase “Are you crying?” can be translated to “너 우니?” (neo uni?) in Korean.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 너 (neo): you (informal)
- 우니 (uni): crying (present tense informal)

1. 너 우니? (Neo uni?)
   
   • Are you crying?
2. 왜 우니? (Wae uni?)
   
   • Why are you crying?
3. 너 정말 우니? (Neo jeongmal uni?)
   
   • Are you really crying?
4. 너 아직도 우니? (Neo ajikdo uni?)
   
   • Are you still crying?

These sentences show how “너 우니?” (neo uni?) can be used to ask someone if they are crying in an informal manner.

Question 228

Jeoneun se gaeui sowoneul gajigo isseoyo.

Answer 228

The phrase “I have three wishes” can be translated to “저는 소원을 세 개 가지고 있어요” (jeoneun sowoneul se gae gajigo isseoyo) in Korean. Here’s a breakdown of the translation:

• 저는 (jeoneun): I (formal)
• 소원을 (sowoneul): wishes (direct object form of 소원, sowon)
• 세 개 (se gae): three (세 means three, and 개 is a counter for items)
• 가지고 있어요 (gajigo isseoyo): have (formal)

1. 저는 소원을 세 개 가지고 있어요. (Jeoneun sowoneul se gae gajigo isseoyo.)
   
   • I have three wishes.
2. 제가 가진 소원은 세 개예요. (Jega gajin sowoneun se gaeyeyo.)
   
   • The wishes I have are three.
3. 저는 세 개의 소원을 가지고 있어요. (Jeoneun se gaeui sowoneul gajigo isseoyo.)
   
   • I have three wishes.

These sentences demonstrate how to express having three wishes in a polite and formal manner in Korean.

Question 229

Seoduruji malgo cheoncheonhi haseyo
Gwaenchanayo, cheoncheonhi haseyo.

Answer 229

The phrase “Take your time” can be translated to “천천히 하세요” (cheoncheonhi haseyo) in Korean.

Here’s the correct breakdown:
- 천천히 (cheoncheonhi): slowly
- 하세요 (haseyo): do (polite form)

1. 천천히 하세요. (Cheoncheonhi haseyo.)
   
   • Take your time.
2. 서두르지 말고 천천히 하세요. (Seoduruji malgo cheoncheonhi haseyo.)
   
   • Don’t rush, take your time.
3. 괜찮아요, 천천히 하세요. (Gwaenchanayo, cheoncheonhi haseyo.)
   
   • It’s okay, take your time.

These sentences show how “천천히 하세요” (cheoncheonhi haseyo) can be used to politely tell someone to take their time.

Question 230

Jeoege juseyo

Answer 230

The phrase “Please give it to me” in Korean is “저에게 주세요” (jeoege juseyo).

Here’s the breakdown:
- 저에게 (jeoege): to me (polite)
- 주세요 (juseyo): please give (polite)

1. 저에게 주세요. (Jeoege juseyo.)
   
   • Please give it to me.
2. 그 책을 저에게 주세요. (Geu chaekeul jeoege juseyo.)
   
   • Please give me that book.
3. 도와줄 수 있으면 저에게 주세요. (Dowajul su isseumyeon jeoege juseyo.)
   
   • If you can help, please give it to me.
4. 이 자료를 저에게 주세요. (I jaryoreul jeoege juseyo.)
   
   • Please give me this material.

These sentences show how “저에게 주세요” (jeoege juseyo) can be used to politely ask someone to give you something.

Question 231

Keun silsureul haesseo.

Silsureul haji maseyo

Daeumbeoneneun silsureul juridorok hagetseumnida

Answer 231

The correct word for “mistake” in Korean is “실수” (sil-su). However, if you intended to use “seulseo,” it might be a typo or a mishearing, as “실수” is the standard term used.

1. 그건 내 실수였어. (Geugeon nae silsuyeosseo.)
   
   • That was my mistake.
2. 실수를 하지 마세요. (Silsureul haji maseyo.)
   
   • Don’t make a mistake.
3. 큰 실수를 했어. (Keun silsureul haesseo.)
   
   • I made a big mistake.
4. 다음번에는 실수를 줄이도록 하겠습니다. (Daeumbeoneneun silsureul juridorok hagetseumnida.)
   
   • I will try to reduce mistakes next time.

These sentences illustrate how to use “실수” (sil-su) to refer to a mistake in various contexts.

Question 232

Jeongmal gatchi isseunikka gippeoyo.

Jeongmal gatchi isseunikka modeun ge joayo.

Answer 232

The phrase “정말 같이 있으니까” (jeongmal gatchi isseunikka) translates to “because I’m really with you” or “since we are really together” in English.

Here’s a breakdown of the phrase:
- 정말 (jeongmal): really
- 같이 (gatchi): together
- 있으니까 (isseunikka): because (we are) / since (we are)

1. 정말 같이 있으니까 기뻐요. (Jeongmal gatchi isseunikka gippeoyo.)
   
   • I’m really happy because I’m with you.
2. 정말 같이 있으니까 걱정 없어요. (Jeongmal gatchi isseunikka geokjeong eopseoyo.)
   
   • Since we are really together, I have no worries.
3. 정말 같이 있으니까 모든 게 좋아요. (Jeongmal gatchi isseunikka modeun ge joayo.)
   
   • Everything is good because we are really together.

These sentences demonstrate how “정말 같이 있으니까” (jeongmal gatchi isseunikka) can be used to express that being together with someone makes a positive difference.

Question 233

Sesange, geuge sasil-iya?
Sesange, eotteoke ireon iri!

Answer 233

The phrase “Oh my gosh” can be expressed as “세상에” (sesange) in Korean. This exclamation is used to show surprise, shock, or disbelief.

1. 세상에, 정말 놀랐어! (Sesange, jeongmal nollasseo!)
   
   • Oh my gosh, I’m really surprised!
2. 세상에, 믿을 수 없어! (Sesange, mideul su eopseo!)
   
   • Oh my gosh, I can’t believe it!
3. 세상에, 어떻게 이런 일이! (Sesange, eotteoke ireon iri!)
   
   • Oh my gosh, how could this happen!
4. 세상에, 그게 사실이야? (Sesange, geuge sasil-iya?)
   
   • Oh my gosh, is that true?

These sentences show how “세상에” (sesange) can be used to convey surprise or disbelief in various contexts.

Question 234

Geumanhae!
Jebal geumanhae

Answer 234

The phrase “Stop it” in Korean can be expressed as “그만해” (geumanhae) in informal speech, or “그만하세요” (geumanhaseyo) in formal speech.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 그만해 (geumanhae): Stop it (informal)
- 그만하세요 (geumanhaseyo): Stop it (formal)

1. 그만해! (Geumanhae!)
   
   • Stop it! (informal)
2. 제발 그만해. (Jebal geumanhae.)
   
   • Please stop it. (informal)
3. 지금 당장 그만하세요. (Jigeum dangjang geumanhaseyo.)
   
   • Stop it right now. (formal)
4. 싸우는 거 그만해. (Ssau-neun geo geumanhae.)
   
   • Stop fighting. (informal)

These sentences illustrate how to use “그만해” (geumanhae) and “그만하세요” (geumanhaseyo) to tell someone to stop doing something.

Question 235

Sasireun
Sasireun naega jalmoshaesseo.

Answer 235

The phrase “사실은” (sasireun) in Korean translates to “actually” or “in fact” in English. It is used to introduce a statement that clarifies or corrects a previous statement, or to reveal a truth.

1. 사실은 내가 잘못했어. (Sasireun naega jalmoshaesseo.)
   
   • Actually, I was wrong.
2. 사실은 그 이야기가 거짓말이었어. (Sasireun geu iyagiga geojismariyeosseo.)
   
   • In fact, that story was a lie.
3. 사실은 난 그를 좋아해. (Sasireun nan geureul joahae.)
   
   • Actually, I like him.
4. 사실은 일이 그렇게 간단하지 않아. (Sasireun iri geureoke gandanaji ana.)
   
   • In fact, things are not that simple.

These sentences show how “사실은” (sasireun) can be used to introduce a truthful or corrective statement in various contexts.

Question 236

Hyeonjae
Hyeonjae naneun jibe isseo.

Answer 236

However, “현재” (hyeonjae) means “current” or “present.”

1. 현재 나는 집에 있어. (Hyeonjae naneun jibe isseo.)
   
   • Currently, I am at home.
2. 현재 상황이 어때요? (Hyeonjae sanghwangi eottaeyo?)
   
   • How is the current situation?
3. 현재 기온은 25도입니다. (Hyeonjae gioneun isip-odoimnida.)
   
   • The current temperature is 25 degrees.

If you have a specific term or phrase in mind, please let me know, and I will provide the correct translation or explanation.

Question 237

Amuteun, jal jinae

Amuteun, daeum jue bwa.

Answer 237

The term “아무튼” (amuteun) in Korean translates to “anyway” or “in any case” in English. It is used to shift the conversation or to emphasize a point regardless of previous statements.

1. 아무튼, 지금 해야 해. (Amuteun, jigeum haeya hae.)
   
   • Anyway, you have to do it now.
2. 아무튼, 그 얘기는 그만하자. (Amuteun, geu yaegineun geumanhaja.)
   
   • Anyway, let’s stop talking about that.
3. 아무튼, 다음 주에 봐. (Amuteun, daeum jue bwa.)
   
   • Anyway, see you next week.
4. 아무튼, 잘 지내. (Amuteun, jal jinae.)
   
   • Anyway, take care.

These sentences show how “아무튼” (amuteun) can be used to transition topics or emphasize a conclusion in conversation.

Question 238

Aniyo, jeo joahaenneunde

Answer 238

아니요, 저 그 노래 좋아했는데요. (Aniyo, jeo geu norae joahaenneundeyo.)
- No, I liked that song.

These sentences show how to use “아니요, 저 좋아했는데” (aniyo, jeo joahaenneunde) to express that you liked something, often with an implication of a contrast or a continuation of the conversation.
The phrase “No, I liked it” can be translated to “아니요, 저 좋아했는데” (aniyo, jeo joahaenneunde) in Korean. Here’s the breakdown:

• 아니요 (aniyo): No (formal)
• 저 (jeo): I (formal)
• 좋아했는데 (joahaenneunde): liked it (with a nuance of contrast or continuation, often implying a “but” or an unfinished thought)

1. 아니요, 저 좋아했는데. (Aniyo, jeo joahaenneunde.)
   
   • No, I liked it.
2. 아니요, 저 그 영화 좋아했는데요. (Aniyo, jeo geu yeonghwa joahaenneundeyo.)
   
   • No, I liked that movie.
3. 아니요, 저 그 음식 좋아했는데요. (Aniyo, jeo geu eumsik joahaenneundeyo.)
   
   • No, I liked that food.

4.

Question 239

Baegopeuji? Pabeun meokja.

Sigando neujeonneunde pabeun meokja.

Answer 239

The phrase “밥은 먹자” (pabeun meokja) translates to “Let’s eat (the) rice” or more generally “Let’s eat” in English. It is an informal suggestion to eat together.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 밥은 (pabeun): rice (or meal), with a topic marker
- 먹자 (meokja): let’s eat (informal suggestion)

1. 배고프지? 밥은 먹자. (Baegopeuji? Pabeun meokja.)
   
   • Are you hungry? Let’s eat.
2. 일 다 끝났으니 밥은 먹자. (Il da kkeutnasseuni pabeun meokja.)
   
   • Since we finished all the work, let’s eat.
3. 시간도 늦었는데 밥은 먹자. (Sigando neujeonneunde pabeun meokja.)
   
   • It’s late, so let’s eat.

These sentences show how to use “밥은 먹자” (pabeun meokja) to invite someone to eat together in various contexts.

Question 240

Jal salge
Geokjeong ma, jal salge.

Answer 240

The phrase “I’m going to live a good life” can be translated to “잘 살게” (jal salge) in Korean.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 잘 (jal): well, good
- 살게 (salge): I will live (short for 잘 살게요 in informal speech)

1. 이제부터 잘 살게. (Ijebuteo jal salge.)
   
   • From now on, I’m going to live a good life.
2. 나도 잘 살게. (Nado jal salge.)
   
   • I will also live a good life.
3. 걱정 마, 잘 살게. (Geokjeong ma, jal salge.)
   
   • Don’t worry, I’ll live a good life.

These sentences illustrate how “잘 살게” (jal salge) can be used to express the intention to live well or live a good life.

Question 241

Geuga gyeolhonhandago deureotta.
Geu somuneul deureotta.

Answer 241

The phrase “그렇다” (geureotta) means “that’s right” or “that’s so.” However, “I heard” is more accurately translated as “들었다” (deureotta).

Here’s the correct translation and some example sentences:

• 들었다 (deureotta): I heard

1. 그 이야기를 들었다. (Geu iyagireul deureotta.)
   
   • I heard that story.
2. 너의 소식을 들었다. (Neoui sosigeul deureotta.)
   
   • I heard about your news.
3. 그가 결혼한다고 들었다. (Geuga gyeolhonhandago deureotta.)
   
   • I heard that he is getting married.
4. 그 소문을 들었다. (Geu somuneul deureotta.)
   
   • I heard that rumor.

These sentences show how “들었다” (deureotta) can be used to indicate that you have heard something.

Question 242

Sesange honja gajok eopsi saneun ge neomu himdeureo

Answer 242

The phrase “세상에 혼자 가족 없이” (sesange honja gajok eopsi) translates to “alone in the world without family” in English.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 세상에 (sesange): in the world
- 혼자 (honja): alone
- 가족 없이 (gajok eopsi): without family

1. 세상에 혼자 가족 없이 사는 게 너무 힘들어. (Sesange honja gajok eopsi saneun ge neomu himdeureo.)
   
   • Living alone in the world without family is very hard.
2. 세상에 혼자 가족 없이 남겨졌어. (Sesange honja gajok eopsi namgyeojyeosseo.)
   
   • I was left alone in the world without family.
3. 세상에 혼자 가족 없이 지내는 건 외로워. (Sesange honja gajok eopsi jinaeneun geon oerowo.)
   
   • Being alone in the world without family is lonely.

These sentences illustrate how “세상에 혼자 가족 없이” (sesange honja gajok eopsi) can be used to describe the state of being alone in the world without family.

Question 243

Najunge haengbokhage sal geoya.

Answer 243

The phrase “Najunge sesanghae hembeok gagi” appears to mix several elements but is not entirely clear or standard in Korean. However, it seems like you might be trying to say something like “Later, I’ll go live happily” or “Later, I’ll find happiness.”

Let’s break down the correct expressions:
- 나중에 (najunge): later
- 세상에 (sesange): in the world (commonly used to mean “Oh my gosh,” but might not fit here)
- 행복 (haengbok): happiness
- 가다 (gada): to go

A more natural way to express “Later, I’ll go live happily” would be “나중에 행복하게 살 거야” (najunge haengbokhage sal geoya).

1. 나중에 행복하게 살 거야. (Najunge haengbokhage sal geoya.)
   
   • Later, I’ll live happily.

If you wanted to emphasize finding happiness, you could say:
2. 나중에 행복을 찾을 거야.

Question 244

Munjega eonje ireona-sseoyo?
Sakoga eonje ireona-sseoyo?

Oneul achime eonje ireona-sseoyo?

Answer 244

The phrase “언제 일어났어요?” (eonje ireona-sseoyo) translates to “When did it happen?” or “When did it occur?” in English.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 언제 (eonje): when
- 일어났어요 (ireona-sseoyo): did happen / did occur (formal past tense of 일어나다, to happen/occur)

1. 그 일이 언제 일어났어요? (Geu iri eonje ireona-sseoyo?)
   
   • When did that happen?
2. 사고가 언제 일어났어요? (Sakoga eonje ireona-sseoyo?)
   
   • When did the accident happen?
3. 문제가 언제 일어났어요? (Munjega eonje ireona-sseoyo?)
   
   • When did the problem occur?

These sentences illustrate how to ask about the timing of an event using “언제 일어났어요?” (eonje ireona-sseoyo).

To ask “When did you wake up?” in Korean, you can say “언제 일어났어요?” (eonje ireona-sseoyo?). This is a formal and polite way to ask.

1. 언제 일어났어요? (Eonje ireona-sseoyo?)
   
   • When did you wake up?
2. 오늘 아침에 언제 일어났어요? (Oneul achime eonje ireona-sseoyo?)
   
   • When did you wake up this morning?
3. 주말에 언제 일어났어요? (Jumare eonje ireona-sseoyo?)
   
   • When did you wake up on the weekend?

These sentences can be used to ask someone about the time they woke up.

Question 245

Geureom gabolgeyo.
Sigani neujeosseuni geureom gabolgeyo

Answer 245

The phrase “그럼 가볼게요” (geureom gabolgeyo) translates to “Then, I will go” or “Then, I’ll be going” in English. It’s a polite way to indicate that you are leaving.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 그럼 (geureom): then, in that case
- 가볼게요 (gabolgeyo): I will go (polite)

1. 그럼 가볼게요. (Geureom gabolgeyo.)
   
   • Then, I’ll be going.
2. 시간이 늦었으니 그럼 가볼게요. (Sigani neujeosseuni geureom gabolgeyo.)
   
   • It’s late, so I’ll be going.
3. 여기서 할 일은 다 했으니 그럼 가볼게요. (Yeogiseo hal ireun da haesseuni geureom gabolgeyo.)
   
   • I’ve done everything I needed to do here, so I’ll be going.

These sentences show how to use “그럼 가볼게요” (geureom gabolgeyo) to politely indicate that you are leaving.

Question 246

Ireoke anja isseuni johneyo.

Answer 246

To say “It’s nice sitting like this” in Korean, you can say “이렇게 앉아 있으니 좋네요” (ireoke anja isseuni johneyo).

Here’s the breakdown:
- 이렇게 (ireoke): like this
- 앉아 있으니 (anja isseuni): sitting
- 좋네요 (johneyo): it’s nice

1. 이렇게 앉아 있으니 좋네요. (Ireoke anja isseuni johneyo.)
   
   • It’s nice sitting like this.
2. 이렇게 함께 앉아 있으니 좋네요. (Ireoke hamkke anja isseuni johneyo.)
   
   • It’s nice sitting together like this.
3. 이렇게 편하게 앉아 있으니 좋네요. (Ireoke pyeonhage anja isseuni johneyo.)
   
   • It’s nice sitting comfortably like this.

These sentences express the pleasant feeling of sitting in a particular manner or with certain company.

Question 247

Geugeo hae bolgeyo.
I bangbeobeul hae bolgeyo.

Answer 247

The phrase “I will try it” can be translated to “해 볼게요” (hae bolgeyo) in Korean.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 해 (hae): do (from 하다, to do)
- 볼게요 (bolgeyo): will try (a polite future tense form)

1. 그거 해 볼게요. (Geugeo hae bolgeyo.)
   
   • I will try it.
2. 이 방법을 해 볼게요. (I bangbeobeul hae bolgeyo.)
   
   • I will try this method.
3. 제가 먼저 해 볼게요. (Jega meonjeo hae bolgeyo.)
   
   • I will try it first.

These sentences illustrate how to use “해 볼게요” (hae bolgeyo) to express the intention to try something.

Question 248

Jeongmal moreugesseo
Museun marinji jeongmal moreugesseo

Answer 248

The phrase “I really don’t know” can be translated to “정말 모르겠어” (jeongmal moreugesseo) in Korean for an informal setting, or “정말 모르겠어요” (jeongmal moreugesseoyo) for a more polite or formal setting.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 정말 (jeongmal): really
- 모르겠어 (moreugesseo): don’t know (informal)
- 모르겠어요 (moreugesseoyo): don’t know (polite/formal)

1. 정말 모르겠어. (Jeongmal moreugesseo.)
   
   • I really don’t know. (informal)
2. 정말 모르겠어요. (Jeongmal moreugesseoyo.)
   
   • I really don’t know. (polite/formal)
3. 무슨 말인지 정말 모르겠어. (Museun marinji jeongmal moreugesseo.)
   
   • I really don’t know what you mean. (informal)
4. 어떻게 해야 할지 정말 모르겠어요. (Eotteoke haeya halji jeongmal moreugesseoyo.)
   
   • I really don’t know what to do. (polite/formal)

These sentences show how to express that you really don’t know something in both informal and formal contexts.

Question 249

Igeo massinneunde!

Answer 249

The phrase “It tastes good” in Korean is “맛있는데” (massinneunde). This phrase is typically used informally and can imply that you are pleasantly surprised by the taste.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 맛있는데 (massinneunde): it tastes good (with a nuance of adding more information or a sense of discovery)

1. 이거 맛있는데! (Igeo massinneunde!)
   
   • This tastes good!
2. 생각보다 맛있는데. (Saenggakboda massinneunde.)
   
   • It’s more delicious than I thought.
3. 처음 먹어보는데, 맛있는데! (Cheoeum meogoboneunde, massinneunde!)
   
   • I’m trying this for the first time, and it tastes good!

These sentences illustrate how “맛있는데” (massinneunde) can be used to express that something tastes good, often with a nuance of surprise or additional context.

Question 250

Bulssanghaera. Seulpeo?

Answer 250

To say “You poor thing. Are you sad?” in Korean, you can use the following phrases:

• “불쌍해라. 슬퍼?” (Bulssanghaera. Seulpeo?) for an informal setting.
• “불쌍해라. 슬퍼요?” (Bulssanghaera. Seulpeoyo?) for a more polite setting.

• 불쌍해라 (bulssanghaera): You poor thing.
• 슬퍼? (seulpeo?): Are you sad? (informal)
• 슬퍼요? (seulpeoyo?): Are you sad? (polite/formal)

1. 불쌍해라. 슬퍼? (Bulssanghaera. Seulpeo?)
   
   • You poor thing. Are you sad? (informal)
2. 불쌍해라. 슬퍼요? (Bulssanghaera. Seulpeoyo?)
   
   • You poor thing. Are you sad? (polite/formal)

These phrases express sympathy and inquire about the person’s emotional state.

Question 251

Amteun, naeil bwayo.

Igeoji!

Answer 251

The word “Amteun” (암튼) is an informal Korean expression used colloquially to mean “anyway” or “anyhow” in English. It’s commonly used in conversations to transition between topics or to summarize a point briefly.

1. 암튼, 내일 봐요. (Amteun, naeil bwayo.)
   
   • Anyway, see you tomorrow.
2. 암튼, 그렇게 해요. (Amteun, geureohge haeyo.)
   
   • Anyway, let’s do it like that.
3. 암튼, 잘 모르겠어요. (Amteun, jal moreugesseoyo.)
   
   • Anyway, I don’t really know.
4. 암튼, 도와줘서 고마워요. (Amteun, dowajwoseo gomawoyo.)
   
   • Anyway, thank you for helping.

In these examples, “암튼” (amteun) is used to transition or conclude thoughts in a casual conversation

The phrase “이거지” (igeoji) or “이거다” (igeoda) in Korean translates to “this is it” or “this is the one.”

• 이거지 (igeoji): This is it (informal)
• 이거다 (igeoda): This is it (formal)

1. 이거지! (Igeoji!)
   
   • This is it!
2. 이거다! (Igeoda!)
   
   • This is it!

These expressions are used to affirm that something is correct or to indicate that something is exactly what was expected or desired.

Question 252

Damdae
Damdaehan gyeoljeongieosseoyo.
Jemogeul gulkke pyosihaseyo.

Answer 252

No, “담대” (damdae) is already the root word meaning “bold” or “courageous,” and “담대하다” (damdaehada) is the verb form meaning “to be bold.”

“담대” (damdae) can be used as an adjective when combined with other words, but “담대해” (damdaehae) is a shorter, informal conjugation of the verb, which means “is bold” or “is courageous.”

1. 그는 담대해. (Geuneun damdaehae.)
   
   • He is bold. (informal)
2. 담대하게 행동하다. (Damdaehage haengdonghada.)
   
   • Act boldly. (formal)

So, in casual conversation, you can use “담대해” (damdaehae) to describe someone as being bold.
The correct term for “bold” in Korean, particularly in the sense of being courageous or daring, is “담대하다” (damdaehada). However, if you’re referring to “bold” as a typographical style, the term is “굵게” (gulkke).

1. 그는 매우 담대해. (Geuneun maeu damdaehae.)
   
   • He is very bold.
2. 담대한 결정이었어요. (Damdaehan gyeoljeongieosseoyo.)
   
   • It was a bold decision.

1. 제목을 굵게 표시하세요. (Jemogeul gulkke pyosihaseyo.)
   
   • Mark the title in bold.
2. 굵게 쓰면 더 눈에 잘 띄어요. (Gulkke sseumyeon deo nune jal ttieoyo.)
   
   • It stands out more if you write it in bold.

If “당돌” (dangdol) was what you were referring to, it means “impudent” or “brazen,” which has a slightly different nuance compared to “bold” in a positive sense.

Question 253

Aigoo, wae ireoke bokjaphaeyo?
Aigoo, jeongmal himdeureoyo.

Answer 253

your sentence, like this:

1. 아이구, 정말 힘들어요. (Aigoo, jeongmal himdeureoyo.)
   
   • Oh dear, it’s really tough.
2. 아이구, 왜 이렇게 복잡해요? (Aigoo, wae ireoke bokjaphaeyo?)
   
   • Oh my, why is it so complicated?
3. 아이구, 너무 피곤해요. (Aigoo, neomu pigonhaeyo.)
   
   • Oh goodness, I’m so tired.

These examples show how “아이구” (aigoo) is used as an interjection to express emotion before stating the main point. However, combining it directly with “있습니까” without context doesn’t form a coherent sentence.

Question 254

Hana sigan jigeum buteo swil geoyeyo

Hana sigan jigeum buteo gongbuhal geoyeyo

Answer 254

The phrase “하나 시간 지금부터” (hana sigan jigeum buteo) translates to “one hour from now” or “starting now for one hour.”

Here’s the breakdown:
- 하나 (hana): one
- 시간 (sigan): hour
- 지금부터 (jigeum buteo): from now, starting now

1. 하나 시간 지금부터 공부할 거예요. (Hana sigan jigeum buteo gongbuhal geoyeyo.)
   
   • I will study for one hour starting now.
2. 하나 시간 지금부터 쉴 거예요. (Hana sigan jigeum buteo swil geoyeyo.)
   
   • I will rest for one hour starting now.
3. 하나 시간 지금부터 운동할 거예요. (Hana sigan jigeum buteo undonghal geoyeyo.)
   
   • I will exercise for one hour starting now.

These sentences show how to use the phrase to indicate that an activity will last for one hour starting from the present moment.

Question 255

Eoryeosseul ttae

Jeon eoryeosseul ttae kkumi manasseoyo

Answer 255

The phrase “when I was young” in Korean is “전 어렸을 때” (jeon eoryeosseul ttae).

• 전 (jeon): I (short for 저는, more formal)
• 어렸을 때 (eoryeosseul ttae): when I was young

1. 전 어렸을 때 자주 놀이터에 갔어요. (Jeon eoryeosseul ttae jaju noriteo-e gasseoyo.)
   
   • When I was young, I often went to the playground.
2. 전 어렸을 때 축구를 좋아했어요. (Jeon eoryeosseul ttae chukgureul joahaesseoyo.)
   
   • When I was young, I liked soccer.
3. 전 어렸을 때 꿈이 많았어요. (Jeon eoryeosseul ttae kkumi manasseoyo.)
   
   • When I was young, I had many dreams.

These sentences illustrate how to use “전 어렸을 때” (jeon eoryeosseul ttae) to talk about things you did or felt when you were young.

Question 256

Geuttae jeoneun undongeul haesseoyo

Geuttae jeoneun undongeul jaju haesseoyo

Answer 256

The phrase “그때 저는 운동을 했어요” (geuttae jeoneun undongeul haesseoyo) translates to “At that time, I exercised” or “Back then, I used to exercise.”

However, based on your phrasing, you might want to say “그때 저는 운동을 자주 했어요” (geuttae jeoneun undongeul jaju haesseoyo), which means “Back then, I exercised often.”

1. 그때 저는 운동을 자주 했어요. (Geuttae jeoneun undongeul jaju haesseoyo.)
   
   • Back then, I exercised often.
2. 그때 저는 운동을 매일 했어요. (Geuttae jeoneun undongeul maeil haesseoyo.)
   
   • At that time, I exercised every day.
3. 그때 저는 운동을 열심히 했어요. (Geuttae jeoneun undongeul yeolsimhi haesseoyo.)
   
   • Back then, I exercised diligently.

These sentences illustrate how to use “그때 저는” (geuttae jeoneun) to talk about activities you did in the past.

Question 257

Cham, mideul suga eopseoyo!
Cham, eotteoke ireol suga itji?

Cham, neomu ppalli kkeutnanneyo

Answer 257

The phrase “참” (cham) in Korean can be used to express surprise, frustration, or amazement, similar to “my goodness” in English. It’s a versatile interjection.

1. 참, 믿을 수가 없어요! (Cham, mideul suga eopseoyo!)
   
   • My goodness, I can’t believe it!
2. 참, 어떻게 이럴 수가 있지? (Cham, eotteoke ireol suga itji?)
   
   • My goodness, how can this be?
3. 참, 너무 빨리 끝났네요. (Cham, neomu ppalli kkeutnanneyo.)
   
   • My goodness, it ended so quickly.

These sentences show how “참” (cham) can be used to express various emotions, much like “my goodness” in English.

Question 258

Hoksi jaju yeogiseo meogeoyo?

Answer 258

The phrase “혹시 자주 여기는 먹다 있어?” (hoksi jaju yeogineun meokda isseo?) doesn’t quite make sense in Korean as is. To ask “Do you often eat here?” in Korean, you would say “혹시 자주 여기서 드세요?” (hoksi jaju yeogiseo deuseyo?) for a polite/formal tone, or “혹시 자주 여기서 먹어요?” (hoksi jaju yeogiseo meogeoyo?) for a more casual tone.

• 혹시 (hoksi): by any chance
• 자주 (jaju): often
• 여기서 (yeogiseo): here
• 드세요? (deuseyo?): eat? (polite/formal)
• 먹어요? (meogeoyo?): eat? (casual)

1. 혹시 자주 여기서 드세요? (Hoksi jaju yeogiseo deuseyo?)
   
   • Do you often eat here? (polite/formal)
2. 혹시 자주 여기서 먹어요? (Hoksi jaju yeogiseo meogeoyo?)
   
   • Do you often eat here? (casual)

These sentences are correctly structured to ask someone if they frequently eat at a particular place.

Question 259

Aju manhi meogeosseoyo.
Sel su eopsi maneun chueogi isseoyo.

Answer 259

To express “a lot” or “countless” in Korean, you can use “아주 많이” (aju manhi) for “a lot” and “셀 수 없이 많다” (sel su eopsi manta) for “countless.”

1. 아주 많이 (aju manhi) – a lot
   
   • 아주 많이 먹었어요. (Aju manhi meogeosseoyo.)
     
     • I ate a lot.
2. 셀 수 없이 많다 (sel su eopsi manta) – countless
   
   • 별이 셀 수 없이 많아요. (Byeori sel su eopsi manayo.)
     
     • There are countless stars.
3. 아주 많이 노력했어요. (Aju manhi noryeokhaesseoyo.)
   
   • I tried a lot.
4. 셀 수 없이 많은 추억이 있어요. (Sel su eopsi maneun chueogi isseoyo.)
   
   • I have countless memories.

These sentences illustrate how to use “아주 많이” (aju manhi) and “셀 수 없이 많다” (sel su eopsi manta) to express “a lot” and “countless,” respectively.

Question 260

Geurae, naeil mannaseo iyagihaja
Geurae, naeil mannaseo jeomsim meokja.

Answer 260

The phrase “그래, 내일 만나서” (geurae, naeil mannaseo) translates to “Okay, let’s meet tomorrow” or “Alright, see you tomorrow.”

• 그래 (geurae): Okay, sure, alright
• 내일 (naeil): tomorrow
• 만나서 (mannaseo): meeting (short for 만나서 보자, which means “let’s meet”)

1. 그래, 내일 만나서 이야기하자. (Geurae, naeil mannaseo iyagihaja.)
   
   • Okay, let’s meet tomorrow and talk.
2. 그래, 내일 만나서 점심 먹자. (Geurae, naeil mannaseo jeomsim meokja.)
   
   • Okay, let’s meet tomorrow and have lunch.
3. 그래, 내일 만나서 같이 공부하자. (Geurae, naeil mannaseo gachi gongbuhaja.)
   
   • Alright, let’s meet tomorrow and study together.

These sentences show how to use “그래, 내일 만나서” (geurae, naeil mannaseo) to plan a meeting for the next day.

Question 261

Neoneun hangsang ttokttokhage daedaphae

Answer 261

The term “tuktukhada” (훌륭하다 or 똑똑하다) in Korean means “smart” or “clever.” The more commonly used term is “똑똑하다” (ttokttokhada).

1. 그 아이는 정말 똑똑해. (Geu aineun jeongmal ttokttokhae.)
   
   • That child is really smart. (informal)
2. 너는 항상 똑똑하게 대답해. (Neoneun hangsang ttokttokhage daedaphae.)
   
   • You always answer smartly. (informal)
3. 똑똑한 학생이 되고 싶어요. (Ttokttokhan haksaengi doego sipeoyo.)
   
   • I want to become a smart student. (polite/formal)

Using “똑똑하다” (ttokttokhada) is the standard way to describe someone as smart or intelligent in Korean.

Question 262

Choego- sentences samples
Neoneun nae chingudeul jungeseo choegoya
I sikdang-eun eumsigi choegoyeyo.
Geuneun hakgyoeseo choego haksaeng-ieyo.)

Answer 262

The word “최고” (choego) in Korean means “the best” or “top.” It’s used to describe something or someone as being the best in a certain category or context.

1. 그 영화는 정말 최고였어요. (Geu yeonghwaneun jeongmal choegoyeosseoyo.)
   
   • That movie was really the best.
2. 너는 내 친구들 중에서 최고야. (Neoneun nae chingudeul jungeseo choegoya.)
   
   • You are the best among my friends.
3. 이 식당은 음식이 최고예요. (I sikdang-eun eumsigi choegoyeyo.)
   
   • This restaurant’s food is the best.
4. 그는 학교에서 최고 학생이에요. (Geuneun hakgyoeseo choego haksaeng-ieyo.)
   
   • He is the best student at school.

These sentences illustrate how “최고” (choego) is used to express the highest quality or status in various contexts.

Question 263

Madang- sample sentences
Aideuri madangeseo nolgo isseoyo
Madange kkocheul simeosseoyo.
Jeonyeoge madangeseo babikyureul hal geoyeyo.

Answer 263

The word “마당” (madang) in Korean translates to “yard” or “courtyard” in English. It often refers to an open space or area adjacent to a house.

1. 아이들이 마당에서 놀고 있어요. (Aideuri madangeseo nolgo isseoyo.)
   
   • The children are playing in the yard.
2. 우리 집 마당은 아주 넓어요. (Uri jip madangeun aju neolbayo.)
   
   • Our house’s yard is very spacious.
3. 마당에 꽃을 심었어요. (Madange kkocheul simeosseoyo.)
   
   • I planted flowers in the yard.
4. 저녁에 마당에서 바비큐를 할 거예요. (Jeonyeoge madangeseo babikyureul hal geoyeyo.)
   
   • We will have a barbecue in the yard in the evening.

These sentences illustrate how “마당” (madang) is used to refer to a yard or courtyard in various contexts.

Question 264

Jinheulg- sample sentences
Biga waseo giri jinheul tuseongi ya.
Jinheultang eseo neomeojeosseoyo.

Answer 264

The term “진흙” (jinheulg) in Korean translates to “mud” in English. It refers to wet, soft earth.

1. 비가 와서 길이 진흙투성이야. (Biga waseo giri jinheul tuseongi ya.)
   
   • The road is covered in mud because it rained.
2. 아이들이 진흙에서 놀고 있어요. (Aideuri jinheul eseo nolgo isseoyo.)
   
   • The children are playing in the mud.
3. 진흙탕에서 넘어졌어요. (Jinheultang eseo neomeojeosseoyo.)
   
   • I fell in the mud.
4. 그는 진흙을 가지고 조각을 만들었어요. (Geuneun jinheuleul gajigo jogageul mandeureosseoyo.)
   
   • He made a sculpture out of mud.

These examples show how “진흙” (jinheulg) is used in various contexts related to mud.

Question 265

Ildan- sample sentences
Ildan i ireul kkeutnaego najunge iyagihaja.
Ildan munjereul haegyeolhae bopssida
Ildan babbuteo meokja.

Answer 265

The word “일단” (ildan) in Korean means “first,” “first of all,” or “for now.” It’s often used to indicate that something will be done as a priority or initial step before moving on to other actions.

1. 일단 이 일을 끝내고 나중에 이야기하자. (Ildan i ireul kkeutnaego najunge iyagihaja.)
   
   • First, let’s finish this work and talk later.
2. 일단 앉아서 쉬어요. (Ildan anjaseo swieoyo.)
   
   • First, sit down and rest.
3. 일단 밥부터 먹자. (Ildan babbuteo meokja.)
   
   • First of all, let’s eat.
4. 일단 문제를 해결해 봅시다. (Ildan munjereul haegyeolhae bopssida.)
   
   • Let’s solve the problem first.

These sentences illustrate how “일단” (ildan) is used to prioritize or sequence actions in Korean.

Question 266

Tuktukhada- sample sentences
Geu aineun jeongmal ttokttokhae.
Ttokttokhan haksaengi doego sipeoyo

Answer 266

The term “tuktukhada” (훌륭하다 or 똑똑하다) in Korean means “smart” or “clever.” The more commonly used term is “똑똑하다” (ttokttokhada).

1. 그 아이는 정말 똑똑해. (Geu aineun jeongmal ttokttokhae.)
   
   • That child is really smart. (informal)
2. 너는 항상 똑똑하게 대답해. (Neoneun hangsang ttokttokhage daedaphae.)
   
   • You always answer smartly. (informal)
3. 똑똑한 학생이 되고 싶어요. (Ttokttokhan haksaengi doego sipeoyo.)
   
   • I want to become a smart student. (polite/formal)

Using “똑똑하다” (ttokttokhada) is the standard way to describe someone as smart or intelligent in Korean.

Question 267

Geurae, naeil mannaseo- sample sentences

Geurae, naeil mannaseo iyagihajaGeurae, naeil mannaseo jeomsim meokja.

Answer 267

The phrase “그래, 내일 만나서” (geurae, naeil mannaseo) translates to “Okay, let’s meet tomorrow” or “Alright, see you tomorrow.”

• 그래 (geurae): Okay, sure, alright
• 내일 (naeil): tomorrow
• 만나서 (mannaseo): meeting (short for 만나서 보자, which means “let’s meet”)

1. 그래, 내일 만나서 이야기하자. (Geurae, naeil mannaseo iyagihaja.)
   
   • Okay, let’s meet tomorrow and talk.
2. 그래, 내일 만나서 점심 먹자. (Geurae, naeil mannaseo jeomsim meokja.)
   
   • Okay, let’s meet tomorrow and have lunch.
3. 그래, 내일 만나서 같이 공부하자. (Geurae, naeil mannaseo gachi gongbuhaja.)
   
   • Alright, let’s meet tomorrow and study together.

These sentences show how to use “그래, 내일 만나서” (geurae, naeil mannaseo) to plan a meeting for the next day.

Question 268

Geurae, yeogi dulgeyo.

Geurae, yeogi noheulgeyo.

Answer 268

The phrase “그래, 여기 놓을게요” (geurae, yeogi noheulgeyo) is more appropriate for saying “Yes, I’ll put them here.” Here’s the breakdown:

• 그래 (geurae): Yes, okay
• 여기 (yeogi): here
• 놓을게요 (noheulgeyo): I will put (them) (polite future tense)

1. 그래, 여기 놓을게요. (Geurae, yeogi noheulgeyo.)
   
   • Yes, I’ll put them here.
2. 그래, 여기 둘게요. (Geurae, yeogi dulgeyo.)
   
   • Yes, I’ll leave them here.

These sentences illustrate how to confirm an action of placing or leaving something in a specific location in a polite manner.

Question 269

Museun il isseo?

Museun iriya?

Answer 269

The phrase “무슨 일이야?” (museun iriya?) translates to “What’s going on?” or “What’s happening?” in English.

1. 무슨 일이야? (Museun iriya?)
   
   • What’s going on?
2. 무슨 일이 생겼어? (Museun iri saenggyeosseo?)
   
   • What happened?
3. 무슨 일 있어? (Museun il isseo?)
   
   • Is something wrong?

These sentences use “무슨” (museun) to ask about the nature of an event or situation.

Question 270

Ige mwoya?
Yeogi inneun ge mwoyeyo?

Answer 270

The phrase “이게 뭐예요?” (ige mwoyeyo?) translates to “What is this?” in English.

• 이게 (ige): this
• 뭐예요 (mwoyeyo): what is it (polite form)

1. 이게 뭐예요? (Ige mwoyeyo?)
   
   • What is this?
2. 이게 뭐야? (Ige mwoya?)
   
   • What is this? (informal)
3. 여기 있는 게 뭐예요? (Yeogi inneun ge mwoyeyo?)
   
   • What is this here?

These sentences illustrate how to ask “What is this?” in Korean using different levels of formality.

Question 271

Doni bujokhaeseo piryohaeyo.

Answer 271

The phrase “I need money because I don’t have enough” can be translated to Korean as “돈이 부족해서 필요해요” (doni bujokhaeseo piryohaeyo).

• 돈이 부족해서 (doni bujokhaeseo): because I don’t have enough money
• 필요해요 (piryohaeyo): I need (polite)

1. 돈이 부족해서 필요해요. (Doni bujokhaeseo piryohaeyo.)
   
   • I need money because I don’t have enough.
2. 돈이 모자라서 필요해요. (Doni mojaraseo piryohaeyo.)
   
   • I need money because I’m short on it.
3. 돈이 충분하지 않아서 필요해요. (Doni chungbunhaji anaseo piryohaeyo.)
   
   • I need money because I don’t have enough.

These sentences express the need for money due to insufficient funds in a polite manner.

Question 272

Na neomu jal jinae.
Neo yojeum neomu jal jinae boyeo.
Uri gajok modu neomu jal jinaego isseo.

Answer 272

The phrase “너무 잘 지내” (neomu jal jinae) translates to “I’m doing very well” or “You’re doing very well” in English, depending on the context. It’s often used informally to describe someone’s well-being.

• 너무 (neomu): very, too
• 잘 (jal): well
• 지내 (jinae): living, getting along

1. 나 너무 잘 지내. (Na neomu jal jinae.)
   
   • I’m doing very well.
2. 너 요즘 너무 잘 지내 보여. (Neo yojeum neomu jal jinae boyeo.)
   
   • You seem to be doing very well these days.
3. 우리 가족 모두 너무 잘 지내고 있어. (Uri gajok modu neomu jal jinaego isseo.)
   
   • My family is all doing very well.

These sentences illustrate how “너무 잘 지내” (neomu jal jinae) is used to express a state of well-being in an informal context.

Question 273

Neomu gamsahamnida, gomapseumnida.

Answer 273

It seems like you want to express “Thank you very much” in Korean. The correct phrases for that would be:

1. 너무 감사합니다. (Neomu gamsahamnida.)
   
   • Thank you very much.
2. 너무 고맙습니다. (Neomu gomapseumnida.)
   
   • Thank you very much.

• 너무 (neomu): very, too
• 감사합니다 (gamsahamnida): thank you (formal/polite)
• 고맙습니다 (gomapseumnida): thank you (formal/polite)

1. 너무 감사합니다. (Neomu gamsahamnida.)
   
   • Thank you very much.
2. 너무 고맙습니다. (Neomu gomapseumnida.)
   
   • Thank you very much.

Both of these sentences are polite and commonly used to express deep gratitude in Korean.

Question 274

Geureoja
Geurae, geureoja

Answer 274

The phrase “그래, 그러자” (geurae, geureoja) translates to “Okay, let’s do that” in English. It is used to agree with someone’s suggestion or plan.

• 그래 (geurae): Okay
• 그러자 (geureoja): let’s do that

1. 그래, 그러자. (Geurae, geureoja.)
   
   • Okay, let’s do that.
2. 좋아, 그러자. (Joa, geureoja.)
   
   • Good, let’s do that.
3. 그래, 그렇게 하자. (Geurae, geureoke haja.)
   
   • Okay, let’s do it that way.

These sentences illustrate how to agree with a suggestion or plan in Korean.

Question 275

Gwaenchanha-geoya?
Ireoke haedo gwaenchanha-geoya?

Answer 275

The phrase “괜찮겠어요?” (gwaenchanha-geoya?) translates to “Will it be okay?” or “Are you okay with that?” in English. This question is often asked to confirm if someone is comfortable or fine with a particular situation.

• 괜찮아 (gwaenchanha): okay, alright
• 겠어요? (geoya?): will it (future tense, casual tone)

1. 이렇게 해도 괜찮아? (Ireoke haedo gwaenchanha-geoya?)
   
   • Will it be okay if we do it this way?
2. 그 계획이 괜찮아? (Geu gyehoegi gwaenchanha-geoya?)
   
   • Is that plan okay?
3. 네가 괜찮아? (Nega gwaenchanha-geoya?)
   
   • Are you okay?

These sentences show how to use “괜찮아? (gwaenchanha-geoya?)” to ask if something is acceptable or if someone is alright in a casual tone.

Question 276

Gunggeuman ge isseumyeon mwodeunji mureoboseyo

Answer 276

To express “Is there anything I can do?” and “Ask me anything” in Korean, you can use the following phrases:

• 할 수 있는 게 있어요? (Hal su inneun ge isseoyo?)
  
  • 할 수 있는 (hal su inneun): can do
  • 게 있어요? (ge isseoyo?): is there?

• 뭐든지 물어보세요. (Mwodeunji mureoboseyo.)
  
  • 뭐든지 (mwodeunji): anything
  • 물어보세요 (mureoboseyo): please ask (polite)

1. 할 수 있는 게 있어요? (Hal su inneun ge isseoyo?)
   
   • Is there anything I can do?
2. 도움이 필요하면 할 수 있는 게 있어요? (Doumi piryohamyeon hal su inneun ge isseoyo?)
   
   • If you need help, is there anything I can do?
3. 뭐든지 물어보세요. (Mwodeunji mureoboseyo.)
   
   • Ask me anything.
4. 궁금한 게 있으면 뭐든지 물어보세요. (Gunggeuman ge isseumyeon mwodeunji mureoboseyo.)
   
   • If you have any questions, ask me anything.

These phrases and sentences can be used to offer help and encourage someone to ask questions in Korean.

Question 277

Geureom ildan ne otbuteo sijakaja

Answer 277

The phrase “그럼 일단 네 옷부터 시작하자” (geureom ildan ne otbuteo sijakaja) translates to “Then, let’s start with your clothes.”

• 그럼 (geureom): then
• 일단 (ildan): first, to start with
• 네 옷 (ne ot): your clothes
• 부터 (buteo): from, starting with
• 시작하자 (sijakaja): let’s start

1. 그럼 일단 네 옷부터 시작하자. (Geureom ildan ne otbuteo sijakaja.)
   
   • Then, let’s start with your clothes.
2. 일단 네 옷부터 정리하자. (Ildan ne otbuteo jeongrihaja.)
   
   • First, let’s organize your clothes.
3. 그럼 일단 네 옷을 정리하자. (Geureom ildan ne oseul jeongrihaja.)
   
   • Then, let’s start by organizing your clothes.

These sentences show how to use “일단” (ildan) to prioritize starting with someone’s clothes in Korean.

Question 278

Naneun saeroun keompyuteoga piryohaeyo

Jeoneun saeroun keompyuteoga piryohamnida.

Sae keompyuteoga piryohaeyo.

Answer 278

The correct phrase is “나는 새로운 컴퓨터가 필요해요” (naneun saeroun keompyuteoga piryohaeyo), which translates to “I need a new computer.”

• 나는 (naneun): I (subject marker)
• 새로운 (saeroun): new
• 컴퓨터가 (keompyuteoga): computer (subject marker)
• 필요해요 (piryohaeyo): need (polite)

1. 나는 새로운 컴퓨터가 필요해요. (Naneun saeroun keompyuteoga piryohaeyo.)
   
   • I need a new computer.
2. 저는 새로운 컴퓨터가 필요합니다. (Jeoneun saeroun keompyuteoga piryohamnida.)
   
   • I need a new computer. (formal)
3. 새 컴퓨터가 필요해요. (Sae keompyuteoga piryohaeyo.)
   
   • I need a new computer.

These sentences clearly convey the need for a new computer in Korean.

Question 279

Waseo gachi meokja.
Chinguga waseo gachi gongbuhaesseoyo

Naeil waseo gajyeogal su isseoyo?

Answer 279

Yes, you are correct. The root word “오다” (oda) means “to come” in Korean. The phrase “와서” (waseo) is derived from “오다” and is used to mean “come and” in a sequence of actions.

• 오다 (oda): to come
• 와서 (waseo): come and (from “오다”)

1. 오다 (oda): to come
   
   • 오세요. (Oseyo.) - Please come.
2. 와서 (waseo): come and
   
   • 와서 같이 먹자. (Waseo gachi meokja.) - Come and let’s eat together.

• 그가 와서 나를 도와줬어요. (Geuga waseo nareul dowajwosseoyo.)
  
  • He came and helped me.
• 친구가 와서 같이 공부했어요. (Chinguga waseo gachi gongbuhaesseoyo.)
  
  • My friend came and studied together with me.

To say “Can you come and pick it up?” in Korean, you can use the phrase “와서 가져갈 수 있어요?” (waseo gajyeogal su isseoyo?).

• 와서 (waseo): come and
• 가져갈 (gajyeogal): pick up, take
• 수 있어요? (su isseoyo?): can you (polite)

1. 와서 가져갈 수 있어요? (Waseo gajyeogal su isseoyo?)
   
   • Can you come and pick it up?
2. 지금 와서 가져갈 수 있어요? (Jigeum waseo gajyeogal su isseoyo?)
   
   • Can you come and pick it up now?
3. 내일 와서 가져갈 수 있어요? (Naeil waseo gajyeogal su isseoyo?)
   
   • Can you come and pick it up tomorrow?

Question 280

Geotda
Twida
Dalligi an joahaeyo, daesin georeul su isseulkkayo?
Jeoneun ttwineun geol an joahaeyo, daesin georeul su isseoyo?

Answer 280

걷다 (geotda) - to walk
뛰다 (twida) - to run, jump, to leap
To say “I don’t like to run, can we walk instead?” in Korean, you can use the following phrase: “저는 뛰는 걸 안 좋아해요, 대신 걸을 수 있어요?” (jeoneun ttwineun geol an joahaeyo, daesin georeul su isseoyo?).

• 저는 (jeoneun): I (formal)
• 뛰는 걸 (ttwineun geol): running
• 안 좋아해요 (an joahaeyo): don’t like (formal)
• 대신 (daesin): instead
• 걸을 수 있어요? (georeul su isseoyo?): can we walk? (formal)

1. 저는 뛰는 걸 안 좋아해요, 대신 걸을 수 있어요? (Jeoneun ttwineun geol an joahaeyo, daesin georeul su isseoyo?)
   
   • I don’t like to run, can we walk instead?
2. 뛰기 싫은데, 대신 걸을까요? (Ttwigi silheunde, daesin georeulkkaeyo?)
   
   • I don’t like running, shall we walk instead?
3. 달리기 안 좋아해요, 대신 걸을 수 있을까요? (Dalligi an joahaeyo, daesin georeul su isseulkkayo?)
   
   • I don’t like running, can we walk instead?

These sentences convey a preference for walking over running in polite Korean.

Question 281

Chatda
itda
Jega yeolswaereul ilheobeoryeoseo chajeul su eopseoyo.
Yeolswaereul ilheobeoryeonneunde chajeul suga eopseoyo

Answer 281

찾다 (chatda) - to find
잃다 (itda) - to lose

To say “I lost my keys and I can’t find them” in Korean, you can use the phrase: “열쇠를 잃어버려서 찾을 수 없어요” (yeolswaereul ilheobeoryeoseo chajeul su eopseoyo).

• 열쇠를 (yeolswaereul): keys (object marker)
• 잃어버려서 (ilheobeoryeoseo): lost (because)
• 찾을 수 없어요 (chajeul su eopseoyo): can’t find (polite)

1. 열쇠를 잃어버려서 찾을 수 없어요. (Yeolswaereul ilheobeoryeoseo chajeul su eopseoyo.)
   
   • I lost my keys and I can’t find them.
2. 열쇠를 잃어버렸는데 찾을 수가 없어요. (Yeolswaereul ilheobeoryeonneunde chajeul suga eopseoyo.)
   
   • I lost my keys and I can’t find them.
3. 제가 열쇠를 잃어버려서 찾을 수 없어요. (Jega yeolswaereul ilheobeoryeoseo chajeul su eopseoyo.)
   
   • I lost my keys and I can’t find them. (emphasizing “I”)

These sentences express the idea of losing keys and being unable to find them in a polite and clear manner in Korean.

Question 282

Alda
Moreuda
Algo inneun geotgwa moreuneun geosi isseoyo

Igeoseun naega aneunde, jeogeoseun mollayo

Answer 282

To combine the verbs “알다” (alda) - to know, and “모르다” (moreuda) - to not know, in a sentence, you can create a sentence that contrasts knowing and not knowing.

1. 이것은 내가 아는데, 저것은 몰라요. (Igeoseun naega aneunde, jeogeoseun mollayo.)
   
   • I know this, but I don’t know that.
2. 나는 이 문제를 아는데, 저 문제는 몰라요. (Naneun i munjereul aneunde, jeo munjereun mollayo.)
   
   • I know this problem, but I don’t know that problem.

• 이것은 (igeoseun): this (subject marker)
• 내가 (naega): I (subject marker)
• 아는데 (aneunde): know (with a connective ending)
• 저것은 (jeogeoseun): that (subject marker)
• 몰라요 (mollayo): don’t know (polite)

3. 알고 있는 것과 모르는 것이 있어요. (Algo inneun geotgwa moreuneun geosi isseoyo.)
   
   • There are things I know and things I don’t know.

This structure contrasts knowledge and lack of knowledge within a single sentence, making it clear and easy to understand in Korean.

Question 283

Bilda
Billida
Oneul doseogwaneseo chaeg-eul billyeowasseoyo

Naneun chinguege doneul billyeosseoyo

Answer 283

To combine the verbs “빌다” (bilda) - to borrow, and “빌리다” (billida) - to lend, in a sentence, you can create a context where borrowing and lending are described together.

1. 나는 친구에게 돈을 빌렸어요. (Naneun chinguege doneul billyeosseoyo.)
   
   • I lent money to my friend.

• 나는 (naneun): I (subject marker)
• 친구에게 (chinguege): to my friend (indirect object marker)
• 돈을 (doneul): money (object marker)
• 빌렸어요 (billyeosseoyo): lent (past tense)

2. 오늘 도서관에서 책을 빌려왔어요. (Oneul doseogwaneseo chaeg-eul billyeowasseoyo.)
   
   • I borrowed a book from the library today.

• 오늘 (oneul): today
• 도서관에서 (doseogwaneseo): from the library
• 책을 (chaeg-eul): book (object marker)
• 빌려왔어요 (billyeowasseoyo): borrowed and brought (past tense)

These sentences demonstrate the usage of “빌다” (to borrow) and “빌리다” (to lend) in different contexts.

Question 284

Beorida
Goreuda
Jong-iwa peullaseutikeul-e jal gubunhaeseo beoriseyo

Menureul goreul ttae hangsang eoryeowoyo.

Answer 284

Certainly! Here are sample sentences using the verbs “버리다” (beorida) - to throw away, and “고르다” (goreuda) - to choose:

1. 이 옷은 너무 오래되었어서 버려야 해요.
   (I ot-eun neomu oraedoeosseoseo beolyeoya haeyo.)
   This clothing is too old, so I have to throw it away.
2. 종이와 플라스틱을 잘 구분해서 버리세요.
   (Jong-iwa peullaseutikeul-e jal gubunhaeseo beoriseyo.)
   Please separate the paper and plastic and throw them away properly.

1. 메뉴를 고를 때 항상 어려워요.
   (Menureul goreul ttae hangsang eoryeowoyo.)
   I always find it difficult to choose a menu.
2. 다음 달 휴가 장소를 골라야 해요.
   (Daeum dal hyuga jangso-reul gollaya haeyo.)
   We need to choose the vacation destination for next month.

These sentences demonstrate how to use “버리다” and “고르다” in everyday contexts in Korean.

Question 285

Cham

Cham, chatjibeseo il-eonan il-e daehae deul-eosseoyo

Answer 285

The word “Cham” is an exclamation that can convey agreement, understanding, or realization in Korean. It can be used similarly to “Ah,” “Oh,” or “Right” in English to indicate that you understand or have heard about something.

Here’s how you could phrase the sentence using “Cham”:

참, 찻집에서 일어난 일에 대해 들었어요.
(Cham, chatjibeseo il-eonan il-e daehae deul-eosseoyo.)

This translates to: “Cham, I heard about what happened at the tea house.”

• 참 (Cham): Oh, right, indeed
• 찻집에서 (chatjibeseo): at the tea house
• 일어난 일에 대해 (il-eonan il-e daehae): about what happened
• 들었어요 (deul-eosseoyo): I heard

Question 286

igeo sal geoeyo

Answer 286

The phrase “이거 살 거에요” (igeo sal geoeyo) translates to “I will buy this” in English.

• 이거 (igeo): this
• 살 거에요 (sal geoeyo): will buy

So, “이거 살 거에요” is a straightforward way to express your intention to purchase something in Korean.

Question 287

Sagwahaeyo
Jega silsuhaesseoyo. Sagwahaeyo

Answer 287

The phrase “사과해요” (sagwahaeyo) means “I apologize” in Korean. It’s a polite way to express remorse or to say sorry in various situations.

• 사과해요 (sagwahaeyo): I apologize

Example usage:
- 그 일에 대해 사과해요. (Geu ile daehae sagwahaeyo.)
- I apologize for that matter.

• 제가 실수했어요. 사과해요. (Jega silsuhaesseoyo. Sagwahaeyo.)
  
  • I made a mistake. I apologize.

Question 288

uni johneyo

Answer 288

lucky you” in Korean, the correct phrase would be:

“행운이에요” (haenguni-eoyo) or “운이 좋네요” (uni johneyo)

These phrases directly mean “lucky you” or “you’re lucky” in Korean.

Question 289

Eodie ga-neun malgo

Answer 289

The phrase “어디에 가는 말고” (eodie ga-neun malgo) translates to “Don’t go anywhere” in English. It’s used to instruct someone to stay or not leave a place, especially when they’re needed or in the middle of something like a meeting.

Question 290

Nae chinguneun eodie inne? Mwonga isseo?

Answer 290

The phrase “내 친구는 어디에 있니? 뭔가 있어?” (Nae chinguneun eodie inne? Mwonga isseo?) translates to “Where is my friend? Is something going on?” in English. It’s a casual way to inquire about the presence of your friend and to ask if there is any particular reason for their presence or if something is happening.

Question 291

Uri gass-eoyo

Answer 291

The phrase “우리 가써요” (Uri gass-eoyo) translates to “Let’s go now” in English. It’s a casual and friendly way to suggest going somewhere immediately.

Question 292

Eolmana yeppeoyo
Neo oneul jeongmal eolmana yeppeoyo!

Answer 292

The phrase “얼마나 예뻐요” (Eolmana yeppeoyo) translates to “How beautiful!” in English. It is an exclamation used to express admiration for someone’s or something’s beauty.

1. 그 꽃이 얼마나 예뻐요!
   (Geu kkot-i eolmana yeppeoyo!)
   
   • How beautiful that flower is!
2. 너 오늘 정말 얼마나 예뻐요!
   (Neo oneul jeongmal eolmana yeppeoyo!)
   
   • How beautiful you look today!

Question 293

Geu mareun
Geu mareun uriga dasi sijakaeya handaneun geongayo?

Geu mareun nega geu ireul matgetdaneun geoya?

Answer 293

The phrase “그 말은” (geu mareun) means “if that’s the case” or “if that’s what you’re saying” in English. It is used to refer to or infer from what was previously mentioned.

1. 그 말은 우리가 지금 가야 한다는 거죠?
   (Geu mareun uriga jigeum gaya handaneun geojyo?)
   
   • If that’s the case, we need to go now, right?
2. 그 말은 네가 그 일을 맡겠다는 거야?
   (Geu mareun nega geu ireul matgetdaneun geoya?)
   
   • If that’s the case, are you saying you will take on that task?
3. 그 말은 우리가 다시 시작해야 한다는 건가요?
   (Geu mareun uriga dasi sijakaeya handaneun geongayo?)
   
   • If that’s the case, does it mean we have to start over again?

Question 294

Seolmyeonghalgeyo. Ttaraoseyo

Answer 294

Here is how you can say “I’ll explain. Come with me” in Korean:

설명할게요. 따라오세요.
(Seolmyeonghalgeyo. Ttaraoseyo.)

• 설명할게요 (Seolmyeonghalgeyo): I’ll explain.
• 따라오세요 (Ttaraoseyo): Come with me (polite form).

If you want to include “Seolma” (설마), which can be translated to “No way” or “That can’t be,” here’s a full sentence:

설마 그럴 거예요. 설명할게요. 따라오세요.
(Seolma geureol geoeyo. Seolmyeonghalgeyo. Ttaraoseyo.)

• 설마 (Seolma): No way / That can’t be
• 그럴 거예요 (Geureol geoeyo): If that’s the case (or It will be like that)
• 설명할게요 (Seolmyeonghalgeyo): I’ll explain.
• 따라오세요 (Ttaraoseyo): Come with me (polite form).

Question 295

Eodie gayo? Jigeum meogeoyo

Answer 295

Here is the sentence “Where are you going? Eat now.” in Korean:

어디에 가요? 지금 먹어요.
(Eodie gayo? Jigeum meogeoyo.)

• 어디에 가요? (Eodie gayo?): Where are you going?
• 지금 먹어요. (Jigeum meogeoyo.): Eat now.

Question 296

Eodie sseuilkkayo?
Eodiro gayo?

Answer 296

The phrase “어디에 쓰일까요?” (Eodie sseuilkkayo?) means “Where will it be used?” If you want to say “Where to?” in a more general context, you can use:

어디로 가요?
(Eodiro gayo?)

• 어디로 (Eodiro): to where
• 가요? (Gayo?): are you going?

So, “어디로 가요?” translates to “Where to?” in English.

Question 297

Wa, massida
Wa, masitgetda!
Masitge deuseyo

Answer 297

The phrase “와, 맛있다” (Wa, massida) translates to “Wow, it tastes good” in English. Here’s a breakdown:

• 와 (wa): Wow
• 맛있다 (massida): It tastes good / delicious

The phrases “맛있게” (masitge) and “맛있겠다” (masitgetda) both relate to the concept of something being delicious but are used in different contexts.

1. 맛있게 (masitge):
   
   • This means “deliciously” or “in a delicious manner.”
   • Example: 맛있게 드세요. (Masitge deuseyo.) - “Enjoy your meal.”
2. 맛있겠다 (masitgetda):
   
   • This means “It looks delicious” or “It must be delicious.”
   • Example: 와, 맛있겠다! (Wa, masitgetda!) - “Wow, it looks delicious!”

So, if you want to say “Wow, it looks delicious,” you would use “와, 맛있겠다!”.

Question 298

Kkampak ijeosseoyo
Kkampak ijeosseo

Answer 298

The phrase “slipped my mind” in Korean can be translated to “깜빡 잊었어요” (kkampak ijeosseoyo).

• 깜빡 (kkampak): Onomatopoeic word for something slipping or blinking.
• 잊었어요 (ijeosseoyo): Forgot (past tense).

So, if you want to say “It slipped my mind,” you can say:

“깜빡 잊었어요.”
(Kkampak ijeosseoyo.)

Question 299

eobseo i geo
Don eobseo, i geo
Nae chaek eobseo, i geo

Answer 299

The phrase “없어 이거” (eobseo i geo) can be translated as “This is gone” or “This is not here” in English. It’s an informal way to indicate that something is missing or not available.

Here’s a breakdown:
- 없어 (eobseo): Gone, not here
- 이거 (i geo): This

So, “없어 이거” (eobseo i geo) informally means “This is gone” or “This is not here.”
Sure, here are some sample sentences using “없어 이거” (eobseo i geo) in informal context:

1. 우산 없어, 이거.
   
   • (Usan eobseo, i geo.)
   • The umbrella is gone, this one.
2. 내 책 없어, 이거.
   
   • (Nae chaek eobseo, i geo.)
   • My book is not here, this one.
3. 돈 없어, 이거.
   
   • (Don eobseo, i geo.)
   • The money is gone, this.
4. 이거 없어.
   
   • (I geo eobseo.)
   • This is not here.

These sentences illustrate the use of “없어 이거” to indicate that something specific is missing or not present in an informal way.

Question 300

Neo- pronounced as do

Geujjok-eun eotteoke saenggak-haseyo?

Answer 300

Yes, “너” (neo) is the informal version of “you” in Korean.

Here’s a comparison of different ways to say “you” in Korean based on formality:

1. 너 (neo):
   
   • Informal
   • Used among close friends, people of the same age, or those younger than you.
   • Example: 너 뭐 해? (Neo mwo hae?) - “What are you doing?”
2. 당신 (dangsin):
   
   • Formal, but rarely used in everyday conversation due to its nuanced usage.
   • Can sound confrontational or distant, often used in writing or by couples to refer to each other.
   • Example: 당신은 누구세요? (Dangsin-eun nuguseyo?) - “Who are you?” (Very formal and often used in written language or formal speech)
3. 그쪽 (geujjok):
   
   • Polite
   • Used in polite conversation when you don’t know the person’s name.
   • Example: 그쪽은 어떻게 생각하세요? (Geujjok-eun eotteoke saenggak-haseyo?) - “What do you think?”
4. 씨 (ssi):
   
   • Polite suffix added to a person’s name to address them politely.
   • Example: 민수 씨, 뭐 해요? (Minsu ssi, mwo haeyo?) - “Minsu, what are you doing?” (Polite)

So, “너” (neo) is indeed the informal way to address someone as “you” in Korean, and it should be used with people you are close to or with those who are younger than you.

Question 301

jeulgeoun sigan bonae
jal jinae

Answer 301

“잘 지내” (jal jinae) means “take care” or “how are you doing” in Korean, rather than “have a great time.” For “have a great time,” you can use:

“잘 지내” (jal jinae)
- This means “take care” or “are you doing well?” in informal speech.

To say “have a great time” in an informal way, you could say:

“즐거운 시간 보내” (jeulgeoun sigan bonae)
- 즐거운 (jeulgeoun): Pleasant, enjoyable
- 시간 (sigan): Time
- 보내 (bonae): Spend

So, “즐거운 시간 보내” (jeulgeoun sigan bonae) translates to “Have a great time” or “Enjoy your time.”

Question 302

jinjja isanghan saram-iya

Answer 302

The phrase “진짜 이상한 사람이야” (jinjja isanghan saram-iya) translates to “You’re really a strange person” in English. Here’s a breakdown of the phrase:

• 진짜 (jinjja): Really
• 이상한 (isanghan): Strange
• 사람이야 (saram-iya): Person (informal, indicating the person is strange)

So, when you say “진짜 이상한 사람이야” (jinjja isanghan saram-iya), you’re informally telling someone that they are really a strange person.

Question 303

museun saenggak hae? Informal
museun saenggak haseyo? Formal

Answer 303

The phrase “무슨 생각 하세요?” (museun saenggak haseyo?) translates to “What are you thinking about?” in English.

Here’s a breakdown of the phrase:

• 무슨 (museun): What
• 생각 (saenggak): Thought
• 하세요 (haseyo): Are doing (polite form of the verb “하다” (hada), to do)

If you want to say this informally to a friend, you would say:

“무슨 생각 해?” (museun saenggak hae?)

• 해 (hae): Informal form of “are doing”

So, for formal or polite situations, use “무슨 생각 하세요?” and for informal situations, use “무슨 생각 해?”.

Question 304

ibwa
Deureobwa, hal mari isseo

Answer 304

The phrase “이봐” (ibwa) is an informal way to say “Hey” or “Listen” in Korean. It is often used to get someone’s attention in a casual or somewhat abrupt manner.

Here’s an example sentence:

“이봐, 여기 좀 봐봐.”
(Iba, yeogi jom bwabwa.)
- “Hey, look here.”

In a more formal context, you might use:

“저기요” (jeogiyo) or “잠시만요” (jamsimanyo) to politely get someone’s attention.

However, if you want to use “listen” more directly, you might use:

“들어봐” (deureobwa) for informal situations:
- “들어봐, 할 말이 있어.”
- (Deureobwa, hal mari isseo.)
- “Listen, I have something to say.”

For formal situations, you would use:

“들어보세요” (deureoboseyo):
- “들어보세요, 중요한 이야기가 있어요.”
- (Deureoboseyo, jungyohan iyagi-ga isseoyo.)
- “Please listen, I have an important story.”

Question 305

Baek geuna? Geureonde wae?

Majji? Geureonde wae?

Answer 305

Here are the phrases you provided, correctly formatted in Korean romanization:

1. “백 (baek) 그나 (geuna) - it’s true, right?”
   
   • This phrase seems to mix two different words. For “it’s true, right?” in a more natural way, you would say:
   • “맞지?” (majji?) - “It’s true, right?”
2. “그런데 왜” (geureonde wae) - “but why?”
   
   • This is the correct and natural way to say “but why?” in Korean.

Combining these, you could form a conversation:

• “맞지? 그런데 왜?”
  
  • (Majji? Geureonde wae?)
  • “It’s true, right? But why?”

Alternatively, if you want to use a more conversational and casual form:

• “그렇지? 그런데 왜?”
  
  • (Geureochi? Geureonde wae?)
  • “That’s true, right? But why?”

Question 306

Jal dwaetda!
Geu sosik deureunikka jal dwaesseo

Answer 306

To say “I’m glad” in Korean, you can use “잘됐다” (jal dwaetda).

Here’s a breakdown:
- 잘됐다 (jal dwaetda): I’m glad / That’s great / It went well

So, if you want to express that you are glad, you can say:

“잘됐다!”
(Jal dwaetda!)

Or if you want to use it in a sentence:

“그 소식 들으니까 잘됐어.”
(Geu sosik deureunikka jal dwaesseo.)
- “I’m glad to hear that news.”

This expression is informal and commonly used among friends and peers.

Question 307

An gippeoyo?

Answer 307

To say “Are you not glad?” in Korean, you can use the phrase “안 기뻐?” (an gippeo?) for an informal tone or “안 기뻐요?” (an gippeoyo?) for a polite tone.

However, if you want to use a phrase closer to your initial attempt, you could use:

“안 기쁜가요?” (an gippeungayo?)
- This is a polite way to ask “Are you not glad?”

So, for informal:
- “안 기뻐?” (an gippeo?) - “Are you not glad?”

And for polite:
- “안 기뻐요?” (an gippeoyo?) - “Are you not glad?”

Both versions convey the meaning effectively.

Question 308

Geureotamyeon igeon unmyeongieosseo

Answer 308

To say “this was fate” in Korean, you can use:

“이건 운명이었어.”
(Igeon unmyeongieosseo.)

Here’s a breakdown:
- 이건 (igeon): This
- 운명 (unmyeong): Fate
- 이었어 (ieosseo): Was (informal past tense)

Alternatively, if you want to add the nuance of “if so” or “if that’s the case,” you can include it in the sentence:

“그렇다면 이건 운명이었어.”
(Geureotamyeon igeon unmyeongieosseo.)
- 그렇다면 (geureotamyeon): If so / If that’s the case
- 이건 (igeon): This
- 운명 (unmyeong): Fate
- 이었어 (ieosseo): Was

So, “이건 운명이었어.” or “그렇다면 이건 운명이었어.” both mean “This was fate.”

Question 309

Ajikdo apa? Informal
Ajikdo apeuseyo? Formal

Answer 309

To ask “Does it still hurt?” in Korean, you can say:

“아직도 아파?” (ajikdo apa?) - Informal

• 아직도 (ajikdo): Still
• 아파 (apa): Hurt (informal)

For a more polite or formal version, you would say:

“아직도 아프세요?” (ajikdo apeuseyo?) - Polite

• 아프세요 (apeuseyo): Hurt (polite)

So, depending on the level of formality you need:
- Informal: “아직도 아파?” (ajikdo apa?)
- Polite: “아직도 아프세요?” (ajikdo apeuseyo?)

Question 310

Hajima -informal
Haji maseyo - formal

Gajima. -informal
Gaji maseyo. -formal

Answer 310

To say “Don’t do that” in Korean, you can use the phrase:

“하지 마” (hajima) - Informal
- 하지 마 (hajima): Don’t do (that)

For a more polite version, you would say:

“하지 마세요” (haji maseyo) - Polite
- 하지 마세요 (haji maseyo): Please don’t do (that)

So, depending on the level of formality:
- Informal: “하지 마” (hajima)
- Polite: “하지 마세요” (haji maseyo)

“가지 마” (gajima) means “Don’t go” in Korean.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 가지 (gaji): Go (root form)
- 마 (ma): Don’t

For a more polite version, you can use:
- “가지 마세요” (gaji maseyo): Please don’t go

So, depending on the level of formality:
- Informal: “가지 마” (gajima)
- Polite: “가지 마세요” (gaji maseyo)

Question 311

Oneul bam yeogi-e isseul geoyeyo.
Yeogiseo jal geoya?

Answer 311

To express these sentences correctly in Korean, you can use the following phrases:

1. “I will stay here tonight.”
   
   • “오늘 밤 여기에 있을 거예요.”
   • (Oneul bam yeogi-e isseul geoyeyo.)
2. “You’re sleeping here?”
   
   • “여기서 잘 거야?” (informal)
   • (Yeogiseo jal geoya?)
   • “여기서 주무실 거예요?” (polite)
   • (Yeogiseo jumusil geoyeyo?)

Here’s the breakdown of the phrases:

1. 오늘 밤 여기에 있을 거예요.
   
   • 오늘 밤 (oneul bam): Tonight
   • 여기에 (yeogi-e): Here
   • 있을 거예요 (isseul geoyeyo): Will stay (polite future tense)
2. 여기서 잘 거야? / 여기서 주무실 거예요?
   
   • 여기서 (yeogiseo): Here
   • 잘 거야 (jal geoya): Will sleep (informal future tense)
   • 주무실 거예요 (jumusil geoyeyo): Will sleep (polite future tense)

Feel free to choose the appropriate formality level based on your situation.

Question 312

Nega yeogiseo jal gandago saenggakae?

Chingu-ga yeogiseo jal gandago haesseo?

Answer 312

“여기서 잘 간다고?” (Yeogiseo jal gandago?) can be interpreted as “You say it goes well from here?” or “Do you think you can leave well from here?” This phrase might be used if you are questioning whether someone believes they can easily leave from the current location.

Here are some examples to provide context:

1. 친구가 여기서 잘 간다고 했어?
   
   • (Chingu-ga yeogiseo jal gandago haesseo?)
   • “Did your friend say they can leave well from here?”
2. 네가 여기서 잘 간다고 생각해?
   
   • (Nega yeogiseo jal gandago saenggakae?)
   • “Do you think you can leave well from here?”

If your intended meaning was different or if you had a different context in mind, please provide more details, and I can adjust the translation accordingly.

Question 313

Yeogiga gag-i joeun gos-ingayo?

Answer 313

“여기가 잘 간다고?” is a somewhat incorrect phrase in terms of standard Korean grammar and meaning. It seems like you might be trying to ask if this place is easy to get to or something along those lines. However, “잘 가다” typically means “to go well” or “to travel well,” and it doesn’t quite fit in this context.

Here are some phrases that might fit your intention better:

1. 여기가 잘 보이나요?
   
   • (Yeogiga jal boinayo?)
   • “Is this place easy to see?”
2. 여기가 가기 쉬운 곳인가요?
   
   • (Yeogiga gag-i swiun gos-ingayo?)
   • “Is this place easy to get to?”
3. 여기가 가기 좋은 곳인가요?
   
   • (Yeogiga gag-i joeun gos-ingayo?)
   • “Is this place a good place to go to?”

If you were trying to ask if someone is comfortable going to a place or if the place is suitable for going, you might want to use:

“여기가 가기 좋은 곳인가요?”
(Yeogiga gag-i joeun gos-ingayo?)
- “Is this place a good place to go to?”

If you provide more context, I can give you a more accurate translation!

Question 314

Jigeum gandago malhaetjana
Chingu-ga gandago haesseo

Answer 314

“간다고” (gandago) is used in Korean to indicate that someone is saying they will go or leave. It is a contraction of “간다” (ganda), which means “I go” or “I am going,” combined with “고” (go), a particle used to quote what someone has said.

Here are a few examples of how to use “간다고” in sentences:

1. 친구가 간다고 했어.
   
   • (Chingu-ga gandago haesseo.)
   • My friend said they are going.
2. 너는 왜 간다고 했어?
   
   • (Neoneun wae gandago haesseo?)
   • Why did you say you are going?
3. 그가 곧 간다고 들었어.
   
   • (Geuga got gandago deureosseo.)
   • I heard he is leaving soon.
4. 지금 간다고 말했잖아.
   
   • (Jigeum gandago malhaetjana.)
   • I told you I’m leaving now.

By using “간다고” in these ways, you can convey that someone has mentioned or declared their intention to go.

Question 315

Yeppeun
Yeppeuda.
Yeppeune

Answer 315

Sure, here are the differences among “예쁘네” (yeppeune), “예쁘가” (yeppeuga), “예쁘다” (yeppeuda), and “예쁜” (yeppeun):

1. 예쁘네 (yeppeune):
   
   • This is an informal exclamatory form used to express surprise or admiration. It can be translated as “Oh, it’s pretty!” or “How pretty!”
   • Example: “와, 예쁘네!” (Wa, yeppeune!) - “Wow, it’s pretty!”
2. 예쁘가 (yeppeuga):
   
   • This is not a standard or correct form in Korean. It might be a typo or confusion. The correct forms do not include “예쁘가.”
3. 예쁘다 (yeppeuda):
   
   • This is the base form of the adjective “to be pretty.” It’s used to state that something is pretty.
   • Example: “꽃이 예쁘다.” (Kkoti yeppeuda.) - “The flower is pretty.”
4. 예쁜 (yeppeun):
   
   • This is the attributive form of “예쁘다,” used to describe a noun directly. It means “pretty” and is used before a noun.
   • Example: “예쁜 꽃” (yeppeun kkot) - “Pretty flower”

In summary:
- 예쁘네 is an exclamatory form used to express admiration.
- 예쁘다 is the base form of the adjective “to be pretty.”
- 예쁜 is the attributive form used to describe a noun.
- 예쁘가 is not a correct or standard form in Korean.

Question 316

Joheunde
Joheundeyo
Johaeneyo

Answer 316

The phrase “That sounds great” can be translated into Korean as:

“좋은데요” (joheundeyo) or “좋네요” (johaeneyo)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 좋은데요 (joheundeyo): This is a slightly more informal way to say it and adds a bit of friendliness or enthusiasm.
- 좋네요 (johaeneyo): This is polite and straightforward, often used to express that something sounds good or agreeable.

So, if you want to say “That sounds great” in a friendly, informal way:
- “좋은데요” (joheundeyo)

For a polite way:
- “좋네요” (johaeneyo)

Question 317

Nado moreugessda.
Moreugessda
Moreugesseo
Moreugesseoyo

Answer 317

“모르겠다” (moreugessda) is indeed the shortened, informal form of “모르겠어요” (moreugesseoyo), which means “I don’t know.”

Here’s the breakdown:

1. 모르겠다 (moreugessda):
   
   • Informal and casual way of saying “I don’t know.”
   • Used among friends or in informal contexts.
   • Example: “나도 모르겠다.” (Nado moreugessda.) - “I don’t know either.”
2. 모르겠어요 (moreugesseoyo):
   
   • Polite way of saying “I don’t know.”
   • Used in more formal situations or when speaking to someone who is not a close friend.
   • Example: “저도 모르겠어요.” (Jeodo moreugesseoyo.) - “I don’t know either.”

So, 모르겠다 (moreugessda) is the shorter, informal version of 모르겠어요 (moreugesseoyo).

Question 318

Yeogi itne (informal)
Yeogi itneyo (formal)

Answer 318

To say “There you are” in Korean, a suitable phrase is:

“여기 있네” (yeogi itne).

Here’s the breakdown:
- 여기 (yeogi): Here
- 있네 (itne): There you are / (informal, expressing realization or surprise)

You can also use a more formal version:
- “여기 있네요” (yeogi itneyo)

Both expressions convey the idea of noticing someone’s presence.

Question 319

ppalli hae, baegopa

Answer 319

To say “Hurry up, I’m hungry” in Korean, you can use:

“빨리 해, 배고파” (ppalli hae, baegopa)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 빨리 해 (ppalli hae): Hurry up (informal)
- 배고파 (baegopa): I’m hungry (informal)

For a more polite version, you can say:

“빨리 해주세요, 배고파요” (ppalli haejuseyo, baegopayo)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 빨리 해주세요 (ppalli haejuseyo): Please hurry up (polite)
- 배고파요 (baegopayo): I’m hungry (polite)

Question 320

jigeum apa
jigeum apeunikka

Answer 320

To say “Now they are in pain” in Korean, you can use:

“지금 아프니까” (jigeum apeunikka) which means “Because they are in pain now.”

However, if you want to directly say “Now they are in pain,” you should use:

“지금 아파요” (jigeum apayo) - Polite form
“지금 아파” (jigeum apa) - Informal form

Here’s the breakdown:
- 지금 (jigeum): Now
- 아파요 (apayo) / 아파 (apa): They are in pain (polite/informal)

So, the phrase you are looking for is:

“지금 아파요.” (jigeum apayo) for a polite context, or “지금 아파.” (jigeum apa) for an informal context.

Question 321

Haksaengdeuri (plural form)

Answer 321

“학생들이” (haksaengdeuri) means “students” in Korean, with the subject particle “들이” (deuri) indicating the plural form of “학생” (haksaeng), which means “student.”

Here are some sample sentences using “학생들이” in Korean romanization:

1. 학생들이 교실에 있어요.
   Haksaengdeuri gyosire isseoyo.
   (The students are in the classroom.)
2. 학생들이 열심히 공부하고 있어요.
   Haksaengdeuri yeolsimhi gongbuhago isseoyo.
   (The students are studying hard.)
3. 학생들이 운동장에서 놀고 있어요.
   Haksaengdeuri undongjangeseo nolgo isseoyo.
   (The students are playing on the playground.)
4. 학생들이 시험을 잘 봤어요.
   Haksaengdeuri siheomeul jal bwasseoyo.
   (The students did well on the exam.)
5. 학생들이 선생님의 말을 듣고 있어요.
   Haksaengdeuri seonsaengnimui mareul deutgo isseoyo.
   (The students are listening to the teacher.)

These sentences can help illustrate different contexts where “학생들이” might be used.

Question 322

Isanghago areumdaun yeoja

Answer 322

The phrase “이상하고 아름다운 여” (isanghago areumdaun yeo) is incomplete and might be intended to describe a person or situation. Here’s a more complete and accurate phrase:

이상하고 아름다운 여자 (isanghago areumdaun yeoja), which means “a strange and beautiful woman.”

Here are the components:
- 이상하고 (isanghago): Strange and
- 아름다운 (areumdaun): Beautiful
- 여자 (yeoja): Woman

If you want to say “strange and beautiful person” in a gender-neutral way, you could say:
이상하고 아름다운 사람 (isanghago areumdaun saram).

Here’s a sample sentence using the phrase:

1. 이상하고 아름다운 여자를 만났어요.
   Isanghago areumdaun yeojareul mannasseoyo.
   (I met a strange and beautiful woman.)
2. 이상하고 아름다운 사람이 있어요.
   Isanghago areumdaun sarami isseoyo.
   (There is a strange and beautiful person.)

These sentences illustrate how to use the phrase in a complete context.

Question 323

Annyeonghi gaseyo
Jal Ga

Answer 323

“안녕히 가세요” (annyeonghi gaseyo) and “잘 가” (jal ga) are both ways to say “goodbye” in Korean, but they differ in their level of formality.

1. 안녕히 가세요 (annyeonghi gaseyo):
   
   • This is a polite and formal way to say “goodbye.”
   • It is often used when you are saying goodbye to someone who is leaving.
   • Example: “안녕히 가세요, 선생님.” (annyeonghi gaseyo, seonsaengnim.) - “Goodbye, teacher.”
2. 잘 가 (jal ga):
   
   • This is an informal way to say “goodbye.”
   • It is typically used among friends or people of the same age.
   • Example: “잘 가, 친구.” (jal ga, chingu.) - “Goodbye, friend.”

Both phrases are appropriate in their respective contexts, depending on the level of formality you want to convey.

Question 324

Ireoke gabjagi? Ireoke baro?

Answer 324

Here are the corrected and more natural phrases in Korean for “This suddenly?” and “Right away?”:

1. 이렇게 갑자기? (ireoke gabjagi?)
   
   • Translation: This suddenly?
   • Breakdown:
     
     • 이렇게 (ireoke): like this, this way
     • 갑자기 (gabjagi): suddenly
2. 이렇게 바로? (ireoke baro?)
   
   • Translation: Right away?
   • Breakdown:
     
     • 이렇게 (ireoke): like this, this way
     • 바로 (baro): right away, immediately

These phrases express surprise or urgency in response to a sudden action or request.

Question 325

Eotteohke ara? Present tense informal
Eotteohke arayo? Present tense
Eotteohke arasseo? Past tense

Answer 325

Yes, “어떻게 알아요?” (eotteohke arayo?) correctly means “How do you know?” in Korean. Here is a breakdown:

• 어떻게 (eotteohke): how
• 알아요 (arayo): do you know (polite)

Here’s how it can be used in a sentence:

• 어떻게 알아요? (eotteohke arayo?) - “How do you know?” (polite)

For a more informal way of saying it, you can use:

• 어떻게 알아? (eotteohke ara?) - “How do you know?” (informal)

“어떻게 알았어?” (eotteohke arasseo?) means “How did you know?” in Korean. It is the informal way to ask this question. Here is a breakdown of the phrase:

• 어떻게 (eotteohke): how
• 알았어 (arasseo): did you know (informal past tense of 알다, “to know”)

For a polite version, you would say:

• 어떻게 알았어요? (eotteohke arasseoyo?)

These phrases can be used when you’re surprised or curious about how someone found out about something.

Question 326

Yeogireul igeoneun

Answer 326

It looks like you might be trying to say something along the lines of “Here, like this …” in Korean. Here is a complete and correct way to say it:

• 여기를 (yeogireul): Here (with an object marker, indicating the place)
• 이거는 (igeoneun): This is (with a topic marker)

However, these two parts by themselves don’t form a complete sentence. Here are a few ways to use them in complete sentences:

1. 여기를 보세요, 이거는 책이에요.
   (Yeogireul boseyo, igeoneun chaeg-ieyo.)
   
   • Translation: Look here, this is a book.
2. 여기를 보세요, 이거는 제가 만든 거예요.
   (Yeogireul boseyo, igeoneun jega mandeun geoyeyo.)
   
   • Translation: Look here, this is what I made.
3. 여기를 봐, 이거는 내가 산 거야.
   (Yeogireul bwa, igeoneun naega san geoya.)
   
   • Translation: Look here, this is what I bought. (Informal)

Yes, “여기를” (yeogireul) and “이거는” (igeoneun) can be used in the context of “Here, like this” if the situation makes sense. However, to convey “Here, like this” more naturally in Korean, you would use:

• 여기 이렇게 (yeogi ireoke)

Here are a couple of examples:

1. 여기 이렇게 하면 돼요.
   (Yeogi ireoke hamyeon dwaeyo.)
   
   • Translation: Here, do it like this.
2. 여기 이렇게 써요.
   (Yeogi ireoke sseoyo.)
   
   • Translation: Write it like this here.

This phrase captures the idea of demonstrating or explaining how to do something in a particular place or manner.

Question 327

Baegopa, meokja

Answer 327

In Korean, “I’m hungry, let’s eat” can be said informally as:

배고파, 먹자. (Baegopa, meokja.)

Here’s the breakdown:

• 배고파 (baegopa): I’m hungry (informal)
• 먹자 (meokja): Let’s eat (informal)

For a more polite version, you could say:

배고파요, 먹어요. (Baegopayo, meogeoyo.)

Question 328

Na do
Jeo doyo

Answer 328

In Korean, “me too” is usually expressed as:

저도요 (Jeo doyo) in a polite/formal context, or 나도 (Na do) in an informal context.

Here’s a breakdown:
- 저 (jeo): I or me (polite/formal)
- 도 (do): also, too
- 요 (yo): a polite sentence-ending particle

So, “저도요” (Jeo doyo) or “나도” (Na do) are the correct ways to say “me too” in Korean, depending on the level of formality needed.

Question 329

Jaemi innayo?
Jaemi isseo?

Answer 329

To say “Are you having fun?” in Korean, you can use:

재미있어요? (Jaemi isseoyo?) – Polite
- 재미 (jaemi): Fun
- 있어요 (isseoyo): Have (polite)

If you want to ask the question informally, you can say:

재미있어? (Jaemi isseo?)

For emphasis on “are you having fun?”, you can say:

재미있나요? (Jaemi innayo?) – Polite and somewhat emphatic

Using “재미여?” (Jaeminyeo) is not correct in this context. The proper structure involves the verb “있다” (to have) in its question form to ask about having fun.

Question 330

eotteoke haeya hae?

Answer 330

The phrase “what do I do now?” in Korean can be expressed as:

어떻게 해야 해? (eotteoke haeya hae?)

Here’s the breakdown:

• 어떻게 (eotteoke): how
• 해야 해 (haeya hae): should do (literally “must do”)

So, 어떻게 해야 해? (eotteoke haeya hae?) translates directly to “What do I do now?” and is commonly used to express uncertainty or seeking advice on what action to take next.

Question 331

Sajangnim

Answer 331

Correct! “사장님” (sajangnim) in Korean translates to “boss” in English. It’s a polite and respectful term used to address one’s employer or superior.

Question 332

Honjae galeyo

Answer 332

The phrase “혼자에 가려요” (honjae galeyo) in Korean means “I’m going alone.” Here’s a breakdown:

• 혼자에 (honjae): alone, by oneself
• 가려요 (galeyo): I am going (polite form)

This sentence is used when someone is stating that they are going somewhere without any companions.

Question 333

Geureol riga eobseoyo.

Answer 333

To say “There’s no way” in Korean, you can use:

그럴 리가 없어. (Geureol riga eobseo.)

Here’s the breakdown:

• 그럴 (geureol): such (a situation)
• 리가 (riga): possibility
• 없어 (eobseo): does not exist, there is no

In a more formal context, you could say:

그럴 리가 없어요. (Geureol riga eobseoyo.)

Question 334

Maldo an dwae

Answer 334

To convey “stop that nonsense” in Korean, you can use:

말도 안 돼 (Maldo an dwae)

This phrase literally means “That doesn’t make sense,” but it can be used to imply stopping nonsense or absurd talk.

If you want to explicitly say “stop that nonsense,” you can use:

말도 안 되는 소리 그만해 (Maldo an doeneun sori geumanhae)

Here’s a breakdown:
- 말도 안 되는 (maldo an doeneun): nonsensical, doesn’t make sense
- 소리 (sori): talk, words
- 그만해 (geumanhae): stop it (informal)

For a more polite version, you can say:

말도 안 되는 소리 그만하세요 (Maldo an doeneun sori geumanhaseyo)

Question 335

Geuga nareul ara?

Answer 335

The correct way to ask “Does he know me?” in Korean is:

그가 나를 알아? (Geuga nareul ara?)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 그가 (geuga): he (subject marker)
- 나를 (nareul): me (object marker)
- 알아? (ara?): know (informal)

For a more polite version, you can say:

그분이 저를 아세요? (Geubuni jeoreul aseyo?)
- 그분이 (geubuni): he (polite)
- 저를 (jeoreul): me (polite object marker)
- 아세요? (aseyo?): know (polite)

Question 336

Yaksokhaetjana

Answer 336

To say “You promised” in Korean, you can use:

약속했잖아 (Yaksokhaetjana) - Informal
- 약속했 (yaksokhaet): promised
- 잖아 (jana): used to remind someone of a fact they already know

For a more formal version, you could say:

약속했잖아요 (Yaksokhaetjanayo) - Polite

“Yeokseok gwenchana” (약속 괜찮아) would not convey the intended meaning of “You promised.”

Question 337

Igeo eolmayeyo?

Answer 337

The correct way to say “How much is this?” in Korean is:

이거 얼마예요? (Igeo eolmayeyo?)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 이거 (igeo): this
- 얼마예요? (eolmayeyo?): how much is it? (polite)

This phrase is commonly used when asking for the price of an item.

Question 338

Jinjja Masitgetda. -kdrama usage
Jinjja masisseo -informal
Jinjja masisseoyo -formal

Answer 338

To say “It’s really delicious” in Korean, you can use:

정말 맛있어 (Jinjja masisseo) - Informal
- 정말 (jinjja): really
- 맛있어 (masisseo): delicious

For a more formal or polite version, you can say:

정말 맛있어요 (Jinjja masisseoyo)
- 정말 (jinjja): really
- 맛있어요 (masisseoyo): delicious

In Korean dramas, you might hear different expressions depending on the level of formality and the context. “정말 맛있겠다” (jinjja masitgetda) is a way to say “It looks really delicious” or “It must be really delicious” in an informal manner.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 정말 (jinjja): really
- 맛있겠다 (masitgetda): it looks/must be delicious

This form uses the verb ending -겠다 (-getda) which expresses a guess or assumption about the present situation based on what you see, often used to say something looks delicious before actually tasting it.

So, if you’re referring to the look or the anticipation of something being delicious, 정말 맛있겠다 (jinjja masitgetda) is appropriate and informal.

Question 339

Masitge meogeo

Answer 339

To say “enjoy it” in Korean, you can use:

맛있게 먹어 (masitge meogeo) - Informal
- 맛있게 (masitge): deliciously
- 먹어 (meogeo): eat

This phrase literally translates to “eat deliciously,” but it’s commonly used to mean “enjoy your meal” in an informal context.

For a more polite version, you can say:

맛있게 드세요 (masitge deuseyo)
- 맛있게 (masitge): deliciously
- 드세요 (deuseyo): eat (polite)

Question 340

Na galge, annyeong

Answer 340

“나 갈게, 안녕” (Na galge, annyeong) is a good informal way to say “I’ll go now, bye” in Korean.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 나 (na): I (informal)
- 갈게 (galge): I’ll go (informal)
- 안녕 (annyeong): bye (informal)

This phrase is appropriate when you’re speaking to friends or someone you’re close to.

Question 341

Aju manhi

Answer 341

In Korean, “아주 많이” (aju manhi) means “very much” or “a lot.”

Here’s the breakdown:
- 아주 (aju): very
- 많이 (manhi): much, a lot

So, the correct phrase is 아주 많이 (aju manhi). “아주 만” (aju man) is not correct.

Question 342

Eodie sarayo?

Answer 342

“Eodie sarayo?” (어디에 살아요?) means “Where do you live?” in Korean. This phrase is polite and commonly used when asking someone about their place of residence.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 어디에 (eodie): where
- 살아요 (sarayo): live (polite form)

For an informal version, you can say:
- 어디 살아? (Eodi sara?): Where do you live? (informal)

Question 343

Ajik
Ajik sigani isseoyo.

Answer 343

Yes, “아직” (ajik) means “not yet” or “still” in Korean. Here are some example sentences:

1. 아직 안 했어. (Ajik an haesseo.) - I haven’t done it yet. (informal)
2. 아직 시간이 있어요. (Ajik sigani isseoyo.) - There is still time. (polite)
3. 아직 몰라요. (Ajik mollayo.) - I don’t know yet. (polite)
4. 아직 끝나지 않았어. (Ajik kkeutnaji anasseo.) - It’s not finished yet. (informal)

These examples show how “아직” (ajik) can be used to convey the idea of “not yet” in different contexts.

Question 344

Eonjenga dasi mannalgoyeyo

Answer 344

To say “Someday we’ll meet again” in Korean, you can say:

언젠가 다시 만날 거예요 (Eonjenga dasi mannalgoyeyo)
- 언젠가 (eonjenga): someday
- 다시 (dasi): again
- 만날 거예요 (mannal goyeyo): we’ll meet (polite)

For an informal version, you can say:

언젠가 다시 만날 거야 (Eonjenga dasi mannal geoya)

Question 345

Saeroun cha gajigo isseo?
Saeroun chareul gajigo isseumnikka?

Answer 345

To ask “Do you have a new car?” to a young friend in an informal setting, you can say:

새로운 차 가지고 있어? (Saeroun cha gajigo isseo?)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 새로운 (saeroun): new
- 차 (cha): car
- 가지고 있어? (gajigo isseo?): do you have? (informal)

Question 346

Najunge jeonhwahalge

Answer 346

To say “I’ll call you later” informally in Korean, you can use:

나중에 전화할게 (Najunge jeonhwahalge)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 나중에 (najunge): later
- 전화할게 (jeonhwahalge): I’ll call (informal)

Question 347

Ige da mwoya?

Answer 347

To say “What’s all this?” informally in Korean, you can use:

이게 다 뭐야? (Ige da mwoya?)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 이게 (ige): this
- 다 (da): all
- 뭐야? (mwoya?): what is it? (informal)

Question 348

Ah, geureoguna

Answer 348

Yes, “아, 그렇구나” (Ah, geureoguna) translates to “Oh, I see” or “Oh, I understand” in an informal context. It’s a common expression used to show realization or understanding.

Question 349

Geokjeong ma
Singyeong sseuji ma
Gwaenchanha

Answer 349

Yes, there are several ways to say “no worries” in Korean. Here are a few options:

1. 걱정 마 (Geokjeong ma) - informal
2. 신경 쓰지 마 (Singyeong sseuji ma) - informal, meaning “don’t worry about it” or “don’t mind it”
3. 괜찮아 (Gwaenchanha) - informal, meaning “it’s okay” or “no worries”
4. 문제 없어 (Munje eobseo) - informal, meaning “no problem”

For polite versions:
1. 걱정하지 마세요 (Geokjeonghaji maseyo) - polite
2. 신경 쓰지 마세요 (Singyeong sseuji maseyo) - polite
3. 괜찮아요 (Gwaenchanhayo) - polite
4. 문제 없어요 (Munje eopseoyo) - polite

Question 350

Eotteohke ireol isseo?

Answer 350

“Eotteohke ireol isseo” (어떻게 이럴 수 있어) translates to “How could you do this?” or “How could this happen?” in Korean.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 어떻게 (eotteohke): how
- 이럴 수 있어 (ireol su isseo): could this happen / could you do this (informal)

This phrase is often used to express disbelief or frustration at someone’s actions or a situation.

Question 351

Daebak

Answer 351

Yes, “대박” (daebak) is a popular Korean slang term that can mean “awesome,” “amazing,” or in this context, “holy crap!” It expresses astonishment or excitement.

For example, you can say:

대박! (Daebak!) - “Holy crap!” or “Amazing!”

Question 352

Amuna hal su isseoyo.

Answer 352

The phrase “Anyone” in Korean can be translated to “아무나” (amuna) in an informal context. If you are trying to say “Anyone can do it” or a similar phrase, you can say:

아무나 할 수 있어요. (Amuna hal su isseoyo.) - “Anyone can do it.” (polite)

For “갖아요” (gatayo), it’s likely a misspelling or misunderstanding. If you meant “같아요” (gatayo), it means “seems like” or “looks like.”

For example:

아무나 같아요. (Amuna gatayo.) - “It seems like anyone.”

If you provide more context, I can offer a more accurate translation.

Question 353

Angrae?
Geureoji anayo?

Answer 353

“안 그래?” (angrae?) “Isn’t it so?” or “Isn’t that right?” This phrase is used to seek agreement or confirmation in a more casual manner.
The phrase “Don’t you think so too?” can be translated to “그렇지 않아요?” (geureoji anayo?) or “그렇지 않나요?” (geureoji annayo?) in Korean. This is a polite way to ask for agreement or confirmation.

• 그렇지 않아요? (geureoji anayo?) - polite
• 그렇지 않나요? (geureoji annayo?) - polite
• 안 그래? (angrae?) - casual

Question 354

Naeil sigani eottae? Informal
Naeil sigani eottaeyo?

Answer 354

“Naeil sigani eottaeyo?” (내일 시간이 어때요?) translates to “How about tomorrow?” or “How is your schedule tomorrow?” in English.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 내일 (naeil): tomorrow
- 시간이 (sigani): time/schedule (subject particle attached)
- 어때요? (eottaeyo?): how is it? (polite)

This phrase is commonly used to inquire about someone’s availability or to propose plans for the next day.

Question 355

Wae saramdeul kimchi joahaneun geoya?

Saramdeuri kimchireul joahaneun iyuneun masitgi ttaemun-iya

Answer 355

The question “Wae saramdeul kimchi joahaneun geoya?” (왜 사람들 김치 좋아하는 거야?) translates to “Why do people like kimchi?” in English.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 왜 (wae): why
- 사람들 (saramdeul): people
- 김치 (kimchi): kimchi
- 좋아하는 (joahaneun): like (present tense modifier)
- 거야 (geoya): is it (informal)

For a more polite version, you could say:

왜 사람들 김치를 좋아하는 거예요? (Wae saramdeul kimchireul joahaneun geoyeyo?)

• 김치 (kimchi): kimchi
• 를 (reul): object particle

The phrase “Saramdeul kimchi joahaneun ge masitda ttaemune” (사람들 김치 좋아하는 게 맛있다 때문에) translates to “People like kimchi because it is delicious.”

Here’s the breakdown:
- 사람들 (saramdeul): people
- 김치 (kimchi): kimchi
- 좋아하는 게 (joahaneun ge): the thing that (they) like
- 맛있다 (masitda): delicious
- 때문에 (ttaemune): because

Putting it all together:

사람들이 김치를 좋아하는 이유는 맛있기 때문이에요. (Saramdeuri kimchireul joahaneun iyuneun masitgi ttaemunieyo.)
- This is a more formal and natural way to say, “The reason people like kimchi is because it’s delicious.”

Alternatively, an informal version would be:

사람들이 김치를 좋아하는 이유는 맛있기 때문이야. (Saramdeuri kimchireul joahaneun iyuneun masitgi ttaemun-iya.)

Question 356

Sesang cham jopda

Answer 356

“The world’s a small place” can be expressed in Korean as “세상 참 좁다” (sesang cham jopda).

Here’s the breakdown:
- 세상 (sesang): world
- 참 (cham): really, very
- 좁다 (jopda): narrow, small

In Korean, this phrase conveys the idea that the world is small, often used to express surprise when encountering someone unexpectedly or realizing how interconnected things are.

So, “세상 참 좁다” (sesang cham jopda) is the way to say “The world’s a small place” in Korean.

Question 357

Ne, ga - informal
Ne, gaseyo
Ne, eoseo gaseyo

Answer 357

“Jalsi gaseyo” (잘시 가세요) seems to be a combination of words that doesn’t form a standard Korean expression. For “Yes, go ahead” in Korean, you can say:

네, 가세요. (Ne, gaseyo.)
- 네 (ne): yes
- 가세요 (gaseyo): go ahead (polite form)

If you want to be more encouraging, you could say:

네, 어서 가세요. (Ne, eoseo gaseyo.)
- 어서 (eoseo): quickly, go ahead

“가세요” (gaseyo) is actually the polite form of the verb “가다” (gada), which means “to go.” It is used when speaking to someone who is older, someone you don’t know well, or someone in a position of authority. It is not informal; it’s a polite or standard formal form.

For informal speech, you would use “가” (ga). Here are the different levels of formality:

1. Informal (banmal):
   
   • 가 (ga): Go.
   • Example: 빨리 가. (Ppalli ga.) - Go quickly.
2. Polite (jondaetmal):
   
   • 가세요 (gaseyo): Go ahead.
   • Example: 먼저 가세요. (Meonjeo gaseyo.) - You go ahead first.
3. Formal:
   
   • 가십시오 (gasipsio): Please go.
   • Example: 이쪽으로 가십시오. (Ijjeog-euro gasipsio.) - Please go this way.

So, “가세요” (gaseyo) is polite, not informal. For informal situations, you would use “가” (ga).

Question 358

Jeongmal jal jasseo

Jinjja jal jatta

Answer 358

The correct way to say “I slept really well” in Korean would be:

정말 잘 잤어. (Jeongmal jal jasseo) - informal

정말 잘 잤어요. (Jeongmal jal jasseoyo) - polite

정말 잘 잤습니다. (Jeongmal jal jasseumnida) - formal

Here’s the breakdown:
- 정말 (jeongmal): really
- 잘 (jal): well
- 잤어 (jasseo): slept (informal)
- 잤어요 (jasseoyo): slept (polite)
- 잤습니다 (jasseumnida): slept (formal)

In the context you provided, “진짜 잘 잤어” (Jinjja jal jasseo) would also be correct for informal speech:
- 진짜 (jinjja): really (more casual than 정말)

So, “진짜 잘 잤어” (Jinjja jal jasseo) is an informal way to say “I slept really well.”
In casual, colloquial speech in Korean dramas or everyday conversation, some expressions might be shortened or slightly altered for a more natural flow. However, “진짜 잘 잤다” (Jinjja jal jatta) is the correct informal expression for “I slept really well.”

Here’s the breakdown:

• 진짜 (jinjja): really
• 잘 (jal): well
• 잤다 (jatta): slept (informal, past tense)

So, “진짜 잘 잤다” (Jinjja jal jatta) would be the more common informal way to say “I slept really well” in a conversational context.

“진짜 잘 잤어” (Jinjja jal jasseo) is also correct and informal, and it means the same thing. The difference lies in personal or regional preferences, and both are used in casual conversations.

Question 359

Ani, oneul ga

Answer 359

If you’re looking to say “No, go ahead today” in Korean, here’s how you can phrase it:

아니요, 오늘 가세요. (Aniyo, oneul gaseyo) - polite

Here’s the breakdown:
- 아니요 (aniyo): No (polite)
- 오늘 (oneul): today
- 가세요 (gaseyo): go (polite)

If you want to make it informal, it would be:

아니, 오늘 가. (Ani, oneul ga) - informal

Here’s the breakdown:
- 아니 (ani): No (informal)
- 오늘 (oneul): today
- 가 (ga): go (informal)

So, for polite speech, you can say “아니요, 오늘 가세요” (Aniyo, oneul gaseyo), and for informal speech, you can say “아니, 오늘 가” (Ani, oneul ga).

Question 360

Wae geureong-a gomaweo?

Answer 360

To express “Why are you curious about that?” in Korean, you can say:

왜 그러냐 고마워? (Wae geureong-a gomaweo?)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 왜 (wae): why
- 그러냐 (geureong-a): are you curious / are you like that
- 고마워 (gomaweo): colloquial form of 고마워요 (gomawoyo), which means “thank you,” but in this context, it’s used as a rhetorical expression meaning “about that” or “for that.”

So, “왜 그러냐 고마워?” (Wae geureong-a gomaweo?) literally translates to “Why are you curious about that?”

Question 361

Geuman duo, na honja meogeullae.

Answer 361

To say “Forget it, I’ll eat by myself” in Korean, you can say:

그만 둬, 나 혼자 먹을래. (Geuman duo, na honja meogeullae.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 그만 둬 (geuman duo): Forget it / Leave it
- 나 (na): I
- 혼자 (honja): alone / by myself
- 먹을래 (meogeullae): will eat (informal form)

So, “그만 둬, 나 혼자 먹을래” (Geuman duo, na honja meogeullae) directly translates to “Forget it, I’ll eat by myself.”

Question 362

Deo nado seulpeo

Answer 362

It seems like you’re trying to express “I’m so upset” in Korean. The correct way to say this is:

더 나도 슬퍼. (Deo nado seulpeo.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 더 (deo): more / so
- 나도 (nado): me too
- 슬퍼 (seulpeo): upset / sad

So, “더 나도 슬퍼” (Deo nado seulpeo) means “I’m so upset” or “I’m so sad” in Korean.

Question 363

Moreugesseo. Jigeutjigeuthae. Pogihago sipeo.

Answer 363

It seems you’re trying to express a complex sentiment. Here’s how you could convey that in Korean:

모르겠어. 지긋지긋해. 포기하고 싶어. (Moreugesseo. Jigeutjigeuthae. Pogihago sipeo.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 모르겠어 (moreugesseo): I don’t know.
- 지긋지긋해 (jigeutjigeuthae): tired of it / fed up with it.
- 포기하고 싶어 (pogihago sipeo): want to give up.

So, “모르겠어. 지긋지긋해. 포기하고 싶어.” (Moreugesseo. Jigeutjigeuthae. Pogihago sipeo.) translates to “I don’t know. I’m tired of it. I want to give up.”

Question 364

Naeil gati bap meokja.

Answer 364

To say “Let’s meet tomorrow and eat” in Korean, you can say:

내일 같이 밥 먹자. (Naeil gati bap meokja.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 내일 (naeil): tomorrow
- 같이 (gati): together / with
- 밥 (bap): meal / rice (often used to mean ‘eat’ in a general sense)
- 먹자 (meokja): let’s eat

So, “내일 같이 밥 먹자” (Naeil gati bap meokja) means “Let’s meet tomorrow and eat” in Korean.

Question 365

Jungyohan yaksokieyo? Nugu mannareo gayo?

Yaksokiya? Nugu manna? Kdrama version

Answer 365

To ask “Important promise? Who are you meeting?” in Korean, you can say:

중요한 약속이에요? 누구 만나러 가요? (Jungyohan yaksokieyo? Nugu mannareo gayo?)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 중요한 (jungyohan): important
- 약속이에요? (yaksokieyo?): Is it a promise? / Is it a commitment?
- 누구 (nugu): who
- 만나러 가요? (mannareo gayo?): Are you going to meet?

So, “중요한 약속이에요? 누구 만나러 가요?” (Jungyohan yaksokieyo? Nugu mannareo gayo?) is how you would ask these questions in Korean.
To shorten the expression “Is it a promise? Who are you meeting?” in Korean, you can say:

약속이야? 누구 만나? (Yaksokiya? Nugu manna?)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 약속이야? (Yaksokiya?): Is it a promise?
- 누구 (nugu): who
- 만나? (manna?): meeting / meeting up?

So, “약속이야? 누구 만나?” (Yaksokiya? Nugu manna?) is a shorter way to ask these questions in a casual conversation in Korean.

Question 366

Jigeum i sigane? Neomu neujeosseo?
Jigeum i sigane? Ireohge neujeo?

Jigeum? I bam i?- in kdrama

Answer 366

To say “At this hour? So late?” in Korean, you can use the following expression:

지금 이 시간에? 너무 늦었어? (Jigeum i sigane? Neomu neujeosseo?)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 지금 (jigeum): now
- 이 시간에 (i sigane): at this hour / at this time
- 너무 (neomu): too / so
- 늦었어? (neujeosseo?): late / is it late?

To shorten “At this hour? So late?” in Korean into a more colloquial and concise expression, you can say:

지금 이 시간에? 이렇게 늦어? (Jigeum i sigane? Ireohge neujeo?)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 지금 (jigeum): now
- 이 시간에 (i sigane): at this hour / at this time
- 이렇게 (ireohge): like this / this way
- 늦어? (neujeo?): late / is it late?

So, “지금 이 시간에? 이렇게 늦어?” (Jigeum i sigane? Ireohge neujeo?) is a more concise and informal way to ask “At this hour? So late?” in Korean.

Question 367

Geureojyo? Dareun saramdeulcheoreom

Answer 367

To say “right? like others” in Korean, you can use the following expression:

그렇죠? 다른 사람들처럼 (Geureojyo? Dareun saramdeulcheoreom)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 그렇죠? (Geureojyo?): Right? / Isn’t it? / Correct?
- 다른 사람들처럼 (Dareun saramdeulcheoreom): Like others / Like other people

So, “그렇죠? 다른 사람들처럼” (Geureojyo? Dareun saramdeulcheoreom) means “Right? Like others” in Korean. This phrase can be used to confirm if something is similar to how other people typically behave or think.

Question 368

Eumyeong ingo gata

Answer 368

The phrase “Eumyeong ingo gata” (음명 인 거 같아) in Korean translates to “I think it’s destined” or “I think it’s fated.” It expresses a belief that something has been predetermined or destined to happen.

If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

Question 369

Geureom deureogalkkayo?

Answer 369

그럼 들어갈까요? (Geureom deureogalkkayo?)

This phrase means “Then, shall we go in?” in Korean. Here’s the breakdown:
- 그럼 (Geureom): Then / So
- 들어갈까요? (Deureogalkkayo?): Shall we go in?

If you have any more questions or need further assistance with Korean phrases, feel free to ask!

Question 370

Yeolsimhi galgeyo

Answer 370

The phrase “Yeolsimhi galgeyo” (열심히 갈게요) in Korean translates to”I will give it a try”, “I will go diligently” or “I will go earnestly.” It expresses determination or resolve to try something with effort.

If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

Question 371

Igeo joah halge aneunde

Answer 371

이거 좋아 할게 아는데 (Igeo joah halge aneunde)

This corrected version means “I think you’ll like this.” Here’s the breakdown:
- 이거 (Igeo): This
- 좋아 할게 (joah halge): I think you’ll like
- 아는데 (aneunde): But / however

This phrase is used when expressing your expectation or belief that someone will like something.

Question 372

Ajik jago itji anayo?

Answer 372

The phrase “You’re not sleeping yet” in Korean is:

아직 자고 있지 않아요? (Ajik jago itji anayo?)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 아직 (Ajik): Yet / still
- 자고 있지 않아요? (Jago itji anayo?): Are you not sleeping?

This phrase is used to inquire if someone is still awake. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

Question 373

Geureochi
Geureone
Geureosse
Mollayo

Answer 373

The word you’re referring to might be “그렇지” (geureochi) or “그렇네” (geureone).

• 그렇지 (geureochi): “That’s right” or “Exactly”
• 그렇네 (geureone): “That’s right” or “I see”

The phrase “I don’t know” in Korean is:

몰라요 (mollayo)

The word “그렇지” (geureosse) you mentioned can be broken down as:
- 그래 (geurae): “So” or “That’s right”
- -었어 (-eosse): Past tense suffix

However, 그렇지 (geureosse) itself doesn’t mean “I don’t know.” To express “I don’t know” you can simply use 몰라요 (mollayo) in a formal setting or 몰라 (molla) in an informal setting.

Question 374

Wae yeogie isseo?

Answer 374

“Wae yeogie isseo?” (왜 여기에 있어?) translates to “Why are you here?” in English.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 왜 (wae): Why
- 여기에 (yeogie): Here
- 있어? (isseo?): Are you / do you exist / are you present?

So, the phrase “왜 여기에 있어?” is asking someone the reason for their presence at a specific location.

Question 375

maekkeurapge haetne
jal haetda

Answer 375

The phrase “Jal jeoreseo” (잘 저랬어) isn’t commonly used in Korean to mean “that was smooth.” Instead, you might use:

• 잘했다 (jal haetda) – “Well done” or “Good job”
• 매끄럽게 했네 (maekkeurapge haetne) – “You did that smoothly”
• 멋지게 했네 (meotjige haetne) – “You did that nicely”

For instance:
- 잘했다 (jal haetda) – This is more like “good job” but can imply smoothness in action.
- 매끄럽게 했네 (maekkeurapge haetne) – This directly translates to “You did it smoothly.”
- 멋지게 했네 (meotjige haetne) – This can mean “You did it stylishly/nicely,” which can imply smoothness.

Choose the one that best fits the context you’re aiming for.

Question 376

butak deurimnida

Answer 376

부탁드립니다 (butak deurimnida) – “I beg of you” or “I request of you.”

Here’s the breakdown:
- 부탁 (butak): Request, favor
- 드립니다 (deurimnida): A formal way to say “give” or “offer”

So, 부탁드립니다 (butak deurimnida) is the proper and polite way to say “I beg of you” or “Please do me a favor” in Korean.

Question 377

Dwaesseo, naega halge
Dwaesseo, singyeong sseuji ma.

Answer 377

Yes, 됐어 (dwaesseo) can be used to mean “nevermind” or “it’s okay” in an informal context. It’s a way of saying that something is settled or no longer an issue. Here are a few examples:

1. 됐어, 신경 쓰지 마.
   
   • Dwaesseo, singyeong sseuji ma.
   • Nevermind, don’t worry about it.
2. 됐어, 내가 할게.
   
   • Dwaesseo, naega halge.
   • Nevermind, I’ll do it.
3. 됐어, 이미 끝났어.
   
   • Dwaesseo, imi kkeunnasseo.
   • Nevermind, it’s already over.

Question 378

deo jal jatta
Neomu jota!
Jeongmal jota!
Deo jota!
Jeongmal daedanhae!
Jeongmal jota!

Answer 378

더 잘 잤다 (deo jal jatta) means “slept better” or “slept well,” rather than “that’s so great.” If you want to say “that’s so great” in Korean, you can use:

1. 정말 좋다!
   
   • Jeongmal jota!
   • That’s really great!
2. 너무 좋다!
   
   • Neomu jota!
   • That’s so great!
3. 정말 대단해!
   
   • Jeongmal daedanhae!
   • That’s amazing!

더 잘 좋다 (deo jal jota) would be incorrect, as it doesn’t make sense in Korean. If you want to say “That’s so great,” you can use:

1. 더 좋다!
   
   • Deo jota!
   • That’s better!

For emphasis, you could also use:

2. 정말 좋다!
   
   • Jeongmal jota!
   • That’s really great!
3. 너무 좋다!
   
   • Neomu jota!
   • That’s so great!
4. 정말 대단해!
   
   • Jeongmal daedanhae!
   • That’s amazing!

Question 379

Wae yeogi wasseo?

Answer 379

In Korean, “Why did you come here?” can be expressed as:

어떻게 여기 왔어?
- Eotteohke yeogi wasseo?

This translates directly to “How did you come here?” but is often understood in context to mean “Why did you come here?” For more clarity, you can use:

왜 여기 왔어?
- Wae yeogi wasseo?
- Why did you come here?

Question 380

Geulsse! Sigan piryo moreugende

Answer 380

Here is the correct translation in romanized Korean:

글쎄! 시간 필요 모르겠는데
- Geulsse! Sigan piryo moreugende

This means “I’m not sure. I don’t know if I have time.”

Question 381

Joeun mokjeogeul wihan geoya, aljana

Answer 381

Here is the translation in romanized Korean:

좋은 목적을 위한 거야, 알잖아
- Joeun mokjeogeul wihan geoya, aljana

This means “It’s for a good purpose, you know.”

Question 382

Geureom deureogalkkayo?

Answer 382

“Shall we go in, then” in romanized Korean is:

그럼 들어갈까요?
- Geureom deureogalkkayo?

This is a polite and natural way to ask if you should go inside.

Question 383

Norae anayo
Norae an hae

Answer 383

노래 안아요 (norae anayo) translates to “I don’t sing” or “He/She doesn’t sing.”

For different contexts:

1. “I don’t sing” (informal): 노래 안 해 (norae an hae)
2. “He/She doesn’t sing” (informal): 노래 안 해 (norae an hae)
3. “I don’t sing” (polite): 노래 안 해요 (norae an haeyo)
4. “He/She doesn’t sing” (polite): 노래 안 해요 (norae an haeyo)

Is this the meaning you were aiming for?

Question 384

Sasil vs. Sashireun

Answer 384

The words “사실” (sasil) and “사실은” (sashireun) both relate to facts or truth, but they are used differently in sentences.

1. 사실 (sasil):
   
   • Meaning: “Fact” or “Actually”
   • Usage: It can be used on its own to state a fact or truth.
   • Example: “사실을 말해요.” (Sasil-eul malhaeyo.) - “Tell the truth.”
2. 사실은 (sashireun):
   
   • Meaning: “The fact is…” or “Actually…”
   • Usage: It is often used to introduce a sentence or clause that presents a fact or a truth, often as a contrast or clarification.
   • Example: “사실은 제가 그 일을 했어요.” (Sashireun jega geu il-eul haesseoyo.) - “Actually, I did that work.”

In summary, “사실” is used to state a fact, while “사실은” is used to introduce a fact or truth, often in a conversational or explanatory context.

Question 385

Chikin meogeonneunde baega ajik gopa

Answer 385

“치킨 먹었는데” (chikin meogeonneunde) means “I ate chicken, but…” or “I was eating chicken, but…”

It is often used to introduce a contrast or additional information related to the action of eating chicken. For example:

1. “치킨 먹었는데 배가 아직 고파요.” (Chikin meogeonneunde baega ajik gopayo.)
   
   • “I ate chicken, but I’m still hungry.”
2. “치킨 먹었는데 배탈이 났어요.” (Chikin meogeonneunde baetari nasseoyo.)
   
   • “I was eating chicken, but I got an upset stomach.”

It sets up the sentence for an explanation or contrast to follow.

Question 386

Neomu Gamsahaeyo
Jeongmal gomawo

Answer 386

“Neomu Gamsahaeyo” (너무 감사합니다) and “Neomu Gamsahamnida” (너무 감사합니다) are both polite ways to say “Thank you very much” in Korean. The difference between them lies in the level of formality:

1. Neomu Gamsahaeyo (너무 감사해요):
   
   • This is a polite form but slightly less formal than “Gamsahamnida.”
   • It’s commonly used in everyday situations with people you are not extremely close to but don’t need to show the highest level of formality. For example, you can use it with colleagues, acquaintances, or older people you are friendly with.
2. Neomu Gamsahamnida (너무 감사합니다):
   
   • This is the more formal version and is used to show a higher level of respect.
   • It’s appropriate in more formal settings or when speaking to someone of higher status, such as in professional settings, with strangers, or with elders in a more respectful context.

When speaking informally with friends, you can use “고마워” (gomawo) to say “thank you.” If you want to emphasize that you’re very thankful, you can say “정말 고마워” (jeongmal gomawo), which means “thank you very much.” Here are the phrases in detail:

1. 고마워 (gomawo):
   
   • Informal, used among friends or people of the same age.
   • Equivalent to “thanks.”
2. 정말 고마워 (jeongmal gomawo):
   
   • Informal, used among friends or people of the same age.
   • Equivalent to “thank you very much” or “really, thanks.”

These are the casual forms and are appropriate for conversations with friends, siblings, or anyone you’re on informal terms with.

Question 387

Neomu Gamsahaeyo
Jeongmal gomawo

Answer 387

“Neomu Gamsahaeyo” (너무 감사합니다) and “Neomu Gamsahamnida” (너무 감사합니다) are both polite ways to say “Thank you very much” in Korean. The difference between them lies in the level of formality:

1. Neomu Gamsahaeyo (너무 감사해요):
   
   • This is a polite form but slightly less formal than “Gamsahamnida.”
   • It’s commonly used in everyday situations with people you are not extremely close to but don’t need to show the highest level of formality. For example, you can use it with colleagues, acquaintances, or older people you are friendly with.
2. Neomu Gamsahamnida (너무 감사합니다):
   
   • This is the more formal version and is used to show a higher level of respect.
   • It’s appropriate in more formal settings or when speaking to someone of higher status, such as in professional settings, with strangers, or with elders in a more respectful context.

When speaking informally with friends, you can use “고마워” (gomawo) to say “thank you.” If you want to emphasize that you’re very thankful, you can say “정말 고마워” (jeongmal gomawo), which means “thank you very much.” Here are the phrases in detail:

1. 고마워 (gomawo):
   
   • Informal, used among friends or people of the same age.
   • Equivalent to “thanks.”
2. 정말 고마워 (jeongmal gomawo):
   
   • Informal, used among friends or people of the same age.
   • Equivalent to “thank you very much” or “really, thanks.”

These are the casual forms and are appropriate for conversations with friends, siblings, or anyone you’re on informal terms with.

Question 388

Na yeolsimhi hangukmal gongbuhae - informal

Answer 388

Your sentence “Jeoneun Yeolsimhi hangukmal gongbuhae” (저는 열심히 한국말 공부해) translates to “I study Korean hard.” The sentence is already correct and conveys the intended meaning. Here’s a breakdown:

• 저는 (jeoneun): “I” (formal/polite)
• 열심히 (yeolsimhi): “hard” or “diligently”
• 한국말 (hangukmal): “Korean language”
• 공부해 (gongbuhae): “study” (informal)

For more formal situations, you could use:

• 저는 열심히 한국말 공부해요 (Jeoneun yeolsimhi hangukmal gongbuhaeyo): “I study Korean hard” (polite)

For informal or casual conversations, you could say:

• 나 열심히 한국말 공부해 (Na yeolsimhi hangukmal gongbuhae): “I study Korean hard” (informal)

In each version, the core message remains the same, with slight adjustments to formality.

Question 389

Eodie isseo? Informal- friends
Eodie isseoyo? Formal
Eodie innayo? More formal
eodie isseubnikka? Highly formal

Answer 389

Yes, you can use “있어?” (isseo?) for informal usage with friends. It’s a more casual way of asking “Where is it?” Here are the different levels of formality:

1. Formal/Polite:
   
   • 어디에 있나요? (eodie innayo?)
   • 어디에 있어요? (eodie isseoyo?)
2. Informal/Casual:
   
   • 어디에 있어? (eodie isseo?)

Yes, “어디에 있습니까?” (eodie isseubnikka?) is even more formal than “어디에 있나요?” (eodie innayo?).

Here’s a breakdown of the formality levels:

1. Highly Formal:
   
   • 어디에 있습니까? (eodie isseubnikka?)
     
     • Used in very formal settings, such as in business or official contexts, or when speaking to someone much higher in status.
2. Formal/Polite:
   
   • 어디에 있나요? (eodie innayo?)
     
     • Polite and slightly formal, often used in writing or when a high level of politeness is needed.
3. Standard Polite:
   
   • 어디에 있어요? (eodie isseoyo?)
     
     • Commonly used in everyday polite conversations.
4. Informal/Casual:
   
   • 어디에 있어? (eodie isseo?)
     
     • Used among friends, peers, or younger people.

So, “어디에 있습니까?” is indeed the most formal option among the ones we’ve discussed.

Question 390

Nae don piryohaego ppalli juseyo

Answer 390

To say “I need my money” using the polite form “내 돈 필요해요,” you can structure it like this:

• 내 돈 필요해요. (Nae don piryohaeyo.)

However, if you want to add “고” (go) at the end, which typically means “and” or “so,” you need to ensure the sentence structure makes sense. For example:

• 내 돈 필요하고… (Nae don piryohaego…) means “I need my money, and…”

But if you want to say something like “I need my money and…”, you’ll need to complete the sentence:

• 내 돈 필요하고 빨리 주세요. (Nae don piryohaego ppalli juseyo.) - “I need my money, and please give it to me quickly.”

The “고” connects two actions or statements, so make sure the sentence is complete when using it.

Question 391

Oraenman-e nagaseo mas-issneun eumsig-eul meoggo yeonghwa-reul bwass-eoyo

Answer 391

Sure, here is the translation of “It’s been a while since we’ve gone out, eaten delicious food, and watched a movie” into Korean:

오랜만에 나가서 맛있는 음식을 먹고 영화를 봤어요.
(Oraenman-e nagaseo mas-issneun eumsig-eul meoggo yeonghwa-reul bwass-eoyo.)

Oraenman-e nagaseo mas-issneun eumsig-eul meoggo yeonghwa-reul bogo- incomplete sentence

Question 392

Oraenman-e nagaseo mas-issneun eumsig-eul meoggo yeonghwa-reul bwass-eoyo

Answer 392

Sure, here is the translation of “It’s been a while since we’ve gone out, eaten delicious food, and watched a movie” into Korean:

오랜만에 나가서 맛있는 음식을 먹고 영화를 봤어요.
(Oraenman-e nagaseo mas-issneun eumsig-eul meoggo yeonghwa-reul bwass-eoyo.)

Oraenman-e nagaseo mas-issneun eumsig-eul meoggo yeonghwa-reul bogo- incomplete sentence

Question 393

jinjja wae geurae? Informal

jinjja wae geureoseyo?

Answer 393

In Korean, “진짜 왜 그래?” (jinjja wae geurae?) translates to “What’s really wrong with you?” or “Why are you like this?” It’s an informal way to ask someone why they are acting a certain way or what their problem is.

If you need a more polite version, you could say:

• 진짜 왜 그러세요? (jinjja wae geureoseyo?)

Question 394

Hwajang
Hwajangsireul sayonghaedo doelkkayo?

Answer 394

“화장” (hwajang) in Korean means “makeup.” It refers to the cosmetics and the process of applying them.

“화장실” (hwajangsil) in Korean means “restroom” or “bathroom.”

Here are a few example sentences:

• 화장실 어디에 있어요? (Hwajangsil eodie isseoyo?) - Where is the restroom?
• 화장실을 사용해도 될까요? (Hwajangsireul sayonghaedo doelkkayo?) - May I use the restroom?
• 화장실 좀 다녀올게요. (Hwajangsil jom danyeo-olgeyo.) - I’ll be right back from the restroom.

Question 395

imiji

Seukaeneo

Answer 395

“이미지” (imiji) in Korean means “image.” It is used similarly to the English word to refer to pictures, visuals, or a person’s reputation or public perception.

“스캐너” (seukaeneo) means “scanner,” a device used to scan documents or images into digital format.

Here are example sentences using these words:

• 이 이미지는 정말 아름다워요. (I imijineun jeongmal areumdawoyo.) - This image is really beautiful.
• 문서를 스캐너로 스캔하세요. (Munseoreul seukaeneoro seukaenhaseyo.) - Scan the document with the scanner.

Question 396

Magugan

Answer 396

“마구간” (magugan) in Korean means “stable” or “barn,” a place where horses or other livestock are kept.

Here is an example sentence using “마구간”:

• 말은 마구간에 있어요. (Mal-eun magugane isseoyo.) - The horse is in the stable.

Question 397

Teureog

Answer 397

“트럭” (teureog) in Korean means “truck.”

Here is an example sentence using “트럭”:

• 트럭이 도착했어요. (Teureogi dochakhaesseoyo.) - The truck has arrived.

Question 398

Teureog

Answer 398

“트럭” (teureog) in Korean means “truck.”

Here is an example sentence using “트럭”:

• 트럭이 도착했어요. (Teureogi dochakhaesseoyo.) - The truck has arrived.

Question 399

Gosokdoro
Gosokdoreoreul tago Seoure gasseoyo

Answer 399

“고속도로” (gosokdoro) in Korean means “highway” or “expressway.”

Here is an example sentence using “고속도로”:

• 고속도로를 타고 서울에 갔어요. (Gosokdoreoreul tago Seoure gasseoyo.) - I took the highway to Seoul.

Question 400

Gosokdoro
Gosokdoreoreul tago Seoure gasseoyo

Answer 400

“고속도로” (gosokdoro) in Korean means “highway” or “expressway.”

Here is an example sentence using “고속도로”:

• 고속도로를 타고 서울에 갔어요. (Gosokdoreoreul tago Seoure gasseoyo.) - I took the highway to Seoul.

Question 401

Saeroun sinbareul sasseoyo

Answer 401

“신발” (sinbal) in Korean means “shoes.”

Here is an example sentence using “신발”:

• 새로운 신발을 샀어요. (Saeroun sinbareul sasseoyo.) - I bought new shoes.

Question 402

Ppyeo

Geuneun ppyeoga bureojyeosseoyo

Answer 402

“뼈” (ppyeo) in Korean means “bone.”

Here is an example sentence using “뼈”:

• 그는 뼈가 부러졌어요. (Geuneun ppyeoga bureojyeosseoyo.) - He broke a bone.

Question 403

Gamsahae eoyo
Gomawoyo

Answer 403

1. Gomawo (고마워): This is the informal way to say “thank you.” It’s used among friends or to someone younger.
2. Gomawoyo (고마워요): This is a polite but still relatively casual way to say “thank you.” It’s used in less formal settings but still shows respect.
3. Gamsahamnida (감사합니다): This is the formal and polite way to say “thank you.” It’s used in formal situations or when showing respect to someone older or in a higher position.
4. Gamsahae eoyo (감사해요): This is a polite, semi-formal way to say “thank you.” It’s similar to gomawoyo but uses a different root word for “thanks.”

So, the main differences between these phrases are the levels of formality and politeness.

Question 404

Saenggakhae bonikka

Answer 404

“생각해 보니까” (Saenggakhae bonikka)

This translates to “After thinking about it” or “Now that I think about it.” Here’s a breakdown:

• 생각해 보니까 (Saenggakhae bonikka): “After thinking about it” or “Now that I think about it.”

If this isn’t what you were referring to, could you provide more context or correct any parts of the phrase that might be misspelled? That will help in providing a more accurate translation.

Question 405

Gachi bosillaeyo?

Answer 405

The phrase you’re thinking of is likely “같이 보실래요?” (gachi bosillaeyo?). This means “Do you want to watch together?” in a polite and somewhat informal manner.

Here’s a breakdown of the phrase:

• 같이 (gachi): together
• 보실래요? (bosillaeyo?): would you like to watch? (polite)

So, “같이 보실래요?” is a friendly way to ask someone if they want to watch something together.

Question 406

Geunde itchana

Answer 406

The phrase “Geunde itchana” (근데 있잖아) is often used in conversational Korean and can be translated as “But you know…” or “By the way, you know…”.

Here’s a breakdown:

• 근데 (geunde): but, however
• 있잖아 (itchana): you know

This phrase is typically used to introduce a new topic or to bring up something that might be related to the current conversation. It’s a common way to smoothly transition between subjects in a conversation.

Question 407

Banggwasseo
Banggawotseumnida

Answer 407

The phrase “Banggwasseo” (반가웠어) is an informal way of saying “It was nice to see you” or “It was nice to meet you.”

Here’s a breakdown:
- 반가웠어 (banggwasseo): It was nice to see/meet you (informal past tense)

For more formal or polite situations, you would use:
- 반가웠습니다 (banggawotseumnida): It was nice to see/meet you (formal past tense)
- 반가워요 (banggawoyo): It’s nice to see/meet you (polite present tense)

Question 408

Ulda
Aiga ulgo isseoyo
Wae ul-eoyo?

Answer 408

The Korean verb “울다” (ulda) means “to cry.” It is used to describe the act of crying or weeping. Here are some examples of how it can be used in different contexts and tenses:

• 울다 (ulda): to cry
• 울어요 (ul-eoyo): cries / is crying (polite present tense)
• 울었어요 (ul-eosseoyo): cried (polite past tense)
• 울고 있어요 (ulgo isseoyo): is crying (present continuous tense)

Example sentences:
- 아이가 울고 있어요. (Aiga ulgo isseoyo.): The child is crying.
- 어제 많이 울었어요. (Eoje mani ul-eosseoyo.): I cried a lot yesterday.
- 왜 울어요? (Wae ul-eoyo?): Why are you crying?

Question 409

Neoheeneun oseul eodiseo sa? Informal

Dangsindeureun eodieseo os-eul sabnikka? Formal

Answer 409

To ask “Where do you buy your clothes?” informally to friends in Korean, you would say:

너희는 옷을 어디서 사? (Neoheeneun oseul eodiseo sa?)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 너희는 (neoheeneun): you (plural, informal)
- 옷을 (oseul): clothes (object particle attached)
- 어디서 (eodiseo): where
- 사? (sa?): buy (informal, present tense)

Question 410

Jibe oji ma
jibe wa

Answer 410

The phrase “Jibe andeureowa seyo” (집에 안 들어와 세요) is not entirely correct. It seems like you’re aiming to say something like “Please come home,” but with a negative or prohibitive tone.

If you want to say “Don’t come home” informally, you would say:
- 집에 오지 마 (jibe oji ma): Don’t come home.

If you want to use it in a polite but not overly formal way, you would say:
- 집에 오지 마세요 (jibe oji maseyo): Please don’t come home.

However, if your intent is to say “Come home,” you would say:
- 집에 와 (jibe wa): Come home (informal).
- 집에 오세요 (jibe oseyo): Please come home (polite).

Clarifying your intent can help ensure the right phrase is used!

Question 411

wonpiseu wonhae- informal
wonpiseu gatgo sipheo - more casual

Answer 411

The word “원합니다” (wonhamnida) means “I want” or “I desire” in a formal or polite context. It is derived from the verb “원하다” (wonhada), which means “to want” or “to desire.”

The phrase “원피스를” (wonpiseureul) is the object form of “원피스” (wonpiseu), which means “dress” in English. The object particle “를” (reul) is attached to indicate that the dress is the object of the sentence.

Putting these together:

원피스를 원합니다 (wonpiseureul wonhamnida) means “I want a dress” in a formal or polite manner.

If you want to say this informally to friends, you would use:
- 원피스 원해 (wonpiseu wonhae): I want a dress (informal).

Or more casually:
- 원피스 갖고 싶어 (wonpiseu gatgo sipheo): I want to have a dress (informal).

Question 412

Na billil cha isseo?
Neo cha eobseo?
Na chareul gajigo isseo

Answer 412

나 빌릴 차 있어? (Na billil cha isseo?)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 나 (na): I (informal)
- 빌릴 (billil): to borrow (future noun modifier form of “빌리다” (billida), which means “to borrow”)
- 차 (cha): car
- 있어? (isseo?): do you have? (informal)

So, “나 빌릴 차 있어?” is the correct informal way to ask “Do you have a car I can borrow?”

너 차 없어? (Neo cha eobseo?)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 너 (neo): you (informal)
- 차 (cha): car
- 없어? (eobseo?): don’t have / isn’t there? (informal)

The phrase “Na chareul gajigo isseo” (나 차를 가지고 있어) means “I have a car” in an informal and casual way.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 나 (na): I (informal)
- 차를 (chareul): car (object particle attached)
- 가지고 있어 (gajigo isseo): have (informal)

If you want to say this in a more formal or polite way, you would say:
- 저는 차를 가지고 있어요 (jeoneun chareul gajigo isseoyo): I have a car (polite).

Question 413

Jigeum deutgetdago haesseo

Answer 413

In Korean, “지금” (jigeum) means “now” or “at this moment.” It’s often used in conversations to emphasize the present moment or to clarify that an action is happening immediately or currently.

When someone says, “I said I will listen,” the use of “지금” (jigeum) can emphasize that they are ready to listen right now. For example:

• 지금 듣겠다고 했어 (jigeum deutgetdago haesseo): “I said I will listen now.”

In this context, “지금” (jigeum) is used to emphasize the immediacy of the action. It clarifies that the person is not just planning to listen at some unspecified future time, but is ready to listen at this very moment.

Even if “지금” (jigeum) is not explicitly stated, the context might imply immediacy, especially in situations where quick or immediate actions

Question 414

Mwol-yo
Byeol malsseumeul-yo

Answer 414

The phrase you’re thinking of might be “별 말씀을요” (byeol malsseumeul-yo). When spoken quickly and in the context of a Korean drama, it can sound somewhat like “beutrak simida,” especially to non-native speakers.

Here’s a closer look at “별 말씀을요”:
- 별 말씀을요 (byeol malsseumeul-yo): “Don’t mention it” or “You’re welcome” (a modest way of responding to thanks or compliments).

In rapid speech, “별 말씀을요” can sound phonetically like “beutrak simida,” leading to potential confusion.

Other similar-sounding phrases might include:
- 뭘요 (mwol-yo): A very casual and modest way to say “It’s nothing” or “Don’t mention it.”
- 아니에요 (anieyo): “No” or “It’s nothing” (another modest way to respond to thanks).

Question 415

Wonhada vs. Sipda (sipheo)
Wonhae
Hago sipheo

Answer 415

In Korean, “want” can be expressed in different ways depending on the context and the formality level. Here are the common ways to say “want”:

1. 원하다 (wonhada): to want (a bit more formal or neutral)
   
   • 원해 (wonhae): I want (informal)
   • 원해요 (wonhaeyo): I want (polite)
   • 원합니다 (wonhamnida): I want (formal)
2. 싶다 (sipda): to want (used with verbs to indicate desire)
   
   • 하고 싶어 (hago sipheo): I want to do (informal)
   • 하고 싶어요 (hago sipheoyo): I want to do (polite)
   • 하고 싶습니다 (hago sipseumnida): I want to do (formal)

Examples:
- 난 아이스크림을 원해 (nan aiseukeurimeul wonhae): I want ice cream (informal)
- 저는 아이스크림을 원해요 (jeoneun aiseukeurimeul wonhaeyo): I want ice cream (polite)
- 난 여행을 하고 싶어 (nan yeohaengeul hago sipheo): I want to travel (informal)
- 저는 여행을 하고 싶어요 (jeoneun yeohaengeul hago sipheoyo): I want to travel (polite)

These structures allow you to express desire or wanting something or to do something in Korean.

Question 416

Geonganghan eumsik
Geonganghan salm
geuneun aju geonganghan saram-ida

Answer 416

The word “geonganghan” (건강한) means “healthy” in Korean. It is the adjective form of “건강” (geongang), which means “health.”

Here are some example sentences using “geonganghan”:
- 건강한 음식 (geonganghan eumsik): healthy food
- 건강한 삶 (geonganghan salm): healthy life
- 그는 아주 건강한 사람이다 (geuneun aju geonganghan saram-ida): He is a very healthy person.

Question 417

Da-eum-e bwa
Da-eum-e bwayo

Answer 417

다음에 봐 (da-eum-e bwa)

Here is the breakdown:
- 다음에 (da-eum-e): next time
- 봐 (bwa): see (informal)

For a more polite version, you can say:
- 다음에 봐요 (da-eum-e bwayo): See you next time (polite)
- 다음에 뵙겠습니다 (da-eum-e boepgetseumnida): See you next time (formal and respectful)

Question 418

Geunyeoga aranaesseo?

Answer 418

To say “Did she find out?” in Korean, you can use the following phrase:

그녀가 알아냈어? (Geunyeoga aranaesseo?)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 그녀가 (geunyeoga): she (subject marker 가)
- 알아냈어? (aranaesseo?): found out? (informal past tense)

If you want to be more polite, you can say:
- 그녀가 알아냈어요? (Geunyeoga aranaesseoyo?): Did she find out? (polite)

Question 419

Wae geunyeoga an dorawasseo?

Answer 419

왜 그녀가 안 돌아왔어? (Wae geunyeoga an dorawasseo?)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 왜 (wae): why
- 그녀가 (geunyeoga): she (subject marker 가)
- 안 (an): not
- 돌아왔어 (dorawasseo): came back (informal past tense)

For a more polite version, you can say:
- 왜 그녀가 안 돌아왔어요? (Wae geunyeoga an dorawasseoyo?): Why isn’t she back? (polite)

Question 420

Geuttae

Geuttae naneun haksaeng-ieosse
Naeil du sie jeonhwahalge. geuttae yaegihae
Biga omyeon geuttae gyehoekeul byeongyeonghaja

Answer 420

The Korean word “그때” (geuttae) generally means “at that time,” “back then,” or “then.” It is used to refer to a specific point in the past or sometimes in the future, depending on the context. Here are some of the different nuances and uses of “그때”:

1. At that time / Back then
   
   • 그때 나는 학생이었어 (geuttae naneun haksaeng-ieosseo): I was a student back then.
2. Then (as in a sequence of events)
   
   • 먼저 밥을 먹고 그때 숙제를 해 (meonjeo babeul meokgo geuttae sukjereul hae): Eat first, then do your homework.
3. At that moment (in the future)
   
   • 내일 두 시에 전화할게. 그때 얘기해 (naeil du sie jeonhwahalge. geuttae yaegihae): I’ll call you at 2 PM tomorrow. Let’s talk then.
4. In a hypothetical or conditional sense
   
   • 비가 오면 그때 계획을 변경하자 (biga omyeon geuttae gyehoekeul byeongyeonghaja): If it rains, let’s change the plans then.

“그때” is a versatile term used to reference a specific time, whether past, present, or future, based on the context of the sentence.

Question 421

Wae geogie gasseo?

Answer 421

The phrase “Geureohge wae ga?” (그렇게 왜 가?) isn’t quite the correct way to ask “Why did you go there?” in Korean. A more accurate way to phrase this would be:

왜 거기에 갔어? (Wae geogie gasseo?)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 왜 (wae): why
- 거기에 (geogie): there (location)
- 갔어? (gasseo?): did (you) go? (informal past tense)

For a more polite version, you can say:
- 왜 거기에 갔어요? (Wae geogie gasseoyo?): Why did you go there? (polite)

Question 422

Jigeum geumanhae

Answer 422

지금 그만해 (jigeum geumanhae)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 지금 (jigeum): now
- 그만해 (geumanhae): stop it (informal)

For a more polite version, you can say:
- 지금 그만하세요 (jigeum geumanhaseyo): Please stop it now (polite)

Question 423

Sigan
Jigeum
Oneul

Answer 423

Sure, here are sample sentences using “시간” (sigan: time), “지금” (jigeum: now), and “오늘” (oneul: today):

1. 시간이 없어요. (Sigani eopseoyo.)
   
   • I don’t have time.
2. 시간을 잘 사용하세요. (Siganeul jal sayonghaseyo.)
   
   • Use your time wisely.
3. 너와 함께하는 시간은 항상 즐거워. (Neowa hamkkehaneun siganeun hangsang jeulgeowo.)
   
   • The time spent with you is always enjoyable.

1. 지금 뭐해? (Jigeum mwohae?)
   
   • What are you doing now?
2. 지금 당장 와야 해요. (Jigeum dangjang waya haeyo.)
   
   • You need to come right now.
3. 지금이 아니면 언제? (Jigeumi animyeon eonje?)
   
   • If not now, then when?

1. 오늘 날씨가 좋아요. (Oneul nalssiga joayo.)
   
   • The weather is nice today.
2. 오늘은 친구를 만날 거예요. (Oneureun chingureul mannal geoyeyo.)
   
   • I am going to meet a friend today.
3. 오늘 무슨 일이 있었어? (Oneul museun iri isseosseo?)
   
   • What happened today?

Question 424

Ireumi [name]rago bulligo sipeo

Answer 424

• 이름이 [name]라고 불리고 싶어 (Ireumi [name]rago bulligo sipeo): I want to be called [name].

Here’s the breakdown:
- 이름이 (ireumi): name
- [name]라고 ([name]rago): called [name]
- 불리고 싶어 (bulligo sipeo): want to be called (informal)

For example:
- 이름이 제임스라고 불리고 싶어 (Ireumi Jeimseurago bulligo sipeo): I want to be called James.

Question 425

Sibnyeon
Isibnyeon
Samsibnyeon

Answer 425

The correct way to say “10 years,” “20 years,” and “30 years” in Korean is:

• 10 years: 십년 (sibnyeon)
• 20 years: 이십년 (isibnyeon)
• 30 years: 삼십년 (samsibnyeon)

Here’s how you can use them in sentences:

1. 십년 후에 (sibnyeon hue): In 10 years
   
   • 십년 후에 나는 의사가 되고 싶어요. (Sibnyeon hue naneun uisaga doego sipeoyo.): In 10 years, I want to become a doctor.
2. 이십년 후에 (isibnyeon hue): In 20 years
   
   • 이십년 후에 나는 세계를 여행하고 싶어요. (Isibnyeon hue naneun segyereul yeohaenghago sipeoyo.): In 20 years, I want to travel the world.
3. 삼십년 후에 (samsibnyeon hue): In 30 years
   
   • 삼십년 후에 나는 은퇴하고 싶어요. (Samsibnyeon hue naneun euntoehago sipeoyo.): In 30 years, I want to retire.

Question 426

Orabeoni

Answer 426

“Orabeoni” (오라버니) is an older or more formal term in Korean, traditionally used by women to refer to their older brother. It can also be used to refer to an older male figure in a respectful and endearing way.

In modern usage, it is less common and may be found more in historical dramas or literature. More commonly, women use “오빠” (oppa) to refer to their older brother or an older male friend they are close to. Men use “형” (hyung) to refer to their older brother or an older male friend.

Example sentences:

1. 오라버니, 잘 지내셨어요? (Orabeoni, jal jinaesyeosseoyo?)
   
   • Older brother, have you been well? (formal, respectful)
2. 오빠, 같이 영화 볼래? (Oppa, gachi yeonghwa bolla?)
   
   • Oppa, do you want to watch a movie together? (informal, friendly)
3. 형, 오늘 뭐 해? (Hyung, oneul mwo hae?)
   
   • Hyung, what are you doing today? (informal, friendly)

Question 427

Jeoldae andoeyo
Geureoke hamyeon andoeyo

Answer 427

(jeoldae andoeyo), which means “absolutely not” or “no way” in a polite form.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 절대 (jeoldae): absolutely, never
- 안 돼요 (an doeyo): cannot, not allowed (polite)

So, 절대 안 돼요 (jeoldae andoeyo) means “Absolutely not” or “No way” (polite).

In an informal context, you might say:
- 절대 안 돼 (jeoldae andwae): Absolutely not / No way (informal)

Example sentences:
- 이렇게 하면 절대 안 돼요. (Ireoke hamyeon jeoldae andoeyo): You absolutely can’t do it this way.
- 그건 절대 안 돼. (Geugeon jeoldae andwae): That is absolutely not allowed.

If you want to say “That’s not right” or “You can’t do that” in a more general sense, you might use:

• 그렇게 하면 안 돼요 (geureoke hamyeon andoeyo): You can’t do that / You shouldn’t do that (polite)
• 그렇게 하면 안 돼 (geureoke hamyeon andwae): You can’t do that / You shouldn’t do that (informal)

Question 428

Jeongmal gaya dwaeyo

Answer 428

The correct way to say “I really have to go” in Korean is:

정말 가야 돼요 (jeongmal gaya dwaeyo)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 정말 (jeongmal): really
- 가야 돼요 (gaya dwaeyo): have to go (polite)

For an informal version, you can say:
- 정말 가야 돼 (jeongmal gaya dwae): I really have to go (informal)

Question 429

Wa, nalssi jonneyo!

Answer 429

와, 날씨 좋네요! (Wa, nalssi jonneyo!)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 와 (wa): wow
- 날씨 (nalssi): weather
- 좋네요 (jonneyo): is nice (polite)

For an informal version, you can say:
- 와, 날씨 좋다! (Wa, nalssi jota!): Wow, the weather is nice!

Question 430

Geokjeong ma -Seoul
Geokjeong mara. -North Korea

Answer 430

To say “Don’t worry” in Korean, you can use:

• 걱정 마라 (geokjeong mara): Don’t worry (informal, used more in North Korea or older speech styles)
• 걱정 마 (geokjeong ma): Don’t worry (informal, used more commonly in South Korea)

Here’s the corrected version without geographic references:

1. 걱정 마라 (geokjeong mara): Don’t worry (informal, more North Korean style or older speech)
2. 걱정 마 (geokjeong ma): Don’t worry (informal, more commonly used in South Korea)

For a polite form, you can say:
- 걱정하지 마세요 (geokjeonghaji maseyo): Don’t worry (polite)

So, if you want to use the phrases properly:
- 걱정 마라 (geokjeong mara) is associated with a more traditional or North Korean way of speaking.
- 걱정 마 (geokjeong ma) is the more modern and commonly used version in Seoul and South Korea.

Question 431

Kkeulta
Kkeutnada
Sueobi kkeutna
Yeonghwaga kkeutnago mwo hal geoya?
Iri eonje kkeutna?

Hoeuiga eonje kkeutnayo? Formal way

Answer 431

The word “kkeulta” (끝나) means “to end” or “to finish” in Korean. It is the informal present tense form of the verb “끝나다” (kkeutnada).

Here are some example sentences:

1. 수업이 끝나. (Sueobi kkeutna.): The class ends. (informal)
2. 영화가 끝나고 뭐 할 거야? (Yeonghwaga kkeutnago mwo hal geoya?): What are you going to do after the movie ends? (informal)
3. 일이 언제 끝나? (Iri eonje kkeutna?): When does work end? (informal)

For a polite version, you can say:
- 끝나요 (kkeutnayo): ends (polite)

Example:
- 회의가 언제 끝나요? (Hoeuiga eonje kkeutnayo?): When does the meeting end? (polite)

Question 432

Jeoldae
Anda
Anta
Anjda

Answer 432

Sure, let’s break down each of these Korean words and their meanings:

1. 절대 (jeoldae): absolutely, never
   
   • Used to express strong negation or emphasis.
   • Example: 절대 안 돼요. (Jeoldae andwaeyo.): Absolutely not.
2. 안다 (anda): to hug, to embrace
   
   • This verb is used when talking about hugging or embracing someone.
   • Example: 그녀를 안았어요. (Geunyeoreul anasseoyo.): I hugged her.
3. 않다 (anta): not (used to make verbs negative)
   
   • This is a helper verb used to negate the meaning of other verbs.
   • Example: 먹지 않다 (meokji anta): to not eat
   • Example sentence: 나는 고기를 먹지 않아요. (Naneun gogireul meokji anayo.): I don’t eat meat.
4. 앉다 (anjda): to sit
   
   • This verb is used when talking about sitting down.
   • Example: 여기 앉으세요. (Yeogi anjeuseyo.): Please sit here.

Here are some sentences using these words:

1. 절대 포기하지 마세요. (Jeoldae pogihaji maseyo.): Never give up.
2. 아이를 꼭 안아요. (Aireul kkok anayyo.): Hug the child tightly.
3. 나는 설거지를 하지 않아요. (Naneun seolgeojireul haji anayo.): I don’t do the dishes.
4. 의자에 앉으세요. (Uijae anjeuseyo.): Please sit on the chair.

Question 433

Lobi
Hotel lobieseo mannaja

Answer 433

“Lobi” (로비) is a Korean word borrowed from English, meaning “lobby.” It typically refers to the lobby area in a building, such as a hotel, office, or apartment complex.

Here are some example sentences using “로비”:

1. 호텔 로비에서 만나자. (Hotel lobieseo mannaja.)
   
   • Let’s meet in the hotel lobby.
2. 로비에 사람이 많아요. (Lobie sarami manayo.)
   
   • There are many people in the lobby.
3. 그는 로비에서 기다리고 있어요. (Geuneun lobieseo gidarigo isseoyo.)
   
   • He is waiting in the lobby.

Question 434

Nongjang
Naneun jumare nongjange gayo.

Geu nongjangeun aju keoyo.

Nongjangeseo sinseonhan chaesoreul kiwoyo

Answer 434

“농장” (nongjang) is the Korean word for “farm.”

Here are some example sentences using “농장”:

1. 나는 주말에 농장에 가요. (Naneun jumare nongjange gayo.)
   
   • I go to the farm on weekends.
2. 그 농장은 아주 커요. (Geu nongjangeun aju keoyo.)
   
   • That farm is very large.
3. 농장에서 신선한 채소를 키워요. (Nongjangeseo sinseonhan chaesoreul kiwoyo.)
   
   • They grow fresh vegetables on the farm.

Question 435

Nareul jom dowajullae?

Jeoreul jom dowa jusilleyo

Answer 435

The informal version of “저를” (jeoreul) is “나를” (nareul).

Here’s the breakdown:
- 나 (na): I, me (informal)
- 를 (reul): object particle, indicating that “나” (me) is the object of the verb

So, “Can you help me a bit?” in informal Korean would be:

나를 좀 도와줄래? (Nareul jom dowajullae?)

Here’s the breakdown of the informal sentence:
- 나를 (nareul): me (informal)
- 좀 (jom): a bit
- 도와줄래? (dowajullae?): would you help

Putting it all together:
- 나를 좀 도와줄래? (Nareul jom dowajullae?): Can you help me a bit? (informal)

Question 436

Imo, Annyeonghaseyo. Oraenmanieoyo. Jal jinaesseo?

Answer 436

이모, 안녕. 오랜만이에요. 잘 지냈어?
- 이모 (imo): auntie
- 안녕 (annyeong): hi (informal)
- 오랜만이에요 (oraenmanieyo): it’s been a while (polite)
- 잘 지냈어? (jal jinaesseo?): have you been well? (informal)

Alternatively, you can use 잘 지내셨어요? (jal jinaesyeosseoyo?) for a more polite version:

이모, 안녕. 오랜만이에요. 잘 지내셨어요?

Here’s the breakdown:
- 이모 (imo): auntie
- 안녕 (annyeong): hi (informal)
- 오랜만이에요 (oraenmanieyo): it’s been a while (polite)
- 잘 지내셨어요? (jal jinaesyeosseoyo?): have you been well? (polite)

So the full phrase translates to:

Hi auntie. It has been awhile. Have you been well?

Question 437

Ya, Bappeunde. Informal

Answer 437

“Ya, bappeunde” (야, 바쁜데) is an informal way of saying “Hey, I’m busy.”

Here’s the breakdown:
- 야 (ya): hey (informal, used to get someone’s attention)
- 바쁜데 (bappeunde): I’m busy (informal, “바쁘다” (bappeuda) means “to be busy,” and “는데” (neunde) is a sentence ending that adds a context or contrast)

So, 야, 바쁜데 can be translated as “Hey, I’m busy” in an informal context.

Question 438

Jinjja iranikka- informal

Answer 438

“Jinjja iranikka” (진짜 이라니까) is an informal phrase that can be translated as “I’m telling you, it’s true” or “Seriously, I’m telling you.”

Here’s the breakdown:
- 진짜 (jinjja): really, truly, seriously
- 이라니까 (iranikka): a combination of “이다” (ida, to be) and the sentence ending “라니까” (ranikka), which adds emphasis, meaning “I’m telling you” or “I’m saying”

In context, “진짜 이라니까” is used to emphasize that what you’re saying is true or to insist on the truth of your statement.

Question 439

Jigeum eodieya

Answer 439

“Jigeum eodieya” (지금 어디야) is an informal way to ask “Where are you right now?” in Korean.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 지금 (jigeum): now
- 어디야 (eodiya): where are you (informal)

So, 지금 어디야? (Jigeum eodiya?) means “Where are you right now?” in an informal context.

For a more polite version, you can say:
- 지금 어디예요? (Jigeum eodieyo?): Where are you right now? (polite)

Question 440

Himnae, hwaiting!

Answer 440

The informal way to say “Be strong” in Korean is 힘내 (himnae).

Here’s the breakdown:
- 힘 (him): strength
- 내 (nae): to put out, to show

So, 힘내 (himnae) is a common way to encourage someone informally, meaning “Be strong” or “Cheer up.”
Yes, you can use both 힘내 (himnae) and 화이팅 (hwaiting) to encourage someone in Korean.

• 힘내 (himnae): Be strong / Cheer up (informal)
• 화이팅 (hwaiting): Fighting / You can do it (a Konglish expression used to cheer someone on)

Example:
- 힘내, 화이팅! (Himnae, hwaiting!): Be strong, you can do it!

These expressions are often used together to provide encouragement and support.

Question 441

Wa, jinjja daebak iji? Informal

Answer 441

The phrase “Wa Jinjja Daebak iji” (와, 진짜 대박이지) can be translated to “Wow, this is really amazing/crazy” in an informal context.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 와 (wa): Wow
- 진짜 (jinjja): really
- 대박 (daebak): amazing, awesome, crazy
- 이지 (iji): right?, isn’t it?

So, 와, 진짜 대박이지 (Wa, jinjja daebak iji?) is an informal way to express that something is really amazing or crazy, often used in a surprised or impressed tone.

Question 442

Jibe iljjik watne, bap meogeosseo? Wae geurae? Museun il isseo?

Answer 442

Your sentence combines multiple thoughts. Here’s a more polished version:

지금은, 밥 먹어? 왜 그래? 무슨 일 있어?
(Jigeumeun, bap meogeoyo? Wae geurae? Museun il isseo?)

This translates to:
- 지금은, 밥 먹어? (Jigeumeun, bap meogeoyo?): Are you eating now?
- 왜 그래? (Wae geurae?): What’s wrong?
- 무슨 일 있어? (Museun il isseo?): Is something the matter?

For “You’re home early, did you eat?” we can add:
- 집에 일찍 왔네, 밥 먹었어? (Jibe iljjik watne, bap meogeosseo?)

So, the combined informal version would be:

집에 일찍 왔네, 밥 먹었어? 왜 그래? 무슨 일 있어?
(Jibe iljjik watne, bap meogeosseo? Wae geurae? Museun il isseo?)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 집에 일찍 왔네 (Jibe iljjik watne): You’re home early
- 밥 먹었어? (Bap meogeosseo?): Did you eat?
- 왜 그래? (Wae geurae?): What’s wrong?
- 무슨 일 있어? (Museun il isseo?): Is something the matter?

Question 443

Geureom ireon iji, ireon najo - Kdrama
Geureom, gaja

Answer 443

Geureom ireon iji, ireon najo- let’s go then
The correct way to say “Let’s go then” in Korean is:

그럼, 가자. (Geureom, gaja.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 그럼 (geureom): then, in that case
- 가자 (gaja): let’s go (informal)

So, 그럼, 가자. (Geureom, gaja.) means “Let’s go then” in an informal context.

Question 444

Narang sagwillae?

Answer 444

To say “Do you want to go out with me?” in an informal way, you can say:

나랑 사귈래? (Narang sagwillae?)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 나랑 (narang): with me (informal, 나 (na) means “I” or “me”, and 랑 (rang) is a particle meaning “with”)
- 사귈래? (sagwillae?): do you want to go out? (from the verb 사귀다 (sagwida), meaning “to date” or “to go out”)

In a more polite form, you might say:

저랑 사귈래요? (Jeorang sagwillaeyo?)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 저랑 (jeorang): with me (polite, 저 (jeo) means “I” or “me”, and 랑 (rang) is a particle meaning “with”)
- 사귈래요? (sagwillaeyo?): do you want to go out? (polite)

So, in an informal context, you can say:
- 나랑 사귈래? (Narang sagwillae?): Do you want to go out with me?

And in a more polite context:
- 저랑 사귈래요? (Jeorang sagwillaeyo?): Do you want to go out with me?

Question 445

Ildan
Ildan i il-eul kkeutnaeja

Yakgan
Yakgan chuwayo

Answer 445

Sure, let’s break down the meanings of the Korean words 일단 (ildan) and 약간 (yakgan):

1. 일단 (ildan):
   
   • Meaning: first, first of all, for now
   • Usage: Used to indicate the first step or an initial action before proceeding to the next steps.
   • Example: 일단 이 일을 끝내자. (Ildan i il-eul kkeutnaeja.): First, let’s finish this work.
2. 약간 (yakgan):
   
   • Meaning: a little, slightly
   • Usage: Used to describe something to a small degree or extent.
   • Example: 약간 추워요. (Yakgan chuwayo.): It’s a little cold.

Both words are used to give context or quantify actions and states in Korean conversations.

Question 446

Jigeum buteo sijakhaeyo

Answer 446

“Jigeum buteo” (지금부터) means “from now” or “starting now” in Korean.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 지금 (jigeum): now
- 부터 (buteo): from

So, “지금부터” can be used to indicate that something is starting from this moment forward.

Example sentences:
1. 지금부터 시작해요. (Jigeum buteo sijakhaeyo.): Let’s start now.
2. 지금부터 열심히 공부할 거예요. (Jigeum buteo yeolsimhi gongbu hal geoyeyo.): I will study hard from now on.

Question 447

Mul-gwa orenji juseureul masineun geoseul joahaeyo

Keopireul masigo chaegeul ilgeosseoyo

Mul-gwa orenji juseureul masigo joahaeyo.

Answer 447

The sentence “Mulgwa orenji masigojoahaeyo” is close but needs some corrections to be grammatically accurate in Korean. Here’s the correct version:

물과 오렌지 주스를 마시는 것을 좋아해요.
(Mul-gwa orenji juseureul masineun geoseul joahaeyo.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 물 (mul): water
- 과 (gwa): and (used with nouns)
- 오렌지 주스 (orenji juseu): orange juice
- 마시는 것 (masineun geot): drinking (the act of drinking)
- 을 (eul): object particle
- 좋아해요 (joahaeyo): like

So, the sentence 물과 오렌지 주스를 마시는 것을 좋아해요. means “I like drinking water and orange juice.”

The word “마시고” (masigo) comes from the verb “마시다” (masida), which means “to drink.” The form “마시고” is the connective form, meaning “and drink” or “drink and.”

Here are some example sentences using “마시고”:

1. 물 마시고 쉬세요. (Mul masigo swiseyo.)
   
   • Drink some water and rest. (polite)
2. 커피를 마시고 책을 읽었어요. (Keopireul masigo chaegeul ilgeosseoyo.)
   
   • I drank coffee and read a book. (polite)
3. 주스를 마시고 싶어요. (Juseureul masigo sipeoyo.)
   
   • I want to drink juice. (polite)

If you want to use “마시고” in the context of liking to drink, you can say:

물과 오렌지 주스를 마시고 좋아해요. (Mul-gwa orenji juseureul masigo joahaeyo.)
- I like to drink water and orange juice.

Question 448

Nalssiga joeunikka, haneureun paransaek, joahaeyo

Answer 448

Your sentence “Nalssiga joahnikka. Haneureun parangsaeg joahaeyo” is almost correct. Here is a slightly refined version:

날씨가 좋으니까 하늘은 파란색, 좋아해요.
(Nalssiga joeunikka, haneureun paransaek, joahaeyo.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 날씨가 좋으니까 (Nalssiga joeunikka): Because the weather is nice
- 날씨 (nalssi): weather
- 가 (ga): subject particle
- 좋으니까 (joeunikka): because it is good/nice
- 하늘은 파란색 (Haneureun paransaek): the sky is blue
- 하늘 (haneul): sky
- 은 (eun): topic particle
- 파란색 (paransaek): blue color
- 좋아해요 (joahaeyo): I like it (polite)
- 좋아하다 (joahada): to like

Combining these elements, the sentence translates to: “Because the weather is nice, the sky is blue, I like it.” If you intend to express that you like the blue sky when the weather is nice, a more natural phrasing would be:

날씨가 좋으니까 파란 하늘을 좋아해요.
(Nalssiga joeunikka paran haneureul joahaeyo.)
- Because the weather is nice, I like the blue sky.

Question 449

Geureom josimhi jinaeseyo.

Answer 449

The correct version is:
그럼 조심히 지내세요. (Geureom josimhi jinaeseyo.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 그럼 (geureom): then, in that case
- 조심히 (josimhi): carefully, take care
- 지내세요 (jinaeseyo): stay, live (polite form of 지내다, to spend time or live)

So, 그럼 조심히 지내세요. (Geureom josimhi jinaeseyo.) means “Then, take care.”

Question 450

Geureohge anira

Answer 450

“Geureohge anira” (그렇게 아니라) means “It’s not like that” or “It’s not so” in Korean. It’s a way to refute or correct a statement.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 그렇게 (geureohge): like that, in that way
- 아니라 (anira): not, it’s not (derived from 아니다 (anida), which means “to not be”)

Example sentence:
- 그렇게 아니라, 내가 말한 것은 달라. (Geureohge anira, naega malhan geoseun dalla.): It’s not like that, what I said is different.

Question 451

Geureom mwol hagil bara?

Answer 451

To express “What do you want me to do, then?” in informal Korean, you can say:

그럼 뭘 하길 바라? (Geureom mwol hagil bara?)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 그럼 (geureom): then, in that case
- 뭘 (mwol): what (contraction of 무엇을 (mueoseul), the object form of “what”)
- 하길 바라 (hagil bara): do you want me to do (from 하길 바라다 (hagil barada), which means “to wish for someone to do something”)

In a slightly more polite form, you can say:

그럼 뭘 하길 바라요? (Geureom mwol hagil barayo?)

So, the informal sentence 그럼 뭘 하길 바라? (Geureom mwol hagil bara?) means “What do you want me to do, then?”

Question 452

Anja
Seolma, ireon aiya?
Seolma, ireonayo?

Answer 452

Yes, “앉아” (anja) is the informal command form of the verb “앉다” (anda), which means “to sit.”

Here’s how you can use it:
- 앉아. (Anja.): Sit. (informal)

For a more polite form, you would say:
- 앉으세요. (Anjuseyo.): Please sit.
Sure, let’s break down these two phrases:

1. 설마 (seolma):
   
   • Meaning: No way; You don’t mean…; Surely not; It can’t be.
   • Usage: Used to express disbelief or doubt, often when something seems too surprising or unlikely to be true.
   • Example: 설마 그가 여기 올 줄은 몰랐어. (Seolma geuga yeogi ol jjureun mollasseo.): No way, I didn’t expect him to come here.
2. 이런 아요 (ireon ayo):
   
   • Meaning: This is an incorrect form; likely a mix-up. You might mean 이런 아이야? (ireon aiya?), which means “Is this the kind of person you are?” or “Are you this kind of child?”
   • If you meant 일어나요 (ireonayo), it means “Wake up” or “Get up” (polite).
   • Example: 아침이에요, 일어나요! (Achim-ieyo, ireonayo!): It’s morning, wake up!

So, putting them together:
- 설마, 이런 아이야? (Seolma, ireon aiya?): No way, are you this kind of person?
- 설마, 일어나요? (Seolma, ireonayo?): No way, are you waking up?

Question 453

Chang-uijeogeuro haebwa, neo hal su isseo.

Answer 453

To say “Try to be creative, you got it” in Korean, you can say:

창의적으로 해봐, 너 할 수 있어.
(Chang-uijeogeuro haebwa, neo hal su isseo.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 창의적으로 (chang-uijeogeuro): creatively
- 해봐 (haebwa): try (informal, from the verb 하다 (hada), meaning “to do”)
- 너 (neo): you (informal)
- 할 수 있어 (hal su isseo): you can do it (informal)

So, 창의적으로 해봐, 너 할 수 있어. means “Try to be creative, you got it.”

Question 454

Hagin-
Hagin, geureol sudo isseo
Hagin, ne mari maja

Answer 454

The phrase “Hagin” (하긴) in Korean can be translated to “I mean” or “Indeed” or “Actually” when you are clarifying or conceding a point.

Here’s how you can use it:

• 하긴, 그럴 수도 있어. (Hagin, geureol sudo isseo.): I mean, that could be the case.
• 하긴, 네 말이 맞아. (Hagin, ne mari maja.): Actually, you’re right.

It serves as a way to acknowledge or affirm what has been said, often followed by additional clarification or agreement.

Question 455

Eung, algesseo
Ye Geureosse geunyeo

Answer 455

The phrase “Ye Geureosse geunyeo” (예, 그랬어 그녀) doesn’t quite translate to “Yeah, I see” in Korean. A more accurate and natural translation would be:

응, 알겠어. (Eung, algesseo.)
- 응 (eung): Yeah (informal, casual way to say “yes”)
- 알겠어 (algesseo): I see / I understand (informal)

So, 응, 알겠어. means “Yeah, I see” in an informal context.
“Ye Geureosse geunyeo” (예 그랬어 그녀) translates to “Yes, she was like that” in English. It’s a line that reflects on someone’s character or behavior.

Question 456

Gippeo, palrago, chakkago, heungmango

Answer 456

Yes, with those adjustments, the description is accurate:
“You’re cute, lively, kind, and full of spirit.”

• Gippeo (귀엽고) – Cute
• Palrago (팔락거) – Lively
• Chakkago (착하고) – Kind
• Heungmango (흥망고) – Full of spirit or enthusiastic

So, your description translates to:
“You’re cute, lively, kind, and full of spirit.”

Question 457

Cheoba

Answer 457

In Korean, “Cheoba” (쳐봐) means “let’s see” or “give it a try.” It’s a casual way to suggest testing or evaluating something.

Question 458

Wae bimil-iya?

Answer 458

“Wae bimil-iya?” (왜 비밀이야?), which translates to “Why is it a secret?”

Question 459

Bwa bwa

Answer 459

. The correct spelling is “bwa” (봐), which is short for “bwa bwa” (봐봐), a casual expression meaning “look” or “let me see.”

Question 460

Eonje buteo?

Answer 460

“Eonje buteo?” (언제부터?) translates to “Since when?” in English. This phrase is used to ask about the starting point or the time when something began.

Question 461

Naneun geunyang hyusiguel wonhae

Answer 461

“Naneun geunyang hyusiguel wonhae” (나는 그냥 휴식을 원해) translates to “I just want to rest” or “I just want a break” in English. The spelling and translation are correct.

Question 462

Naneun neomu jogeum jam-eul ja

Answer 462

“Naneun neomu jogeum jam-eul ja” (나는 너무 조금 잠을 자) translates to “I sleep very little” in English. The spelling is correct.

Question 463

Naneun neomu jogeum jam-eul ja

Answer 463

“Naneun neomu jogeum jam-eul ja” (나는 너무 조금 잠을 자) translates to “I sleep very little” in English. The spelling is correct.

Question 464

Yo
Bangseog
Gyeom

Answer 464

It looks like the terms you provided need clarification or correction. Here are possible interpretations:

1. Yo (요) - This can be a casual ending particle often used to make a sentence polite or indicate respect. However, on its own, it doesn’t convey a specific meaning without context.
2. Bangseog (방석) - This means “cushion” in Korean.
3. Gyeom (겸) - This is often used to indicate “and” or “at the same time,” combining two functions or roles, like in “teacher and friend” (선생님 겸 친구).

If you have a specific context or a different intended meaning for these words, please let me know!

Question 465

Naneun chiyag, chisolgwa binu ga piryohae”

Answer 465

“Naneun chiyag, chisolgwa bisi piryohae” (나는 치약, 치솔과 비누가 필요해) translates to “I need toothpaste, a toothbrush, and soap” in English. The spelling is almost correct, but it should be slightly adjusted:

“나는 치약, 칫솔과 비누가 필요해”

So the corrected translation would be:

“Naneun chiyag, chisolgwa binu ga piryohae” (나는 치약, 칫솔과 비누가 필요해)

Question 466

Yeoreumi
Oreoseulte

Answer 466

“Yeoreumi” is a Korean word that translates to “summer” in English.

“Oreoseulte” (오래오슬떼) is a colloquial expression in Korean, typically used in casual conversation to mean “long time no see.” It’s a playful and informal way to express that it’s been a while since you last saw someone.

Question 467

SNS peomeun
Neomu bappayo
Neomu palayeo

Answer 467

“SNS peomeun” (SNS 펌은) is a Korean phrase that can be translated to “SNS repost.” In this context, “SNS” refers to social networking services, and “peomeun” is derived from the English word “permalink” or “permanent,” often used to mean “repost” or “share.”

So, “SNS peomeun” essentially means sharing or reposting content on social media.
The phrases “neomu palayeo” and “neomu balayeo” seem to be transliterations of Korean words, but they aren’t clear in their intended meaning.

If you meant “너무 바빠요” (neomu bappayo), it translates to “I’m very busy” in English.

“Neomu palayeo” (너무 팔아요) could be intended to mean “selling too much,” though it’s not a common expression.

If you have more context or if there’s a specific meaning you want to convey, please let me know!

Question 468

Neomu joah geutta
Bulleyo
Mollayo

Answer 468

“Neomu joah geutta” (너무 좋아 그따) translates to “I like it so much” or “I love it so much” in English, with “neomu” meaning “very” or “so much,” and “joah” meaning “like” or “love.”

If “geutta” is meant to emphasize the feeling, it could be interpreted as an exclamatory or emphatic ending, similar to saying “I love it so much!”
“Bulleyo” (불러요) and “Mollayo” (몰라요) are Korean words with distinct meanings:

1. 불러요 (bulleyo): This means “I’m calling” or “I call.” It comes from the verb “부르다” (bureuda), which means “to call” or “to sing.”
2. 몰라요 (mollayo): This means “I don’t know.” It comes from the verb “모르다” (moreuda), which means “to not know” or “to be unaware.”

So, in English:
- 불러요 (bulleyo) = “I’m calling” or “I call.”
- 몰라요 (mollayo) = “I don’t know.”

Question 469

Yojeum
Yojeum eotteoke jinae?
Yojeum nalssiga cham jonneyo.

Answer 469

“Yojeum” (요즘) is a Korean word that translates to “these days” or “nowadays” in English. It is used to talk about the current time period or recent times.

For example:
- 요즘 어떻게 지내? (Yojeum eotteoke jinae?) = “How have you been these days?”
- 요즘 날씨가 참 좋네요. (Yojeum nalssiga cham jonneyo.) = “The weather is really nice these days.”

Question 470

Najunge bwayo, Galgeyo

Answer 470

Here are the phrases with more accurate translations and corrections:

1. Najunge bwayo (나중에 봐요): This means “See you later” in English.
2. Munje ga goeyo (문제 가 고어요): This seems to be a mix-up. The correct phrase for “I’ll be going” is 저는 가요 (jeoneun gayo) or 갈게요 (galgeyo).

So the corrected sentences are:

1. 나중에 봐요 (Najunge bwayo) = “See you later.”
2. 저는 가요 (Jeoneun gayo) or 갈게요 (Galgeyo) = “I’ll be going.”

Question 471

Gamdong

Answer 471

“감동” (gamdong), that means “I’m touched” or “I’m moved” in English, often used to express being emotionally moved or impressed by something.

So, the correct translation would be:

• 감동 (gamdong) = “I’m touched” or “I’m moved.”

Question 472

Urineun keun gaereul kiwoyo
Urineun gaereul derigo gayo

Answer 472

For the phrase “We have a big dog,” the correct translation in Korean would be:

• 우리는 큰 개를 키워요 (Urineun keun gaereul kiwoyo).

This phrase uses “큰” (keun) for “big” and “키워요” (kiwoyo) for “raise” or “have (a pet).”
“우리는 개를 데리고 가요” (urineun gaereul derigo gayo), which means “We are taking the dog.”

So, the correct sentence is:

• 우리는 개를 데리고 가요 (Urineun gaereul derigo gayo) = “We are taking the dog.”

Question 473

Neo keopi masigo?

Answer 473

The phrase “Neo keopi masigo?” (너 커피 마시고?) translates to “Are you drinking coffee?” or “Do you drink coffee?” in English.

• 너 커피 마시고? (Neo keopi masigo?) = “Are you drinking coffee?” or “Do you drink coffee?”

Question 474

Neo keopi masigo?

Answer 474

The phrase “Neo keopi masigo?” (너 커피 마시고?) translates to “Are you drinking coffee?” or “Do you drink coffee?” in English.

• 너 커피 마시고? (Neo keopi masigo?) = “Are you drinking coffee?” or “Do you drink coffee?”

Question 475

Wah, eolmana sesange ireon il-i irilkkayo?

Answer 475

“Wah eolmana sesange” (와 얼마나 세상에) translates to “Wow, how much in the world” in English. However, this phrase seems incomplete and might need more context to convey a complete thought.

For example, a more complete sentence might be:

• “Wah, eolmana sesange ireon il-i irilkkayo?” (와, 얼마나 세상에 이런 일이 일어날까요?) - “Wow, how often does this happen in the world?”

Question 476

Baegopa? Mogeolae? Neo Heoksi Jeomsimsigsa eottae?

Baegopa? Heoksi jeonyeogsigsa eottaeyo?
Mogeolae? Heoksi jeonyeogsigsa eottaeyo?

Answer 476

The phrase “Baegopa? Mogeolae? Neo Heoksi Jeomsimsigsa eottae?” translates to “Are you hungry? Do you want to eat? How about lunch?” in English.

Here’s the breakdown:
- “Baegopa?” means “Are you hungry?”
- “Mogeolae?” means “Do you want to eat?”
- “Neo Heoksi Jeomsimsigsa eottae?” means “How about lunch?”

This combination of questions is asking if the person is hungry and wants to eat, specifically suggesting having lunch.
The phrase “Baegopa? Heoksi jeonyeogsigsa eottaeyo?” translates to “Are you hungry? How about dinner?” in English.

The main difference between this and the previous question is the initial part:

• “Mogeolae?” directly asks if the person wants to eat.
• “Baegopa?” asks if the person is hungry.

Both phrases suggest having dinner together but start with different questions to lead into the suggestion.

Question 477

Igeo masigo

Answer 477

“Igeo masigo” (이거 마시고) translates to “Drink this” in English. It’s a directive telling someone to drink what is being offered.

Question 478

Yuin-won

Answer 478

“Yuin-won” (유인원) translates to “ape” or “primate” in English. It refers to a group of mammals that includes monkeys, apes, and humans.

Question 479

Gonchung

Answer 479

“Gonchung” (곤충) translates to “insect” in English. It refers to a class of small arthropod animals that have six legs and generally one or two pairs of wings.

Question 480

Gonchung

Answer 480

“Gonchung” (곤충) translates to “insect” in English. It refers to a class of small arthropod animals that have six legs and generally one or two pairs of wings.

Question 481

Hyeonjae

Answer 481

“Hyeonjae” (현재) translates to “present” or “current” in English. It refers to the current time or state of something.

Question 482

Nache

Answer 482

“Nache” (낮에) translates to “during the day” or “in the daytime” in English. It refers to the period of time when it is daylight.

Question 483

Gandanhan

Answer 483

“Gandanhan” (간단한) translates to “simple” or “easy” in English. It describes something that is straightforward, uncomplicated, or easy to understand or do.

Question 484

Gakeum

Answer 484

“Gakeum” (가끔) translates to “sometimes” in English. It is used to describe something that happens occasionally or not regularly.

Question 485

Wa neomu jeota. Jinjia yeppeuneyo

Wa nalssiga neomu jeota. Jinjia haneuleun yeppeuneyo

Answer 485

“Wa neomu jeota” (와 너무 좋다) translates to “Wow, it’s so nice” in English.

“Jinjia yeppeuneyo” (진짜 예쁘네요) translates to “So pretty” or “Really pretty” in English.

“Wa nalssiga neomu jeota. Jinjja haneuleun yeppeuneyo” (와 날씨가 너무 좋다. 진짜 하늘은 예쁘네요) translates to “Wow, the weather is so nice. The sky is really pretty” in English.

Question 486

Geureom i taba gayo

Answer 486

“Geureom i taba gayo” (그럼 이따 봐요) translates to “Then, I’ll see you later.”

Here’s the breakdown:
- “Geureom” (그럼) means “then” or “in that case.”
- “Itta” (이따) means “later.”
- “Bwayo” (봐요) means “see you.”

So, the full phrase “Geureom i taba gayo” means “Then, I’ll see you later.”

Question 487

Hyeonjae isseoyo

Answer 487

“Hyeonjae isseoyo” (현재 있어요) translates to “I am here now” or “I am present now.”

Here’s the breakdown:
- “Hyeonjae” (현재) means “present” or “now.”
- “Isseoyo” (있어요) means “there is” or “I am.”

So, “Hyeonjae isseoyo” means “I am present now” or “I am here now.”

Question 488

Eolmana yeolsimhi

Answer 488

“Eolmana yeolsimhi” (얼마나 열심히) translates to “how hard” or “how diligently.”

Here’s the breakdown:
- “Eolmana” (얼마나) means “how much” or “how.”
- “Yeolsimhi” (열심히) means “diligently” or “hard.”

So, “Eolmana yeolsimhi” can be used to ask or describe the extent of someone’s effort or diligence, as in “how hard” they are working.

Question 489

Jigeum-eun piryoeobseo

Answer 489

“Jigeum-eun piryoeobseo” (지금은 필요없어) translates to “I don’t need it now” or “It’s not necessary now.”

Here’s the breakdown:
- “Jigeum-eun” (지금은) means “now.”
- “Piryoeobseo” (필요없어) means “don’t need” or “not necessary.”

So, “Jigeum-eun piryoeobseo” means “I don’t need it now” or “It’s not necessary now.”

Question 490

Yeoreoseul ttae

Answer 490

“yeoreoseul ttae” (여러 슬 때), it translates to “when I was young” or “when you were young.”

Here’s the breakdown:
- “Yeoreoseul” (여러 슬) means “young.”
- “Ttae” (때) means “when.”

So, “yeoreoseul ttae” means “when I was young” or “when you were young.” If this isn’t what you intended, please provide more context or clarify the phrase.

Question 491

Naneun segyereul yeohaenghago sipeo

Answer 491

“Naneun segyereul yeohaeng” (나는 세계를 여행) translates to “I want to travel the world.”

Here’s the breakdown:
- “Naneun” (나는) means “I.”
- “Segyereul” (세계를) means “the world.”
- “Yeohaeng” (여행) means “travel.”

However, for the complete phrase “I want to travel the world,” you can say:
- “Naneun segyereul yeohaenghago sipeo” (나는 세계를 여행하고 싶어).

So, “Naneun segyereul yeohaenghago sipeo” means “I want to travel the world.”

Question 492

Siwol
Saworimnida
Sawol

Answer 492

Let’s break down the phrases you provided:

1. Siwol (시월): This means “October.”
2. Saworimnida (사월입니다): This means “It is April.”
   
   • “Sawol” (사월) means “April.”
   • “Imnida” (입니다) means “it is.”
3. Sawol (사월): This means “April.”

So, to summarize:
- Siwol: October
- Saworimnida: It is April.
- Sawol: April

Question 493

Sipeo vs Wonhae
Hago sipeo
Meokgo sipeo
Bogo sipeo
Nan wonhae

Answer 493

To say “I want” in Korean, you use the phrase “하고 싶어” (hago sipeo) after a verb that indicates what you want to do.

Here’s how it’s constructed:
- “하고” (hago) means “to do.”
- “싶어” (sipeo) means “want.”

When combined with another verb, it forms a phrase indicating the desire to do something. For example:
- “먹고 싶어” (meokgo sipeo) means “I want to eat.”
- “보고 싶어” (bogo sipeo) means “I want to see.”

If you want to say “I want” in general, without specifying an action, you can use “원해” (wonhae), which directly means “want”:
- “난 원해” (nan wonhae) means “I want.”

Question 494

Malgeyo
Malgo

Answer 494

“malgeyo” (말게요), it could mean “I will speak” or “I will say” depending on the context. However, this isn’t a common expression.

2. “Malgo” (말고): This means “not” or “instead of” and is often used to contrast two things. For example:
   
   • “이거 말고 저거” (Igeo malgo jeogeo) means “Not this one, but that one.”
   • “나 말고 너” (Na malgo neo) means “Not me, but you.”

If you intended to ask about different phrases, please provide more context.

Question 495

Ireoke
Ireoke hamyeon dwaeyo

Answer 495

“Ireoke” (이렇게) in Korean means “like this” or “in this way.”

Here’s how you can use it in a sentence:
- “이렇게 하면 돼요” (Ireoke hamyeon dwaeyo) means “You can do it like this.”
- “이렇게 해” (Ireoke hae) means “Do it like this.”

It’s often used to give instructions or to describe a manner of doing something.

Question 496

Ireowa

Answer 496

“Ireowa” (이리와) in Korean means “Come here.”

Here’s how it breaks down:
- “Ireo” (이리) means “this way” or “here.”
- “Wa” (와) is the imperative form of “오다” (oda), which means “to come.”

So, “Ireowa” is a casual or informal way of telling someone to come towards you.

Question 497

Wa sesange jinjja

Answer 497

“Wa sesange jinjja” (와 세상에 진짜) translates to “Wow, really in the world” or more naturally “Wow, really” or “Oh my, really.”

Here’s the breakdown:
- “Wa” (와) is an exclamation like “Wow” or “Oh my.”
- “Sesange” (세상에) means “in the world” but is often used as an exclamation similar to “Oh my” or “Goodness.”
- “Jinjja” (진짜) means “really” or “truly.”

So, the phrase “Wa sesange jinjja” is an exclamation expressing surprise or disbelief, similar to saying “Wow, really?”

Question 498

Aniji molla

Answer 498

“Aniji molla” (아니지 몰라) translates to “No, I don’t know” or “No, I have no idea.”

Here’s the breakdown:
- “Aniji” (아니지) means “No” or “That’s not right.”
- “Molla” (몰라) means “I don’t know.”

So, “Aniji molla” is used to express that you don’t know something and are correcting or negating a previous statement.

Question 499

Bimireul jikyeojwo
Paemmi eobseo

Answer 499

The word for “secret” in Korean is “비밀” (bimil).

Here’s how it can be used in a sentence:
- “이것은 비밀이에요” (Igeoseun bimilieyo) means “This is a secret.”
- “비밀을 지켜줘” (Bimireul jikyeojwo) means “Keep the secret.”

So, “비밀” (bimil) is the word for “secret” in Korean.”Paemmi eobseo” (팸미 없어) translates to “I don’t have a pen” or “There is no pen.”

Here’s the breakdown:
- “Paemmi” (팸미) is a transliteration for “pen” (although the more common Korean word for pen is “펜” (pen)).
- “Eobseo” (없어) means “there is no” or “I don’t have.”

So, “Paemmi eobseo” means “I don’t have a pen” or “There is no pen.”

Question 500

Ye joahneyo jinjja

Answer 500

“Ye joahneyo jinjja” (예 좋아네요 진짜) translates to “Yes, I really like it.”

Here’s the breakdown:
- “Ye” (예) means “yes.”
- “Joahneyo” (좋아네요) means “I like it.” The more accurate form would be “좋아요” (joayo) for “I like it” or “It’s good.”
- “Jinjja” (진짜) means “really” or “truly.”

So, “Ye joahneyo jinjja” means “Yes, I really like it,” although the more accurate phrasing would be “예, 정말 좋아요” (Ye, jeongmal joayo).

Question 501

Kamagi an joahaeyo geurigo kamagiga jibe eobseo

Answer 501

“Kamagi an joahaeyo geurigo kamagiga jibe eobseo” (개미 안 좋아해요 그리고 개미가 집에 없어요) translates to “I don’t like ants, and that’s why there are no ants in the house.”

Here’s the breakdown:
- “Kamagi” (개미) means “ants.”
- “An joahaeyo” (안 좋아해요) means “don’t like.”
- “Geurigo” (그리고) means “and.”
- “Kamagiga” (개미가) means “ants” (as the subject).
- “Jibe” (집에) means “in the house.”
- “Eobseo” (없어요) means “there are no” or “does not exist.”

So, “Kamagi an joahaeyo geurigo kamagiga jibe eobseo” means “I don’t like ants, and that’s why there are no ants in the house.”

Question 502

Ani gwenchana

Answer 502

“Ani gwenchana” (아니 괜찮아) translates to “No, it’s okay” or “No, I’m fine.”

Here’s the breakdown:
- “Ani” (아니) means “no.”
- “Gwenchana” (괜찮아) means “it’s okay” or “I’m fine.”

So, “Ani gwenchana” is a casual way of saying “No, it’s okay” or “No, I’m fine.”

Question 503

Ije swil su isseoyo. Gibuni eottaeyo? Jom naajeosseoyo?”

Answer 503

Here’s how to say “You can relax now. How do you feel? Do you feel a little better?” in Korean:

“이제 쉴 수 있어요. 기분이 어때요? 좀 나아졌어요?”

Here’s the breakdown:
- “이제” (ije) means “now.”
- “쉴 수 있어요” (swil su isseoyo) means “you can relax” or “you can rest.”
- “기분이 어때요?” (gibuni eottaeyo?) means “How do you feel?”
- “좀 나아졌어요?” (jom naajeosseoyo?) means “Do you feel a little better?”

Question 504

Hagin? Seolma

Answer 504

Here’s how to say “Confirm? No way” in Korean:

“Hagin? Seolma” (확인? 설마)

• “Hagin” (확인) means “confirm” or “confirmation.”
• “Seolma” (설마) means “no way” or “it can’t be.”

So, “Hagin? Seolma” translates to “Confirm? No way.”

Question 505

Heol, maldo andwae

Answer 505

“I’m speechless” in Korean is:

“Heol, maldo andwae” (헐, 말도 안돼)

Here’s the breakdown:
- “Heol” (헐) is an exclamation used to express shock or disbelief, similar to “Oh my” or “Wow.”
- “Maldo andwae” (말도 안돼) means “It doesn’t make sense” or “No way,” which conveys a sense of being speechless or at a loss for words.

So, “Heol, maldo andwae” effectively means “I’m speechless” in the context of being surprised or shocked.

Question 506

Geogie dugo ga

Answer 506

“Leave there” in Korean can be translated as “거기에 두고 가” (geogie dugo ga).

However, “gataba” doesn’t directly translate to a meaningful phrase in Korean. If you meant “가다” (gada) meaning “to go,” the phrase could be:

“Leave there and go”: “거기에 두고 가” (geogie dugo ga).

Here’s the breakdown:
- “거기에” (geogie) means “there.”
- “두고” (dugo) means “leave” or “put.”
- “가” (ga) means “go.”

So, “거기에 두고 가” (geogie dugo ga) means “Leave there and go.”

Question 507

Ildan
Ildan, i munjereul haegyeolhaja

Answer 507

First of,

“Ildan” (일단) translates to “first of all” in Korean.

Here’s an example of how you can use it in a sentence:
- “일단, 이 문제를 해결하자” (Ildan, i munjereul haegyeolhaja) means “First of all, let’s solve this problem.”

So, “Ildan” (일단) is used to indicate that something should be done first or considered first.

Question 508

Jinjja bappeu geunae

Answer 508

“Jinjja bappeu geunae” (진짜 바쁘겠네) translates to “He must be really busy.”

Here’s the breakdown:
- “Jinjja” (진짜) means “really.”
- “Bappeu” (바쁘) comes from “바쁘다” (bappeuda), meaning “busy.”
- “Geunae” (겠네) is an ending that indicates a strong assumption or inference, similar to “must be” in English.

So, “진짜 바쁘겠네” (jinjja bappeu geunae) means “He must be really busy.”

Question 509

Dega joahandago
Saranghe meolka

Answer 509

Here’s the breakdown:
- “Dega” (내가) means “I.”
- “Joahaedago” (좋아해다고) is a slightly incorrect form. The correct phrase is “좋아한다고” (joahandago), which means “said (that I) like (you).”

So, the full correct phrase “내가 좋아한다고” (naega joahandago) means “I said I like you.”

“Saranghe meolka” (사랑해 뭘까) translates to “What is love?” in Korean.

Here’s the breakdown:
- “Saranghe” (사랑해) means “love.”
- “Meolka” (뭘까) means “what is” or “I wonder what.”

So, “Saranghe meolka” (사랑해 뭘까) is asking “What is love?”

Question 510

Naeil iyagi halge

Answer 510

“I’ll talk to you tomorrow” in Korean is:

“내일 이야기할게” (naeil iyagi halge)

Here’s the breakdown:
- “내일” (naeil) means “tomorrow.”
- “이야기할게” (iyagi halge) means “I’ll talk” or “I’ll discuss.”

So, “내일 이야기할게” means “I’ll talk to you tomorrow.”

Question 511

Podo, tomato, subak

Answer 511

“Podo, tomato, subak” (포도, 토마토, 수박) are the Korean words for “grape, tomato, watermelon.”

Here’s the breakdown:
- “Podo” (포도) means “grape.”
- “Tomato” (토마토) means “tomato.”
- “Subak” (수박) means “watermelon.”

So, “podo, tomato, subak” translates to “grape, tomato, watermelon.”

Question 512

Bangawo
Mannada- mannaseo
Mannaseo bangawo
Mannaseo bangapseumnida

Answer 512

“반가워” (bangawo) means “Glad” or “Glad to see you.” It expresses pleasure in meeting someone.
“만나서” (mannaseo) means “because I met” or “upon meeting.” It is derived from the verb “만나다” (mannada), which means “to meet,” combined with the connective particle “서” (seo), which indicates a reason or cause. So, “만나서” can be translated as “upon meeting” or “because we met.”
In an informal way, you can say “Nice to meet you” in Korean as “만나서 반가워” (mannaseo bangawo).
In Korean, you can say “Nice to meet you” as “만나서 반갑습니다” (mannaseo bangapseumnida).

Question 513

Naeil achime bwa

Answer 513

“내일 아침” (naeil achim) means “tomorrow morning” in Korean. To say “See you tomorrow morning,” you can say “내일 아침에 봐” (naeil achime bwa) in an informal way.

Question 514

Amuteun, singyeong sseuji ma
Munjeleul baro haegyeolhaesseoyo

Answer 514

In Korean, “바로” (baro) means “immediately” or “right away.”

To say “Anyway, never mind” in Korean, you can say “아무튼, 신경 쓰지 마” (amuteun, singyeong sseuji ma) in an informal way.
Sure, here are the same sentences written in the Romanized alphabet:

1. Baro galgeyo.
   I’ll go right away.
2. Baro yeope isseoyo.
   It’s right next to you.
3. Munjeleul baro haegyeolhaesseoyo.
   I solved the problem immediately.
4. Geuga malhajamaja baro arasseoyo.
   I knew it right away as soon as he said it.
5. Baro chulbalhal junbireul haesseoyo.
   I got ready to leave immediately.

Question 515

Amudena noado gwaenchanayo
Amudena juchahal su isseoyo?

Answer 515

The Korean word for “anywhere” is “아무데나” (amudena). Here are some sample sentences using “아무데나” in the Romanized alphabet:

1. 아무데나 앉아도 돼요.
   Amudena anjado dwaeyo.
   You can sit anywhere.
2. 아무데나 가자.
   Amudena gaja.
   Let’s go anywhere.
3. 아무데나 놓아도 괜찮아요.
   Amudena noado gwaenchanayo.
   You can put it anywhere.
4. 아무데나 주차할 수 있어요?
   Amudena juchahal su isseoyo?
   Can I park anywhere?
5. 아무데나 있어도 돼요.
   Amudena isseodo dwaeyo.
   You can be anywhere.

Question 516

Eonje buteo alge dwaesseoyo?

Answer 516

“언제부터 알게 됐어요?” (Eonje buteo alge dwaesseoyo?) means “When did you find out?” in Korean.

Question 517

Jibe, igeon appaseo
Jibe, igeonseun appaseo
Jibe gayo, appaseo

Answer 517

The phrase “집에, 이건 아파서” (Jibe, igeon appaseo) translates to “I’m going home because I’m not feeling well.” However, this sentence needs a slight adjustment for clarity:

For “I’m going home because I’m not feeling well,” you can say:
- 집에 가요, 아파서 (Jibe gayo, appaseo) in a casual form.
- 집에 갑니다, 아파서 (Jibe gamnida, appaseo) in a formal form.

Question 518

Wae ttarawanneunde?

Answer 518

“왜 따라왔는데?” (Wae ttarawanneunde?) means “Why did you follow me?” in Korean.

Question 519

Eodie ganeunde?

Answer 519

“어디에 가는데?” (Eodie ganeunde?) means “Where are we going?” in Korean.

Question 520

Ah, an bada?

Answer 520

“아, 안 받아?” (Ah, an bada?) can be translated to “Ah, you won’t answer?” in Korean.

Question 521

Ramyeon meogeullae?

Answer 521

“라면 먹을래?” (Ramyeon meogeullae?) means “Do you want to eat ramen?” in Korean.

Question 522

Geurae gaseo mureobojja

Answer 522

The phrase “그래 가서 물어보자” (Geurae gaseo mureobojja) translates to “Okay, let’s go and ask” in Korean.

Question 523

Jamkkanman
Jamsimanyo

Answer 523

To say “Just a minute” to a friend in a casual way, you can use “잠깐만” (jamkkanman).
“잠시만요” (jamsimanyo) is a polite way to say “Just a minute” in Korean. It’s commonly used in everyday conversations and is considered formal enough for most situations.

Question 524

Deo eodieseo?
Eodiya?
Eodi isseo?

Answer 524

“더 어디에서?” (Deo eodieseo?) means “Where else are you?”

For a more straightforward way to ask “Where are you?” you can use “어디야?” (Eodiya?) or “어디 있어?” (Eodi isseo?).

Question 525

Jega neomu pigonhaseo swieoya haeyo

Answer 525

It seems like you’re trying to say something along the lines of “I am not feeling well because of the heavy work.” The corrected sentence in Korean would be:

“제가 너무 피곤해서 쉬어야 해요.”
(Jega neomu pigonhaseo swieoya haeyo.)
“I am very tired, so I need to rest.”

If you meant something else, please let me know!

Question 526

Jega neomu nollaseo museopda ttaemune
Museowoseo neomu nollasseoyo

Answer 526

The phrase “제가 너무 놀라서 무섭다 때문에” (Jega neomu nollaseo museopda ttaemune) translates to “I was surprised because I was scared.” However, for clarity, it might be better to say:

“무서워서 너무 놀랐어요.”
(Museowoseo neomu nollasseoyo.)
“I was surprised because I was scared.”

Question 527

Neoneun jeoldae deutji anha
Dangshineun jeoldae deutji anayo

Answer 527

“You never listen” in Korean can be expressed as:

“너는 절대 듣지 않아.”
(Neoneun jeoldae deutji anha.)

This is an informal way to say it. For a more polite or formal version, you can say:

“당신은 절대 듣지 않아요.”
(Dangshineun jeoldae deutji anayo.)

Question 528

Ibwa
Ibwayo
Ihwa, iri wa bwa

Answer 528

The word “이봐” (ibwa) means “hey” or “look” and is often used to get someone’s attention. For example, “이봐, 이리 와 봐!” (Ihwa, iri wa bwa!) means “Hey, come here and see!”

The verb “이봐요” (ibwayo) can be used similarly to “이봐” but is a bit more polite. It is often used to address someone politely or get their attention in a respectful manner.

Question 529

Bangi eoduwoyo
Bameun eoduwoyo
Geu geurimeun mos-saeng-gyeoss-eoyo

Answer 529

The phrases “못생겼어요” (mos-saeng-gyeoss-eoyo) and “어두워요” (eoduwoyo) in Korean translate to:

1. 못생겼어요 (Mos-saeng-gyeoss-eoyo): “Ugly” or “Not good-looking”
2. 어두워요 (Eoduwoyo): “It’s dark”

Here’s how they can be used in sentences:

1. 못생겼어요 (Mos-saeng-gyeoss-eoyo): “He/She is ugly” or “It’s ugly”
   
   • Example: “그 그림은 못생겼어요.” (Geu geurimeun mos-saeng-gyeoss-eoyo.) “That picture is ugly.”
2. 어두워요 (Eoduwoyo): “It’s dark”
   
   • Example: “방이 어두워요.” (Bangi eoduwoyo.) “The room is dark.”

Question 530

Wae geurae?

Answer 530

“왜 그래?” (Wae geurae?) means “What’s wrong?” in Korean. This is an informal way to ask someone if something is bothering them.

Question 531

Wa, bureopda

Answer 531

“와, 부럽다” (Wa, bureopda) means “Wow, I’m so envious” in Korean. This expression is informal and commonly used to express envy or admiration.

Question 532

Seolma na ttaemune?

Answer 532

“설마 나 때문에?” (Seolma na ttaemune?) means “Is it… because of me?” in Korean. This expression conveys surprise or disbelief that something is happening because of you.

Question 533

Deudieo manada

Answer 533

“드디어 만나다” (Deudieo manada) translates to “Finally, we meet” in Korean.

In a complete sentence, you might say:
- 드디어 만나네요. (Deudieo mannaneyo.)
- 드디어 만났다. (Deudieo mannatda.)

Question 534

Hoksi, nugunji gieokhaeyo? Jeo arabo-gess-eoyo?

Answer 534

To say “Do you remember who I am? Do you recognize me?” in Korean, you can use the following phrases:

“혹시, 누군지 기억해요? 저 알아보겠어요?”
(Hoksi, nugunji gieokhaeyo? Jeo arabo-gess-eoyo?)

Question 535

Oneulcheoreom joeun nalssiga gyesokdoemyeon jokesseoyo

Answer 535

“오늘처럼” (oneulcheoreom) means “like today” in Korean. It can be used in sentences to compare something to the way it is today.

Example sentence:
- 오늘처럼 좋은 날씨가 계속되면 좋겠어요.
(Oneulcheoreom joeun nalssiga gyesokdoemyeon jokesseoyo.)
“I hope the weather stays nice like today.”

Question 536

Ireonaseo isseoyo?

Answer 536

“일어나 있어요?” (Ireonaseo isseoyo?) means “Are you awake?” in Korean. This is a polite way to ask if someone is awake.

For a more casual version, you can say:
- 일어나 있어? (Ireonaseo isseo?)

Question 537

Hoksi bujag-yong isseoyo?
Or simply say just Hoksi bujag-yong?

Answer 537

Yes, “혹시 부작용 있어요?” (Hoksi bujag-yong isseoyo?) means “Are there side effects?” in Korean.

Question 538

Nae ireumi mwoji?
Ireumi mwoyeyo?

Answer 538

“Nae ireumi mwoji?” (내 이름이 뭐지?) means “What is my name?”

To ask “What is your name?” in Korean, you can say:
- 이름이 뭐예요? (Ireumi mwoyeyo?) - polite
- 이름이 뭐야? (Ireumi mwoya?) - informal
To ask “What is your name?” in Korean, you can say:

• 이름이 뭐예요? (Ireumi mwoyeyo?) - polite
• 이름이 뭐야? (Ireumi mwoya?) - informal

Question 539

Moreugessda
Moreugesseoyo

Answer 539

“I don’t know” in Korean is “모르겠어요” (moreugesseoyo). The phrase “모르겠다” (moreugessda) is a more informal way to say it.

“모르겠어요” (moreugesseoyo) is used in polite conversations, while “모르겠다” (moreugessda) is more casual.

Question 540

Ne, baro galgeyo

Answer 540

To say “Yes, I’ll go right away” in Korean, you can use:

“네, 바로 갈게요.”
(Ne, baro galgeyo.)

Question 541

Naneun chingu eoyo

Answer 541

“Naneun chingu eoyo” (나는 친구에요) translates to “I am a friend” in Korean. This phrase is used to indicate that you are a friend. If you’re trying to say “I am a friend” to someone, you might use:

• “저는 친구예요.” (Jeoneun chingu-yeyo.) for a polite form.
• “나는 친구야.” (Naneun chingu-ya.) for an informal form.

Question 542

What do all of these mean?
Haean-
Jayeon-
Gil-
Hwayoil-
Hwangso
Hwaseong-
Inteoned-
Yeoreum-
Meoj-eulkkayo-

Answer 542

Let’s clarify each word again to ensure accuracy:

1. Haean (해안) - Coast
2. Jayeon (자연) - Nature
3. Gil (길) - Road or Path
4. Hwayoil (화요일) - Tuesday
5. Hwangso (황소) - Bull
6. Hwaseong (화성) - Mars (the planet) or Hwaseong (a city in South Korea)
7. Inteonet (인터넷) - Internet
8. Yeoreum (여름) - Summer
9. Meoj-eulkkayo (머즐까요) - The correct form is “멎을까요” (meojeulkkayo) meaning “Will it stop?” when referring to rain stopping.

Question 543

Hoksi jigeum mwohaeyo?

Answer 543

Yes, “혹시 지금 뭐해요?” (Hoksi jigeum mwohaeyo?) means “What are you doing right now?” in Korean. This is a polite way to ask someone about their current activity.

Question 544

Geu namjaneun eottaeyo?

Answer 544

Yes, “그 남자는 어때요?” (Geu namjaneun eottaeyo?) means “How is he?” in Korean. This phrase is used to inquire about the condition or opinion of a man.

Question 545

Haja, geunde eotteoke? Informal
Haeyo, geunde eotteokhae? Formal

Answer 545

To say “Let’s do it, but how?” informally with friends, you can say:

“하자, 그런데 어떻게?”
(Haja, geunde eotteoke?)
“해요, 그런데 어떻게?” (Haeyo, geunde eotteokhae?) translates to “Let’s do it, but how?” in Korean.

In this phrase:
- 해요 (haeyo) means “Let’s do it” or “Do it.”
- 그런데 (geunde) means “but” or “however.”
- 어떻게 (eotteokhae) means “how.”

Question 546

Beolsseo yeoreumiya?
Beolsseo baegopa?
Beolsseo jibe ga?

Answer 546

“벌써” (beolsseo) means “already” in Korean. Here are some sample sentences in Romanized Korean:

1. 벌써 끝났어?
   
   • Beolsseo kkeutnasseo?
   • “Already finished?”
2. 벌써 갔어?
   
   • Beolsseo gasseo?
   • “Already gone?”
3. 벌써 여름이야?
   
   • Beolsseo yeoreumiya?
   • “Is it already summer?”
4. 벌써 배고파?
   
   • Beolsseo baegopa?
   • “Already hungry?”
5. 벌써 집에 가?
   
   • Beolsseo jibe ga?
   • “Already going home?”

Question 547

Nado molla neunde
Geuge ireoke jungyohan jul molla neunde.**
Neoga geogi inneun jul molla neunde.
Geu yeonghwaga geureoke jaemiinneun jul molla neunde

Answer 547

“몰랐는데” (molla neunde) means “I didn’t know” in Korean. Here are some sample sentences in Romanized Korean:

1. 나도 몰랐는데.
   
   • Nado molla neunde.
   • “I didn’t know either.”
2. 그게 이렇게 중요한 줄 몰랐는데.
   
   • Geuge ireoke jungyohan jul molla neunde.
   • “I didn’t know it was this important.”
3. 너가 거기 있는 줄 몰랐는데.
   
   • Neoga geogi inneun jul molla neunde.
   • “I didn’t know you were there.”
4. 그 영화가 그렇게 재미있는 줄 몰랐는데.
   
   • Geu yeonghwaga geureoke jaemiinneun jul molla neunde.
   • “I didn’t know that movie was so interesting.”
5. 이렇게 빨리 끝날 줄 몰랐는데.
   
   • Ireoke ppalli kkeutnal jul molla neunde.
   • “I didn’t know it would end this quickly.”

Question 548

Jigeum chinguga isseoseo haengbokhae

Jigeum chinguga isseoseo haengbokhaeyo

Answer 548

In an informal way, you can say:

“지금 친구가 있어서 행복해.”
(Jigeum chinguga isseoseo haengbokhae.)
To say “I’m happy now because I have a friend” in Korean, you can use:

“지금 친구가 있어서 행복해요.”
(Jigeum chinguga isseoseo haengbokhaeyo.)

This sentence means “I’m happy now because I have a friend.”

Question 549

Nado piryoha-ji
Nado haru piryoha-ji

Answer 549

To say “I need it too” in Korean, you can say:

“나도 필요하지.”
(Nado piryoha-ji.)

If you want to make it slightly more polite, you can say:

“나도 필요해.”
(Nado piryohae.)
To say “I need a day off too” in Korean, you can say:

“나도 하루 필요해.”
(Nado haru piryohae.)

If you want to be slightly more polite, you can say:

“나도 하루 필요해요.”
(Nado haru piryohaeyo.)

Question 550

Nuga silkka-yo?

Answer 550

“누가 싫까요?” (“누가 싫까요?” (Nuga silkka-yo?) means “Who would dislike it?” or “Who would hate it?” in Korean. means “Who would dislike it?” or “Who would hate it?” in Korean.

Question 551

Han beon
Du beon
Se beon

Answer 551

“Ibon” (이번) means “this time” or “this one” in Korean, and “sambon” (삼본) doesn’t have a meaningful translation as a number. However, it might be a misinterpretation.

For numbers in Korean:
- 이번 (ibon) means “this time.”
- 삼 (sam) means “three.”
- 번 (beon) means “time” or “number” (used as a counter).

For example:
- 한 번 (han beon) - one time
- 두 번 (du beon) - two times
- 세 번 (se beon) - three times

Question 552

Yeppeodo
Yeppeuda
Yeoppeuneunde
Yeoppeuji

Answer 552

These Korean expressions all derive from the adjective “예쁘다” (yeppeuda), meaning “to be pretty” or “to be beautiful.” Here’s an explanation of each form:

1. 예쁘다 (yeppeuda): The basic form of the adjective, “to be pretty.”
2. 예뻐도 (yeppeodo): “Even though (someone/something) is pretty.”
   
   • Example: 예뻐도 성격이 나쁘면 안 돼요.
   • (Yeppeodo seonggyeogi nappeumyeon andwaeyo.)
   • “Even though she is pretty, if her personality is bad, it’s not good.”
3. 예쁜데 (yeoppeuneunde): “Even though (someone/something) is pretty” or “but (someone/something) is pretty.”
   
   • Example: 예쁜데 왜 슬퍼 보여요?
   • (Yeppeuneunde wae seulpeo boyeoyo?)
   • “You’re pretty, but why do you look sad?”
4. 예쁘지 (yeoppeuji): This is a colloquial form used for confirmation, similar to saying “isn’t it pretty?”
   
   • Example: 그 꽃 예쁘지?
   • (Geu kkot yeoppeuji?)
   • “That flower is pretty, isn’t it?”
5. 예쁘자 (yeoppeuja): This is not a correct form derived from 예쁘다 (yeppeuda). It seems like it might be a typo or misinterpretation.

Please let me know if there’s anything else you would like to understand or clarify!

Question 553

Jumare eottae? Jal jinaesseo? Nalssiga jokgo sanggwaehaesseo

Answer 553

“주말에 어때? 잘 지내?” (Jumare eottae? Jal jinae?) means “How was your weekend? Did you have a good time?” in Korean.

To add “The weather was nice and pleasant,” you can say:

“주말에 어때? 잘 지냈어? 날씨가 좋고 상쾌했어.”
(Jumare eottae? Jal jinaesseo? Nalssiga jokgo sanggwaehaesseo.)

Here’s the complete informal conversation:

• “주말에 어때? 잘 지냈어? 날씨가 좋고 상쾌했어.”
  (Jumare eottae? Jal jinaesseo? Nalssiga jokgo sanggwaehaesseo.)

For a more polite version, you can say:

• “주말에 어땠어요? 잘 지내셨어요? 날씨가 좋고 상쾌했어요.”
  (Jumare eottaesseoyo? Jal jinaesyeosseoyo? Nalssiga jokgo sanggwaehaesseoyo.)

Question 554

Iljuire hanbeon undonghae

Answer 554

“일주일에 한 번” (iljuire hanbeon) means “once a week” in Korean.

Here’s how it can be used in a sentence:
- “일주일에 한 번 운동해요.”
(Iljuire hanbeon undonghaeyo.)
“I exercise once a week.”

If you have more specific contexts or sentences you want to use, feel free to share!

Question 555

Sago ttaemune na mani nollasseo.

Answer 555

To say “The accident shocked me” in Korean, you can use:

“사고 때문에 제가 많이 놀랐어요.”
(Sago ttaemune jega mani nollasseoyo.)

If you want to add “Excuse me” at the beginning in a polite way, you can say:

“저기요, 사고 때문에 제가 많이 놀랐어요.”
(Jeogiyo, sago ttaemune jega mani nollasseoyo.)

In an informal context, you could say:

“사고 때문에 나 많이 놀랐어.”
(Sago ttaemune na mani nollasseo.)

Question 556

Ongjolhan
Geuneun ongjolhaeyo

Answer 556

옹졸한 (ongjolhan) - meaning “petty” or “narrow-minded.”

For example:
- 그는 옹졸해요.
- (Geuneun ongjolhaeyo.)
- “He is petty.”

If you were looking for a different word or context, please let me know!

Question 557

Jal dwaetda
Jal dwaetdago saenggakhae.

Answer 557

To say “I’m glad” in Korean informally, you would use “잘됐다” (jal dwaetda).

Here are some example sentences in Romanized Korean and their English translations:

1. 정말 잘됐어.
   
   • Jeongmal jal dwaesseo.
   • “I’m really glad.”
2. 네가 와서 잘됐어.
   
   • Nega waseo jal dwaesseo.
   • “I’m glad you came.”
3. 잘됐다고 생각해.
   
   • Jal dwaetdago saenggakhae.
   • “I think it’s great.”

If you want to be slightly more polite, you can say:

1. 잘됐어요.
   
   • Jal dwaesseoyo.
   • “I’m glad.”

Question 558

Arasseo. Soljikhi, neoneun hangsang jib, il, geurigo nae sikdangaeman itgo jaemi eobseotjana

Answer 558

To say “Okay. To be honest, you’re at home, work, and my restaurant all the time, and you haven’t had much fun” in Korean, you can say:

“알았어. 솔직히 말해서, 너는 항상 집, 직장, 그리고 내 식당에만 있고 재미없었어.”
(Arasseo. Soljikhi malhaeseo, neoneun hangsang jib, jikjang, geurigo nae sikdangaeman itgo jaemi eobseosseo.)

In a more casual way to a friend, you can say:

“알았어. 솔직히, 너는 항상 집, 일, 그리고 내 식당에만 있고 재미없었잖아.”
(Arasseo. Soljikhi, neoneun hangsang jib, il, geurigo nae sikdangaeman itgo jaemi eobseotjana.)

Question 559

Gidaryeo jwo

Answer 559

To say “Wait for me” in Korean, you can use:

“기다려.”
(Gidaryeo.)

For a slightly more polite form, you can say:

“기다려 줘.”
(Gidaryeo jwo.)

For a formal context, you can say:

“기다려 주세요.”
(Gidaryeo juseyo.)

Question 560

Oneureun nalssiga joa
Oneureun nalssiga aju malga

Answer 560

To say “Today the weather is nice” informally to friends in Korean, you can say:

“오늘은 날씨가 좋아.”
(Oneureun nalssiga joa.)
To say “Today is very sunny” in an informal way to friends, you can say:

“오늘은 날씨가 아주 맑아.”
(Oneureun nalssiga aju malga.)

Alternatively, you can also say:

“오늘은 정말 햇볕이 좋아.”
(Oneureun jeongmal haetbyeoti joa.)

Question 561

Verbs and Vocabularies

Answer 561

Here are the informal versions of the phrases to use with friends:

1. 울어요 (uleoyo) - 울어 (uleo) - Crying
2. 어두워요 (eoduwoyo) - 어두워 (eoduweo) - It’s dark
3. 바라봅니다 (barabomnida) - 바라봐 (barabwa) - (I) look at
4. 갑니다 (gabnida) - 가 (ga) - (I) go
5. 수도입니다 (sudoimnida) - 수도야 (sudo-ya) - It’s the capital
6. 잔잔합니까 (janjanhamnikka) - 잔잔해? (janjanhae?) - Is it calm?
7. 있습니까 (isseumnikka) - 있어? (isseo?) - Is there?
8. 않습니다 (anhseubnida) - 않아 (anha) - (I) don’t
9. 얼마입니까 (eolmaimnikka) - 얼마야? (eolmaya?) - How much is it?
10. 열립니까 (yeollimnikka) - 열려? (yeollyeo?) - Is it open?
11. 달립니다 (dallimnida) - 달려 (dallyeo) - (I) run
12. 보입니까 (boimnikka) - 보여? (boyeo?) - Do you see?
13. 원피스를 (wonpiseureul) - 원피스 (wonpiseu) - (the) dress (as an object)
14. 뒤입니다 (dwiimnida) - 뒤야 (dwi-ya) - It’s behind
15. 싶습니까 (sipseumnikka) - 싶어? (sipeo?) - Do you want to?
16. 싶은데 (sip-eunde) - 싶어 (sipeo) - I want to, but…

If you need any more specific contexts or additional sentences, feel free to ask!

Question 562

Yeogi wiya.
Wae? Jinjja deiteu gata

Answer 562

To say “It’s way up here” in Korean informally, you can say:

“여기 위야.”
(Yeogi wiya.)

This phrase translates directly to “It’s up here.” If you want to emphasize that it is “way up,” you can add an intensifier:

“여기 훨씬 위야.”
(Yeogi hwolssin wiya.)
“It’s way up here.”
To say “Why? It really feels like a date” in Korean informally, you can say:

“왜? 진짜 데이트 같아.”
(Wae? Jinjja deiteu gata.)

Here’s the breakdown:

• 왜? (Wae?) - Why?
• 진짜 (Jinjja) - Really
• 데이트 같아 (Deiteu gata) - Feels like a date

So, “왜? 진짜 데이트 같아.” means “Why? It really feels like a date.”

Question 563

Yeonghwa boreo gallae?

Answer 563

To say “Do you want to watch a movie?” informally in Korean, you can say:

“영화 보러 갈래?”
(Yeonghwa boreo gallae?)

This phrase translates directly to “Do you want to go watch a movie?” If you want to simply ask “Do you want to watch a movie?” you can say:

“영화 볼래?”
(Yeonghwa bolla?)

Both are common ways to ask a friend if they want to watch a movie.

Question 564

Aniya, geureon geo aniya, arasseo
Geureon geo aniya

Answer 564

To say “No, it’s not like that, I understand” in Korean informally, you can say:

“아니야, 그런 거 아니야, 알았어.”
(Aniya, geureon geo aniya, arasseo.)

Here’s the breakdown:

• 아니야 (aniya) - No
• 그런 거 아니야 (geureon geo aniya) - It’s not like that
• 알았어 (arasseo) - I understand

Question 565

Saengil-i eonjeya?

Answer 565

To say “When is your birthday?” in Korean informally, you can say:

“생일이 언제야?”
(Saengil-i eonjeya?)

Question 566

Biga oneunde, bi ondago an haesseo

Answer 566

To say “It’s raining, but they didn’t say it would” in Korean informally, you can say:

“비가 오는데, 비 온다고 안 했어.”
(Biga oneunde, bi ondago an haesseo.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 비가 오는데 (biga oneunde) - It’s raining, but
- 비 온다고 안 했어 (bi ondago an haesseo) - They didn’t say it would rain

Question 567

An haedo doeneunde
Eottaenneunde?

Answer 567

To say “You don’t have to” informally in Korean, you can say:

“안 해도 돼.”
(An haedo dwae.)

“싫어” (silheo) means “I don’t like it” or “I hate it,” which is different from expressing that something is unnecessary.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 안 해도 돼 (an haedo dwae) - You don’t have to do it

If you want to use “neunde” to imply some context or contrast, you might say:

“안 해도 되는데.”
(An haedo doeneunde.)
“You don’t have to (do it), though.”

This adds a nuance of “though” or “but” to the sentence.
To ask “How was it?” informally in Korean, you can say:

“어땠어?”
(Eottaesseo?)

If you want to use the structure with “-neunde” to imply a follow-up or context, you might say:

“어땠는데?”
(Eottaenneunde?)

• 어땠어? (Eottaesseo?) - How was it?
• 어땠는데? (Eottaenneunde?) - How was it? (with an implied follow-up)

Question 568

Johattago
Joahaesseo
Joahandago
Joahae

Answer 568

To summarize:

• 좋았다고 (johattago) - I said it was good.
• 좋았어 (joahaesseo) - It was good / I liked it.
• 좋아한다고 (joahandago) - (Someone) said they like (it).
• 좋아해 (joahae) - I like (it).

Question 569

Igeo gata gayo
Igeollo halge
Yeogi, bada

Answer 569

“Igeo gata gayo” (이거 같아 가요) is not quite correct. If you mean to say “I’ll take this” or “I’ll go with this,” the correct informal way to express it is:

“이걸로 할게.”
(Igeollo halge.)

If you mean something else, could you provide more context?
To say “Here, take it” informally in Korean, you can say:

“여기, 받아.”
(Yeogi, bada.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 여기 (yeogi) - Here
- 받아 (bada) - Take it

Question 570

Jal ja, naeil bwa

Answer 570

To say “Good night, see you tomorrow” informally in Korean, you can say:

“잘 자, 내일 봐.”
(Jal ja, naeil bwa.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 잘 자 (jal ja) - Good night (literally, “sleep well”)
- 내일 봐 (naeil bwa) - See you tomorrow

Question 571

Geuga urireul gidaryeosseo

Answer 571

To say “He waited for us” in Korean informally, you can say:

“그가 우리를 기다렸어.”
(Geuga urireul gidaryeosseo.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 그가 (geuga) - He
- 우리를 (urireul) - Us
- 기다렸어 (gidaryeosseo) - Waited

Question 572

Masitge meogeo

Answer 572

To say “Enjoy your lunch” informally in Korean, you can say:

“맛있게 먹어.”
(Masitge meogeo.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 맛있게 (masitge) - Deliciously
- 먹어 (meogeo) - Eat

So, “맛있게 먹어” means “Enjoy your meal” or “Enjoy your lunch.”

Question 573

Dowa jwoseo gomawo
jaemi eopda
I yeonghwaneun jeongmal jaemi eopseo

Answer 573

The words “gemeopta” (게없다) and “gomawo” (고마워) are quite different in meaning and usage:

1. 게없다 (gemeopta):
   
   • This phrase is not standard Korean. It might be a typo or misinterpretation. There’s no common usage or meaning for “게없다” in Korean.
2. 고마워 (gomawo):
   
   • This means “thank you” in an informal way.
   • It’s used to express gratitude towards friends, peers, or those younger than you.
   • Example: “도와줘서 고마워.” (Dowa jwoseo gomawo.) - “Thanks for helping.”

If you meant “재미없다” (jaemi eopda), which means “boring” or “not fun,” then:

1. 재미없다 (jaemi eopda):
   
   • This means “boring” or “not interesting.”
   • Used to describe something that lacks fun or interest.
   • Example: “이 영화는 정말 재미없어.” (I yeonghwaneun jeongmal jaemi eopseo.) - “This movie is really boring.”

So, “고마워” (gomawo) is used to thank someone, while “재미없다” (jaemi eopda) means something is boring or not fun.

Question 574

Ittaga bwa

Answer 574

To say “I’ll see you later” in Korean informally, you can say:

“이따가 봐.”
(Ittaga bwa.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 이따가 (ittaga) - Later
- 봐 (bwa) - See (you)

So, “이따가 봐” means “See you later.” If you want to be a bit more polite, you can say:

“이따 봐요.”
(Itta bwayo.)

Question 575

Ani, jeoldae an dwae

Answer 575

To say “No, no way” informally in Korean, you can say:

“아니, 절대 안 돼.”
(Ani, jeoldae an dwae.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 아니 (ani) - No
- 절대 (jeoldae) - Absolutely
- 안 돼 (an dwae) - No way / It can’t be / It won’t do

So, “아니, 절대 안 돼” conveys a strong denial or refusal, equivalent to “No, no way.”

Question 576

Nuga meogeullae? Jinjja kimchi eottae?

Answer 576

To say “Who wants to eat?” and “Really, how is the kimchi?” in Korean informally, you can say:

1. “누가 먹을래?”
   (Nuga meogeullae?)
   
   • Who wants to eat?
2. “진짜 김치 어때?”
   (Jinjja kimchi eottae?)
   
   • Really, how is the kimchi?

These phrases are casual and suitable for conversations with friends or people you are close to.

Question 577

Igeotdo.
Nuguya

Answer 577

To say “This one too” in Korean informally, you can say:

“이것도.”
(Igeotdo.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 이것 (igeot) - This one
- 도 (do) - Too / Also
To ask “Who is it?” in Korean informally, you can say:

“누구야?”
(Nuguya?)

This is a casual way to ask about someone’s identity.

Question 578

Dwaesseo. Gwenchana
Gwenchana, mwo eojjeoseo?
Gwenchana. Ijeobeoryeo

Answer 578

To say “It’s okay. It’s fine” in Korean informally, you can say:

“됐어. 괜찮아.”
(Dwaesseo. Gwenchana.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 됐어 (dwaesseo) - It’s okay / It’s done
- 괜찮아 (gwenchana) - It’s fine
To say “It’s okay, what’s wrong?” in Korean informally, you can say:

“괜찮아, 뭐 어쩌서?”
(Gwenchana, mwo eojjeoseo?)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 괜찮아 (gwenchana) - It’s okay
- 뭐 (mwo) - What
- 어쩌서 (eojjeoseo) - What’s wrong / Why (in this context)
To say “That’s okay. Forget about it” in Korean informally, you can say:

“괜찮아. 잊어버려.”
(Gwenchana. Ijeobeoryeo.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 괜찮아 (gwenchana) - That’s okay
- 잊어버려 (ijeobeoryeo) - Forget about it

Question 579

Alba? Albandago? Eodieseo?

Answer 579

Here’s how you can ask about part-time jobs and working part-time in Korean:

1. Alba?
   “알바?”
   
   • This means “Part-time job?” in informal speech.
2. Albandago?
   “알바한다고?”
   
   • This means “Are you working part-time?” in informal speech.
3. Eodieseo?
   “어디에서?”
   
   • This means “Where?” in informal speech, asking about the location.

Putting it all together:

• “알바?”
  
  • “Part-time job?”
• “알바한다고?”
  
  • “Are you working part-time?”
• “어디에서?”
  
  • “Where?”

Question 580

Najunge jeonhwahalge

Answer 580

To say “I’ll call you later” in Korean informally, you can say:

“나중에 전화할게.”
(Najunge jeonhwahalge.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 나중에 (najunge) - Later
- 전화할게 (jeonhwahalge) - I’ll call (you)

Question 581

A, geureoguna. Dahaeng-iya

Answer 581

To say “Ah, I see. That’s good” in Korean informally, you can say:

“아, 그렇구나. 다행이야.”
(A, geureoguna. Dahaeng-iya.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 아 (a) - Ah
- 그렇구나 (geureoguna) - I see / I understand
- 다행이야 (dahaeng-iya) - That’s good / I’m glad

Question 582

Sagua-hae.

Answer 582

To say “apologize” in Korean, you can use “사과해” (sagua-hae) informally. Here’s how you can use it:

“사과해.”
(Sagua-hae.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 사과 (sagua) - Apology
- 해 (hae) - Do (informal form of “하다” - to do)

So, “사과해” means “Apologize” or “Say sorry.”

Question 583

An gandago haesseo
An ga

Answer 583

The suffix “-다고” (dago) in Korean is used to quote or report speech, thoughts, or information. It roughly translates to “saying that” or “thinking that” in English.

For example:
- “안 간다고 했어.” (An gandago haesseo) - “I said I’m not going.”
- “좋다고 생각해.” (Jotago saengakhae) - “I think it’s good.”

In the context you provided earlier, “앙 가다고” might have been a misunderstanding or typo. If you meant to say “I’m not going,” you would simply say “안 가” (an ga) informally.
To say “I’m not going” informally in Korean, you can say:

“안 가.”
(An ga.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 안 (an) - Not
- 가 (ga) - Go

So, “안 가” means “I’m not going.”

Question 584

Dowajullae?

Answer 584

To say “Can you help me?” informally in Korean, you can say:

“도와줄래?”
(Dowajullae?)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 도와 (dowa) - Help (verb stem)
- 줄래? (jullae?) - Would you? / Can you? (informal)

Your phrase “더 좋아 줄래?” (deo joah jeullae) seems to be a mix of words. If you want to ask for help, “도와줄래?” is the correct phrase to use.

Question 585

Museun saegiya? Informal
Museunsaegimnikka? Formal

Answer 585

To express the phrase “What color is it?” informally in Korean, you can say:

“무슨 색이야?”
(Museun saegiya?)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 무슨 (museun) - What
- 색이야 (saegiya) - Color is it (informal)

So, “무슨 색이야?” is the informal way to ask, “What color is it?”

Question 586

Nuneul bogo sipeo
Masigo sipeo

Answer 586

눈 (nun), it means “eye” or “snow” depending on the context.

2. 싶어요 (sip-eoyo) - To say “I want to” in an informal way, you can use “싶어” (sipeo).
3. 마시고 (masigo) - This means “and drink” or “drinking” in an informal way, and it’s already informal as it is.

Putting it all together:
- 싶어요 (sip-eoyo) becomes 싶어 (sipeo) in informal speech.
- 마시고 (masigo) remains the same in informal speech.

If you were trying to form sentences, you might say:

• 눈을 보고 싶어 (Nuneul bogo sipeo) - “I want to see the eyes” or “I want to see the snow.”
• 마시고 싶어 (Masigo sipeo) - “I want to drink.”

Question 587

Deureowa
Deureo-oseyo

Answer 587

To say “Please come in” informally in Korean, you can say:

“들어와.”
(Deureowa.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 들어와 (deureowa) - Come in

This phrase is casual and used when speaking to someone you’re close to, such as a friend.
“들어오세요” (Deureo-oseyo) means “Please come in” in a polite and formal way.

The phrase “들어와 가세요” (Deureowa gaseyo) is a mix of two verbs:
- 들어와 (Deureowa) - Come in (informal)
- 가세요 (Gaseyo) - Please go (polite)

Together, “들어와 가세요” could be interpreted as something like “Come in and then go” or “Please come in and then leave.” However, this phrase is unusual in Korean, and it’s not commonly used because it mixes two conflicting actions (coming and going).

If you want to simply say “Please come in” politely, you would use “들어오세요” (Deureo-oseyo).

Question 588

Jeonyeok gatchi meogeullaeyo?
Geuge anindeyo
Ige deo joheundeyo

Answer 588

“저녁 같이 주세요” (Jeonyeok gatchi juseyo) seems to be a mix of words that might not fully make sense together. Here’s a breakdown of what you might be trying to say:

• 저녁 (Jeonyeok) - Dinner
• 같이 (Gatchi) - Together
• 주세요 (Juseyo) - Please give

If you meant to say “Please have dinner together,” a more natural way to say it would be:

“저녁 같이 먹어요.”
(Jeonyeok gatchi meogeoyo.)

Or, if you’re inviting someone:

“저녁 같이 먹을래요?”
(Jeonyeok gatchi meogeullaeyo?)
- “Would you like to have dinner together?”
“분데요” (Bundeyo) is a phrase in Korean that is often used to express a polite contradiction, disagreement, or to gently correct someone. It can also be used to indicate that something is different from what was expected.

For example:
- 이게 더 좋은데요.
(Ige deo joheundeyo.)
“This one is better, though.”

• 그게 아닌데요.
  (Geuge anindeyo.)
  “It’s not like that, though.”

The “데요” ending makes the statement polite, and “분” (bun) can vary in meaning depending on the context, but in “분데요” it’s typically used as a gentle way to present a differing opinion or fact.

Question 589

Gwenchana? Eotteohke geoya? Mwoseun iri dwaesseo?

Answer 589

Here’s the meaning of each of the sentences:

1. “괜찮아?”
   (Gwenchana?)
   “Are you okay?”
2. “어떻게 거야?”
   (Eotteohke geoya?)
   “What are you going to do?” or “How are you going to handle it?”
3. “무슨 됐어?”
   (Mwoseun dwaesseo?)
   This seems to be a mix of words. The intended phrase might be “무슨 일이 됐어?” (Mwoseun iri dwaesseo?), which translates to “What happened?” or “What went wrong?”

These phrases are informal and are typically used in casual conversations with friends or peers.

Question 590

Naega bappeunde-yo

Answer 590

“내가 바쁜데요” (Naega bappeunde-yo) can be interpreted as:

“I’m busy, though.”

• 내가 (Naega) - I (subject)
• 바쁜데요 (Bappeunde-yo) - Am busy, though (with a polite tone)

This phrase is used to express that you’re busy in a polite way, often implying that because you’re busy, you may not be able to do something or may need to decline an offer. The “데요” ending adds a soft, polite tone to the statement, making it less direct and more considerate.

Question 591

Gomapda
Gomawo
Gomawoyo
Gomabseumnida

Answer 591

In Korean, both “고맙다” (gomapda) and “고마워” (gomawo) mean “thank you,” but they are used in different contexts based on formality and politeness:

1. 고맙다 (Gomapda): This is the base form of the verb “to be thankful.” It’s a more neutral expression and can
   be used in various conjugated forms depending on the situation.
2. 고마워 (Gomawo): This is the informal way to say “thank you.” It’s typically used with close friends, family members, or people of the same age or younger.
3. 고마워요 (Gomawoyo): This is a polite, yet still somewhat informal, version of “thank you.” It’s slightly more formal than “고마워” but still not as formal as other expressions.
4. 고맙습니다 (Gomabseumnida): This is the most formal and polite way to express gratitude. It’s commonly used in more formal settings, such as in the workplace, with strangers, or with people older than you or of higher status.

• Politeness: Koreans tend to prioritize politeness, especially in public or formal settings. Using “고맙습니다” or even “고마워요” is a way to show respect, which is very important in Korean culture.
• Versatility: “Gomapda” can be conjugated into many forms, making it adaptable to various levels of formality. This flexibility makes it a go-to choice when thanking someone in different situations.
• Cultural Norms: In Korean culture, being polite and considerate is highly valued. Therefore, even when feeling thankful, using a slightly more formal version, like “고맙습니다” or “고마워요,” can be seen as more appropriate than using the very informal “고마워.”

Overall, Koreans use the more formal versions of “gomapda” to maintain respect and politeness in their interactions.

Question 592

Joahae
Joahandago haesseo
Joahanika, Joahandago

Answer 592

Here’s how you can express “I like you” and “I said I like you” in Korean:

1. I like you:
   “좋아해” (Joahae)
   
   • 좋아해 (Joahae) is the informal way to say “I like you” to someone you’re close to.
2. I said I like you:
   “좋아한다고 했어” (Joahandago haesseo)
   
   • 좋아한다고 (Joahandago) means “saying that I like (you)” or “I said I like (you).”
   • 했어 (haesseo) means “said” or “did.”

So, if you want to say “I said I like you” informally, you would say:

“좋아한다고 했어.”
(Joahandago haesseo.)

Question 593

Bam-e mani masyeonne

Answer 593

To say “You drank a lot last night” in Korean, you can use:

“밤에 많이 마셨네.”
(Bam-e mani masyeonne.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 밤에 (bam-e) - Last night
- 많이 (mani) - A lot
- 마셨네 (masyeonne) - Drank (past tense, informal)

This phrase is informal and suitable for conversations with friends.

Question 594

Deoneun?
Jeokgeukhi
Jeokda
Jogeum
Jogeumman gidaryeo juseyo

Answer 594

Yes, “더는” (deoneun) can mean “You too?” or “Even more?” depending on the context.

In the context of “You too?” you might use:

“너도?”
(Neodo?)
- 너도 (neodo) means “you too.”

If you’re referring to “more” in the sense of “even more,” you might use:

“더는?”
(Deoneun?)
- 더 (deo) means “more,” and 는 (neun) is a topic marker.

So, for “You too?” it’s best to use “너도?” in informal settings.
To say “a little” in Korean, you can use “조금” (jogeum).

However, “적극히” (jeokgeukhi) means “actively” or “positively” and “적다” (jeokda) means “to be few” or “to be little in quantity.”

For “a little” as in a small amount, you can use:

“조금”
(Jogeum)

For example:
- “조금만 기다려 주세요.”
(Jogeumman gidaryeo juseyo.)
“Please wait a little bit.”

Question 595

Bundeyo, ppali haeseyo

Answer 595

The phrase “분데요, 빨리 하세요” (Bundeyo, ppali haeseyo) can be broken down as follows:

• 분데요 (Bundeyo) - This might be a typo or confusion. The intended word could be “근데요” (geunde-yo), which means “but” or “though.”
• 빨리 (ppali) - Quickly
• 하세요 (haseyo) - Please do (polite form)

So, “근데요, 빨리 하세요” translates to:

“But, please do it quickly.”

Question 596

Uri eottae haelgeo, kisses isseoyo. Bimil

Answer 596

The sentence “우리 어때? 할 거야, 키스 있어요. 비밀.” can be interpreted as:

“What about us? We’ll do it, there’s a kiss. It’s a secret.”

Here’s a breakdown of the possible meaning:
- 우리 어때? (Uri eottae?) - What about us? / How are we?
- 할 거야 (Hael geoya) - We’ll do it (informal future tense)
- 키스 있어요 (Kisseu isseoyo) - There’s a kiss (polite)
- 비밀 (Bimil) - Secret

It sounds like a playful or intimate conversation where someone is suggesting a plan involving a kiss and keeping it a secret.